Index of /wp-content/uploads/2020/08/
For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.
2017 Infiniti Q70 Owner's Manual and Maintenance Information
Foreword
Y51D-V-E01-8D14BA72-70E0-4F77-8469-7DEC8F6401D5
Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinking about vehicle design. It integrates advanced engineering and superior craftsmanship with a simple, refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with traditional Japanese culture.
The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty. The car itself is important, but so is the sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver, and the sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI -- from the way it looks and drives to the high level of retailer service.
To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to the fullest, we encourage you to read this Owner's Manual immediately. It explains all of the features, controls and performance characteristics of your INFINITI; it also provides important instructions and safety information.
A separate Warranty Information Booklet is included in your Owner's literature portfolio. Always carry it with you when you take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer. The Warranty Information Booklet contents provide complete information about all warranties covering this vehicle, the requirements to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Roadside
Assistance program.
Additionally, a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Information Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle, as well as clarify your rights under your state's lemon law.
In addition to factory installed options, your vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed by INFINITI or by your INFINITI retailer prior to delivery. It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures, warnings, cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and/or accessory. It is recommended you see an INFINITI retailer for details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped.
READ FIRST -- THEN DRIVE SAFELY Y51D-V-E01-AC330383-C773-4EB3-A52F-61102B1D37CD
Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner's Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements, assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle.
WARNING
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS!
Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers!
. NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
. ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions.
. ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you.
. ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems. Pre-teen children should be seated in the rear seat.
. ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle.
. ALWAYS review this Owner's Manual for important safety information.
MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
This vehicle should not be modified. Modification could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from modification will not be covered under the INFINITI warranties.
WARNING
Installing an aftermarket On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses the port during normal driving, for example remote insurance company monitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics, telematics or engine reprogramming, may cause interference or damage to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of any aftermarket OBD plug-in devices, unless specifically approved by INFINITI. The vehicle warranty may not cover damage caused by any aftermarket plug-in device.
WHEN READING THE MANUAL Y51D-V-E01-F1CA4D19-16D5-4A3C-AF71-1A2BB3AD052B
This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model. Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depending on model, trim level, options selected, order, date of production, region or availability. Therefore, you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle.
All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing. INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications, performance, design or component suppliers without notice and without obligation. From time to time, INFINITI may update or revise this manual to provide owners with the most accurate information currently available. Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by INFINITI to ensure you have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle. Current versions of vehicle Owner's Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the INFINITI website at https:// owners.infinitiusa.com/owners/navigation/manualsandGuides. If you have ques-
tions concerning any information in your Owner's Manual, contact INFINITI Consumer Affairs. See the INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner's Manual for contact information.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Y51D-V-E01-3956A13C-AC00-461F-A84F-941327A05472
You will see various symbols in this manual. They are used in the following ways:
WARNING
This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed precisely.
CAUTION
This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed carefully.
SIC0697
If you see the symbol above, it means "Do not do this" or "Do not let this happen".
NOS1274
If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration, it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle.
those above call attention to an item in the illustration.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Y51D-V-E01-22D8B75D-68F8-4799-AD77-37863EA09A12
WARNING
Engine Exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
CANADA'S PRODUCTS CONTAINING MERCURY REGULATIONS
GUID-6E66B9D5-C603-4405-8CEB-C0D557576434
The display screen (models without navigation system) on your vehicle contain mercury. If these parts require disposal, the repair facility vehicle dismantler or recycler should make sure they are recycled or disposed of as hazardous waste in accordance with applicable laws. For information on safe handling procedures, disposal and recycling options in accordance with Canada's Products Containing Mercury Regulations, go to http://www.ec.gc.ca/ mercure-mercury/.
NOS1275
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action.
NOS1276
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY
Y51D-V-E01-E6CD19EB-0ED1-45BF-BAC9-C1A7DD80922F
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries, may contain perchlorate material. The following advisory is provided: "Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/ hazardouswaste/perchlorate."
Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Visteon Corporation and Clarion Co., Ltd.
SiriusXM® services require a subscription after trial period and are sold separately or as a package. The satellite service is available only in the 48 contiguous USA and DC. SiriusXM® satellite service is also available in Canada: see www.siriusxm.ca.
INFINITI-13P
© 2016 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
All rights reserved. No part of this Owner's Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM Y51D-V-E01-7B10D04C-1C52-4B76-882C-7B9F38514835
INFINITI CARES ...
Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your INFINITI retailer are our primary concerns. Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.
However, if there is something that your INFINITI retailer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide INFINITI directly with comments or questions, please contact our (INFINITI's) Consumer Affairs Department using our toll-free number:
For U.S. customers 1-800-662-6200
For Canadian customers 1-800-361-4792
The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information:
. Your name, address, and telephone number
. Vehicle identification number (on dash panel)
. Date of purchase . Current odometer reading
You can write to INFINITI with the information on the left at:
For U.S. customers INFINITI Division Nissan North America, Inc. Consumer Affairs Department P.O. Box 685003 Franklin, TN 37068-5003 or via e-mail at: nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa. com
For Canadian customers INFINITI Division Nissan Canada Inc. 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e-mail at: information.centre@nissancanada. com
If you prefer, visit us at:
www.infinitiUSA.com (for U.S. customer) or
www.infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)
We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and thank you for buying a quality INFINITI vehicle.
. Your INFINITI retailer's name
. Your comments or questions
OR
Table of Contents
Illustrated table of contents
0
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1
Instruments and controls
2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4
Starting and driving
5
In case of emergency
6
Appearance and care
7
Do-it-yourself
8
Maintenance and schedules
9
Technical and consumer information
10
Index
11
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ...................................................... 0-2 Exterior front ......................................................... 0-3 Exterior rear ........................................................ 0-4 Passenger compartment ........................................ 0-5 Cockpit .................................................................. 0-6
Instrument panel ................................................ 0-8 Meters and gauges ........................................... 0-10 Engine compartment ........................................... 0-11
VK56VD engine ........................................... 0-11 VQ37VHR engine ......................................... 0-12 Warning and indicator lights ............................... 0-14
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
Y51D-V-E01-73C2D8AF-1731-4D5A-B261-B273439C9CA3
7. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor) (P.1-46)
8. Front seats (P.1-3) 9. Seat belts with pretensioners (P.1-53) 10. Rear seats
-- Child restraints (P.1-20) 11. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) system (P.1-22)
1. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-40)
2. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags (P.1-40)
3. Seat belts (P.1-10) 4. Head restraints (P.1-5)
0-2 Illustrated table of contents
SSI0715
5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags (P.1-40)
6. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap child restraint) (P.1-24, P.1-31, P.1-35)
EXTERIOR FRONT
Y51D-V-E01-B377F75D-ECCA-4C6D-BBFA-4192086CFBFE
1. Hood (P.3-17) 2. Headlight
-- Operation (P.2-37) -- Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) (if so equipped) (P.2-39)
JVC0984X
3. Windshield wiper and washer -- Operation (P.2-34) -- Maintenance (P.8-22)
4. Moonroof (P.2-57) 5. Power windows (P.2-54)
6. Front view camera (if so equipped) (P.4-32)
7. Turn signal -- Operation (P.2-37)
8. Fog light (P.2-42) 9. Sonar sensor (if so equipped)
-- Around View® Monitor (P.4-32) 10. Tires
-- Wheel and tires (P.8-32, P.10-10) -- Flat tire (P.6-3) -- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P.2-15, P.5-5) 11. Outside mirrors (P.3-27) -- Side turn signal light (P.2-41) -- Side view camera (if so equipped) (P.4-32) 12. Doors -- Keys (P.3-2) -- Door locks (P.3-4) -- Intelligent Key system (P.3-7) -- Remote keyless entry system (P.3-14) -- Welcome light (P.2-59)
Illustrated table of contents 0-3
EXTERIOR REAR
Y51D-V-E01-B4B41058-5FEC-4114-A5B7-EF8D487D6BAD
8. Fuel-filler door -- Operation (P.3-22) -- Fuel information (P.10-4)
9. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-6)
1. Trunk -- Intelligent Key system (P.3-7) -- Remote keyless entry system (P.3-14) -- Trunk lid (P.3-18)
2. High-mounted stop light (P.8-29)
0-4 Illustrated table of contents
JVC0698X
3. Rear combination light (P.8-29) 4. Satellite antenna (P.4-61) 5. Rear window defroster (P.2-37) 6. Sonar sensor (if so equipped)
-- Around View® Monitor (P.4-32) 7. Rear view camera (P.4-26, P.4-32)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
Y51D-V-E01-3AA37B5B-1B7B-4B54-962C-B1F504C85062
1. Rear sunshade (if so equipped) (P.2-58)
2. Rear spot light (if so equipped) (P.2-61)
3. Coat hooks (P.2-53)
JVC0715X
4. Rear personal light (if so equipped) (P.2-61)
5. Sun visors (P.3-25) 6. Power windows (P.2-54) 7. Moonroof switch (P.2-57)
8. Map light (P.2-60) -- Active noise cancellation system (P.5-136)
-- SOS call switch* (if so equipped) 9. Sunglasses holder (P.2-50) 10. Inside rearview mirror
-- Operation (P.3-26) -- HomeLink® (P.2-63) 11. Trunk pass-through/Rear armrest (P.1-4)
12. Rear cup holders (P.2-49)/Seat heater switch (if so equipped) (P.2-43)
13. Rear pocket (if so equipped) (P.2-53) or power outlet (if so equipped) (P.2-48)
14. Console box -- Power outlet (P.2-48) -- USB connection port (P.4-82) -- iPod® player operation (P.4-92)
15. Front cup holders (P.2-49) *: Refer to the separate Navigation
System Owner's Manual.
Illustrated table of contents 0-5
COCKPIT
Y51D-V-E01-6C0E2194-048C-4AAF-8C07-A2793D31FC40
1. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-41)
2. Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) switch (if so equipped) (P.2-39)
3. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch (P.2-37)
0-6 Illustrated table of contents
JVC0717X
4. Trip computer switch (P.2-29) 5. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-
ometer (P.2-8) 6. Windshield wiper and washer switch
(P.2-34) 7. Shift lever (P.5-15)
8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch (P.5-131)
9. Rear sunshade switch (if so equipped) (P.2-58)
10. S t e e r i n g h e a t e r s w i t ch ( i f s o equipped) (P.2-42)
11. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-18) 12. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)
switch (if so equipped) (P.5-58)
13. Warning systems switch (if so equipped) (P.5-24, P.5-34)
14. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever (P.3-24)
15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
-- Menu control switch (models with navigation system)/Audio tuning switch (models without navigation system) (P.4-95)
-- BACK switch (models with navigation system) (P.4-95)
-- TALK switch (P.4-122) -- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models with navigation system) (P.4-97) -- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models without navigation system) (P.4-108)
-- Volume control switch (P.4-95) -- Audio source switch (P.4-61) 16. Steering wheel -- Horn (P.2-43) -- Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-40) -- Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) (P.2-42) 17. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side) -- Cruise control switches (P.5-69) -- Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches (if so equipped) (P.5-71) -- Dynamic driver assistance switch (if so equipped) (P.5-24, P.5-45, P.5-94)
Illustrated table of contents 0-7
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Y51D-V-E01-0F64CFC5-D687-4457-83C2-8E0FE16A0B7B
1. Side ventilator (P.4-55) 2. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-17) 3. Meters and gauges (P.2-7) 4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2) 5. Rear window and outside mirror
defroster switch (P.2-37)
0-8 Illustrated table of contents
JVO0130X
6. Center display (P.4-4)/Navigation system* (if so equipped)
7. Clock (P.2-48) 8. Center multi-function control panel
-- Navigation system* (if so equipped)
-- Vehicle information and setting buttons (P.4-10) -- Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) (P.4-32) -- Audio system (P.4-61) 9. Automatic climate control system (P.4-55) 10. Center ventilator (P.4-55) 11. Audio system (P.4-61) 12. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-40) 13. Hood release handle (P.3-17) 14. Fuse box cover (P.8-24) 15. Parking brake -- Parking (P.5-20) 16. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10) 17. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-48) 18. Climate controlled seat switch (if so equipped) (P.2-45) or Seat heater switch (if so equipped) (P.2-43) 19. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P.5-21) 20. Storage box (P.2-52) -- Power outlet (P.2-48) 21. Glove box lid release handle (P.2-51) 22. Trunk release power cancel switch (P.3-20)
*: Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual.
Illustrated table of contents 0-9
METERS AND GAUGES
Y51D-V-E01-6D97ACA8-4DE2-4073-AC01-3AC6DD69386F
1. Tachometer (P.2-9) 2. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-11) 3. Speedometer (P.2-8) 4. Engine coolant temperature gauge
(P.2-9)
0-10 Illustrated table of contents
SIC4317
5. Vehicle information display (P.2-21)/ Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-8)
6. Fuel gauge (P.2-10)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Y51D-V-E01-25E83879-DE0B-4395-B935-F7008F1C97DD
VK56VD ENGINE Y51D-V-E01-47CF0E5E-E8A6-49A8-BC1F-1252F879C410
1. Battery (P.8-17) 2. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-24) 3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-11) 4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-16) 5. Window washer fluid reservoir
(P.8-16) 6. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-15) 7. Air cleaner (P.8-21) 8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-9) 9. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9) 10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11) 11. Drive belts (P.8-19) 12. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-24)
SDI2538
Illustrated table of contents 0-11
0-12 Illustrated table of contents
VQ37VHR ENGINE Y51D-V-E01-821047FA-A0EC-404B-B135-1A36C3256584
Type A GUID-3A8246F5-3BC5-442F-A514-AF5E30D90C48
1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-24) 2. Battery (P.8-17) 3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-11) 4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-16) 5. Window washer fluid reservoir
(P.8-16) 6. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-15) 7. Air cleaner (P.8-21) 8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-9) 9. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9) 10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11) 11. Drive belts (P.8-19)
JVC0538X
Type B GUID-CA441E56-2FD0-4540-A74C-DB510E9F7AE0
1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-24) 2. Battery (P.8-17) 3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-11) 4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-16) 5. Window washer fluid reservoir
(P.8-16) 6. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-15) 7. Air cleaner (P.8-21) 8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-9) 9. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9) 10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11) 11. Drive belts (P.8-19)
JVC0539X
Illustrated table of contents 0-13
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Y51D-V-E01-AE45F736-D98A-4CF8-9862-081B0785133E
Warning light
Name
Page
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (if so equipped)
2-12
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light
2-12
Automatic Transmission check warning light
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/ Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) system warning light (orange) (if so equipped)
2-13 2-14
Brake warning light
2-13
Charge warning light
2-14
Distance Control Assist (DCA) system warning light (orange) (if so equipped)
2-14
Engine oil pressure warning light
2-14
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system warning light (if so 5-108 equipped)
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system warning light (orange) (if so equipped)
2-15
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator light (orange) (if so equipped)
2-15
0-14 Illustrated table of contents
Warning light
Name
Page
Low tire pressure warning light 2-15
Master warning light
Seat belt warning light and chime
Supplemental air bag warning light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light
2-17 2-17 2-17 2-18
Indicator light
Name
Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) off indicator light (if so equipped)
Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator light
Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) ON indicator light (green) (if so equipped)
Page 2-18 2-18 2-18
ECO drive indicator light
2-19
Exterior light indicator
2-19
Front fog light indicator light 2-19
Front passenger air bag status light
2-19
High beam indicator light
2-19
Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ON indicator light (green) (if so equipped)
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
2-19 2-19
Security indicator light
2-20
Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light
2-20 2-20
1 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Seats .................................................................. 1-2 Front seats ........................................................ 1-3 Armrest ............................................................. 1-4
Head restraints/headrests ..................................... 1-5 Adjustable head restraint/headrest components ....................... 1-6 Non-adjustable head restraint/headrest components ....................... 1-7 Remove ............................................................. 1-7 Install ............................................................. 1-7 Adjust ............................................................... 1-8 Front-seat Active Head Restraints ...................... 1-9
Seat belts ......................................................... 1-10 Precautions on seat belt usage ..................... 1-10 Pregnant women .......................................... 1-12 Injured persons ............................................... 1-12 Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function (front seats) (if so equipped) ........................... 1-12 Three-point type seat belt ............................. 1-13 Seat belt extenders ......................................... 1-16 Seat belt maintenance .................................. 1-16
Child safety ......................................................... 1-17 Infants .......................................................... 1-18 Small children ................................................. 1-18 Larger children ................................................ 1-18
Child restraints ................................................... 1-20 Precautions on child restraints .................... 1-20 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System (LATCH) ........................................... 1-22 Rear-facing child restraint installation using LATCH ................................................ 1-24
Rear-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts ............................................. 1-26 Forward-facing child restraint installation using LATCH ................................................ 1-29
Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts .................................... 1-32 Booster seats .............................................. 1-36
Supplemental restraint system ......................... 1-40 Precautions on supplemental restraint system .......................................... 1-40
INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System (front seats) ................................................ 1-46 Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems .................... 1-51 Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) .... 1-53
Supplemental air bag warning labels ............. 1-54 Supplemental air bag warning light ............... 1-54 Repair and replacement procedure .............. 1-55
SEATS
Y51D-V-E01-F6C5647E-51C1-45DD-A527-B12A30FCBE2A
SSS0133
WARNING
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.
. For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and
upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly. See "Precautions on seat belt usage" (P.1-10).
. Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in
1-2 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets. . The seatback should not be reclined further than necessary for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased.
CAUTION
When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/or damages.
FRONT SEATS Y51D-V-E01-B05814F9-B0D6-4237-8C0F-FFC8B717E1A4
Front power seat adjustment Y51D-V-E01-152CA959-546B-4E86-887B-45E9AF10E014
Operating tips: Y51D-V-E01-1FA5934D-050B-4CFB-BCFE-3D663EAB6AFF
. The power seat motor has an auto-reset overload protection circuit. If the motor stops during operation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivate the switch.
. Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off. This will discharge the battery.
See "Automatic drive positioner" (P.3-29) for the seat position memory function.
SSS1051
Forward and backward: Y51D-V-E01-955B4ED6-F06C-4C42-A93D-050910FABF52
Moving the switch *1 forward or backward
will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position.
Reclining: Y51D-V-E01-167BD54F-A6FE-4C9B-A894-BBB222609EA3
Move the recline switch *2 backward until
the desired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback forward again, move the switch
*2 forward.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. (See "Precautions on seat belt usage" (P.1-10).) Also, the seat-
back can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3
SSS1052
Seat lifter: Y51D-V-E01-4F80E44B-861D-4A46-BB27-AA76D11A212A
Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle of the front portion or height of the seat.
SSS1053
Lumbar support (if so equipped): Y51D-V-E01-71E9B087-ED60-49CC-A73A-DF294052D0C0
The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver. Push the front or back end of the switch to adjust the seatback lumbar area.
SSS1061
ARMREST Y51D-V-E01-B67CC69D-E0E2-4C69-AED0-DD1B63B8B5F4
Rear armrest Y51D-V-E01-68D9BA12-7A81-42C1-9CD0-E4249D591424
Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.
1-4 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0479
Trunk pass-through Y51D-V-E01-872F8DB3-DEF6-476E-B2DE-8902080F1241
The rear center seatback can be folded to allow trunk access from inside of the vehicle.
To access the trunk, pull down the rear center armrest and pull out the trunk pass-
through lid *1 .
To lock the lid, use the mechanical key and
turn it to the LOCK position *2 . To unlock,
turn the mechanical key to the UNLOCK
position *3 . For the mechanical key usage,
see "Keys" (P.3-2).
Make sure that the mechanical key is removed from the trunk pass-through lid
key cylinder before opening or closing the lid. Otherwise the lid and the rear armrest may be damaged.
HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS
Y51D-V-E01-FC284699-D495-49A3-89A2-0699DC970523
WARNING
Head restraint/headrest supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjustable head restraints/headrests must be adjusted properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint/headrest stalks or remove the head restraint/headrest. Do not use the seat if the head restraint/headrest has been removed. If the head restraint/headrest was removed, reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position. Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraint/headrest. This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5
JVR0089X
The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraint/headrest.
Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint.
Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest.
+ Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest.
. Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint/headrest that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable.
. Adjustable head restraints/headrests have multiple notches along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjustment position.
. The non-adjustable head restraints/ headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame.
. Proper Adjustment:
-- For the adjustable type, align the head restraint/headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint/headrest.
-- If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position.
. If the head restraint/headrest has been removed, ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that designated seating position.
SSS0992
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/ HEADREST COMPONENTS
Y51D-V-E01-0164EA90-CBB8-4652-8D80-FD9EFFFBA109
1. Removable head restraint/headrest 2. Multiple notches 3. Lock knob 4. Stalks
1-6 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
JVR0203X
NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS
Y51D-V-E01-15FAC2F7-19E9-42D2-BBB8-27C642986FBC
1. Removable head restraint/headrest 2. Single notch 3. Lock knob 4. Stalks
SSS1037
SSS0996
REMOVE Y51D-V-E01-D21DF91F-83B2-453A-9EBD-F3AD8FB187F7
Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint/headrest.
1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the head restraint/headrest from the seat.
4. Store the head restraint/headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle.
5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.
INSTALL Y51D-V-E01-13998155-E1A8-4A01-8233-71A170E9AFD5
1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks with the holes in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint/headrest is facing the correct direction. The stalk
with the adjustment notch *1 must be
installed in the hole with the lock knob
*2 .
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint/ headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7
SSS0997
ADJUST
GUID-1D8DABFE-EC7D-431E-B6B7-C941433CC04D
For adjustable head restraint/headrest
Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears. If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position.
JVR0259X
For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.
SSS1035
Raise
GUID-6FB3D8E2-2E96-4CBA-8BDA-7D24D61ADE89
To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it
up.
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.
1-8 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear-end collisions. After the collision, the head restraints return to their original positions.
Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described earlier in this section.
SSS1036
Lower
GUID-71751A8A-6A79-4201-8EF1-0E3E9DC1B818
To lower, push and hold the lock knob and
push the head restraint/headrest down.
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.
SSS0508
FRONT-SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINTS
Y51D-V-E01-A1626E2D-B3B2-4F9A-93C8-09BB1DD74A81
The Active Head Restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear-end collision. The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant's head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.
Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash-type injury occurs most.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9
SEAT BELTS
Y51D-V-E01-29FE26F0-CB52-4F95-85F6-5CC6F3EA4754
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE Y51D-V-E01-0A678CD3-4A52-4D86-8AB5-75E62AB34DD6
If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag. Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven.
1-10 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0136A SSS0134A
WARNING
. Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and, if appropriate, in a child restraint.
. The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident. Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly.
. Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never run the belt behind your back, under your arm or across your neck. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.
. Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident.
. Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle.
. Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted. Doing so may reduce its effectiveness.
. Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt.
. Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts.
. If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened, it may indicate a malfunction in the system. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. No changes should be made to the seat belt system. For example, do not modify the seat belt, add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension. Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system. Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.
. Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated, it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. All seat belt assemblies, including retractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after any collision. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted.
. All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision. Always follow the restraint manufacturer's inspection instructions and replacement recommendations. The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11
SSS0016 SSS0014
PREGNANT WOMEN Y51D-V-E01-68785179-C63E-48C7-846C-4DEDBC5E5B77
INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips, not the waist, and place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations.
INJURED PERSONS Y51D-V-E01-7CEE9D29-DBCF-47A1-AD75-CAF60886623F
INFINITI recommends that injured persons use seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with your doctor for specific recommendations.
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELTS WITH COMFORT FUNCTION (front seats) (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-8017E748-E53E-4E9A-925C-A78E351F9CDC
The pre-crash seat belt tightens the seat belt with a motor to help restrain front seat occupants. This helps reduce the risk of injury in a collision.
The motor retracts the seat belt under the following emergency conditions:
. During emergency braking
. During sudden steering maneuvers
. Activation of the Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system. (See "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)" (P.5-108).)
The pre-crash seat belt will not be active when:
. the seat belt is not fastened
. the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH (15 km/h) during emergency braking
. the vehicle speed is under 16 MPH (30 km/h) during sudden steering maneuvers.
The pre-crash seat belt will not be active when the brake pedal is not depressed except when sudden steering maneuvers occur or the FEB system activates.
The motor also retracts the seat belt when the seat belt is fastened or unfastened. When the seat belt is fastened, the motor tightens the seat belt for a snug fit. When the seat belt is unfastened, the motor retracts the seat belt. If the seat belt is not fully retracted, the motor retracts the seat belt when the door is opened.
Always wear your seat belt correctly and sit upright and well back.
If the motor cannot retract the seat belt when the seat belt is fastened or unfastened, it may indicate the pre-crash seat
1-12 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
belt system has a malfunction. Have the system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
When the seat belt is retracted repeatedly in a short period of time, the motor may not be able to retract the seat belt. After 30 seconds, the motor reactivates and retracts the seat belt. If the seat belt still cannot be retracted by the motor, the pre-crash seat belt system has a malfunction. Have the system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT Y51D-V-E01-18E2371D-E3E1-4A90-845A-3B3AAE7D3142
WARNING
. Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times.
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious
internal injuries.
. For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly.
. Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child's neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.
SSS0292
Fastening the seat belts Y51D-V-E01-4BE7D8BF-2851-459F-8264-6FA0DD410C73
1. Adjust the seat. (See "Seats" (P.1-2).)
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. . The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move, and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat. . If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it. Then
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13
smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor.
SSS0290
3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown.
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest.
The three-point type seat belts have two modes of operation:
. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) . Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat.
The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during impacts.
The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation.
When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional information, see "Child restraints" (P.1-20).
The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR mode should not be activated. If it is activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension.
WARNING
When fastening the seat belts, be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop.
1-14 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this check, get the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service, or to learn more about seat belt operation.
SSS0326
Unfastening the seat belts Y51D-V-E01-6490E030-A1F5-4AC0-937F-FB64F07A2249
To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.
Checking seat belt operation Y51D-V-E01-99ACE93E-BEA0-4237-B86D-15B33277D9A9
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods:
. When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor.
. When the vehicle slows down rapidly. To increase your confidence in the seat belts, check the operation as follows:
SSS1084
Center of rear seat Y51D-V-E01-B4DE94B2-FD53-45CC-856D-D5F760F22257
Selecting correct set of seat belts: Y51D-V-E01-BB0C3A60-F200-4D3A-A13B-CDA20D22EE1A
The center seat belt buckle is identified by
the CENTER mark *A . The center seat belt
tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15
WARNING
WARNING
SSS0294A
Shoulder belt height adjustment (front seats)
Y51D-V-E01-AF255FCF-2B6B-4866-BEAE-C1535E310571
The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. (See "Precautions on seat belt usage" (P.1-10).)
To adjust, push the button *A , and then
move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position, so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position.
. After adjustment, release the adjustment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position.
. The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident.
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS Y51D-V-E01-EA87CE63-37A2-4716-9559-F5AB89630915
If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the lapshoulder belt and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased. The extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required.
. It is recommended that only INFINITI seat belt extenders, made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts, be used with the INFINITI seat belts.
. Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender. Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident.
. Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, the child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision or a sudden stop.
SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE Y51D-V-E01-724E27C2-8A16-4DAB-AC4C-60727D8C9395
. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets. Then, wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry.
1-16 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
. Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires and anchors work properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts or other damage on the webbing is found, the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced.
CHILD SAFETY
Y51D-V-E01-4EE25869-D4A8-4688-93AE-F4B2B0465998
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child's neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.
There are three basic types of child restraint systems:
. Rear-facing child restraint
. Forward-facing child restraint
. Booster seat
The proper restraint depends on the child's size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old. Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward-facing child restraint.
Children need adults to help protect them.
They need to be properly restrained.
In addition to the general information in this manual, child safety information is available from many other sources, including doctors, teachers, government traffic safety offices, and community organizations. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child.
WARNING
Infants and children need special protection. The vehicle's seat belts may not fit them properly. The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck. The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones. In an accident, an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury. Always use appropriate child restraints.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children. See "Child restraints" (P.1-20).
A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle seat belt. See "Child restraints" (P.1-20) for more information.
INFINITI recommends that all pre-teens and children be restrained in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.
This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint system (Air bag system) for the front passenger. See "Supplemental restraint system" (P.1-40).
INFANTS Y51D-V-E01-0DC2B248-D00D-4159-9D0A-861233779965
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear-facing child restraint. INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu-
facturer's instructions for installation and use.
SMALL CHILDREN Y51D-V-E01-C9C54803-16A9-4E13-B935-F06D6F606BF4
Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint. Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear-facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations. INFINITI recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
1-18 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
LARGER CHILDREN Y51D-V-E01-4359DFEB-B409-4DE8-BEF0-9BE3771E94B2
Children should remain in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maximum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer.
Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness-equipped forwardfacing child restraint, INFINITI recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top, middle portion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen.
A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
A booster seat should be used until the child can pass the seat belt fit test below:
. Are the child's back and hips against the vehicle seatback?
. Is the child able to sit without slouching?
. Do the child's knees bend easily over the front edge of the seat with feet flat on the floor?
. Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lap belt low and snug across the hips and shoulder belt across mid-chest and shoulder)?
. Is the child able to use the properly adjusted head restraint/headrest?
. Will the child be able to stay in position for the entire ride?
JVR0473X
If you answered no to any of these questions, the child should remain in a booster seat using a three-point type seat belt.
NOTE:
Laws in some communities may follow different guidelines. Check local and state regulations to confirm your child is using the correct restraint system before traveling.
WARNING
Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area. The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19
CHILD RESTRAINTS
Y51D-V-E01-1CF0D645-E792-4703-B560-9F7D2F020F51
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS
Y51D-V-E01-DF1C88B0-F8FE-4B02-B9A6-BB94E83BDF16
WARNING
SSS0099 SSS0100
. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision:
-- The child restraint must be used and installed properly. Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
-- Infants and children should never be held on anyone's lap. Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision.
-- Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger.
-- INFINITI recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat. If you must install a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, see "For-
1-20 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
ward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts" (P.1-32).
-- Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rearfacing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child. A rear-facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat.
-- Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle. Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle.
-- Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted.
-- Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses.
-- A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat.
-- Keep seatbacks as upright as possible after fitting the child restraint.
-- Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the vehicle.
. When the child restraint is not in use, keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or collision, loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint.
This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child restraints include rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to these anchors. For details, see "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System (LATCH)" (P.122). If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used. Several manufacturers offer child re-
straints for infants and small children of various sizes. When selecting any child restraint, keep the following points in mind:
. Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
. Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle's seat and seat belt system.
. If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child's height and weight. Always follow all recommended procedures.
. If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint (not both at the same time).
. If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs
(29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint.
. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward-facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21
lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
LATCH lower anchor Y51D-V-E01-B84B41F2-A135-43AA-8D8C-8F7221F099C9
WARNING
SSS0567
LATCH label location
Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System (LATCH)
Y51D-V-E01-C1C3934D-3833-4842-8D2B-271D02CB116E
Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system compatible child restraints. This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision:
. Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration.
. Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors. The child restraint will not be secured properly.
. Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are ob-
1-22 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
structed.
Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.
SSS0637
LATCH lower anchor location
LATCH lower anchor location Y51D-V-E01-2FAC51AF-2AEC-4C36-8B30-B7B0B690220C
The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors.
SSS0643
LATCH webbing-mounted attachment
Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments
Y51D-V-E01-D4B7854F-048F-46C5-A943-0021B55726A9
LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH. This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.
SSS0644
LATCH rigid-mounted attachment When installing a child restraint, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23
adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.
SSS0791
Top tether anchor point locations Y51D-V-E01-20CEF92A-45FA-4665-B712-6606D52BC917
Anchor points are located on the rear parcel shelf. If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
WARNING
Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH
Y51D-V-E01-3EA280BC-E6EA-46BE-8A56-C11EBE28B4A0
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" and "Child restraints" sections before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
1-24 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0648
Rear-facing web-mounted -- step 2 2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-
tachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.
SSS0649
Rear-facing rigid-mounted -- step 2
SSS0639
Rear-facing -- step 3 3. For child restraints that are equipped
with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.
SSS0650
Rear-facing -- step 4 4. After attaching the child restraint, test
it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25
all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
5. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 4.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS
Y51D-V-E01-55A7D551-E2FF-40B2-BEB9-31544F376FC0
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats:
1. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the restraint manufacturer's instructions.
WARNING
The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-48).
SSS0100
Rear-facing -- step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" (P.1-17) and "Child restraints" (P.1-20) before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
1-26 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0654
Rear-facing -- step 2 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the
child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for belt routing.
SSS0655
Rear-facing -- step 3 3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is
fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.
SSS0656
Rear-facing -- step 4 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on
the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27
7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled.
SSS0657
Rear-facing -- step 5 5. Remove any additional slack from the
seat belt; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.
SSS0658
Rear-facing -- step 6 6. After attaching the child restraint, test
it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
1-28 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH
Y51D-V-E01-D9ED4467-51A0-45CD-B0F6-DFDE679BDEAC
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" and "Child restraints" sections before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a forwardfacing child restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
SSS0645
Forward-facing web-mounted -- step 2 2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-
tachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.
If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. See "Installing top tether strap" (P.1-31). Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.
SSS0646
Forward-facing rigid-mounted -- step 2 3. The back of the child restraint should
be secured against the vehicle seatback.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.15) for head restraints/headrests adjustment information.
If the seating position does not have a head restraint/headrest and it is inter-
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29
fering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.
SSS0647
Forward-facing -- step 4 4. For child restraints that are equipped
with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments. 5. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions to remove any slack.
1-30 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0638
Forward-facing -- step 6 6. After attaching the child restraint, test
it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
7. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6.
SSS0791
Installing top tether strap GUID-E52C2A30-C8BB-47E4-8F3C-3E3F8073A684
The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments.
First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors (rear outboard seating positions only).
1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child restraint.
2. If necessary, raise or remove the head restraint or headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback. If the head restraint or headrest
is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed.
See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.15) for head restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information.
Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf.
4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap.
If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31
FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS
Y51D-V-E01-4DB798E7-E9AF-4F3F-8757-7FA8B7D2601A
WARNING
The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-48).
SSS0640
Forward-facing (front passenger seat) -- step 1
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" and "Child restraints" sections before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a forwardfacing child restraint using the vehicle seat
1-32 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat:
1. If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, it should be placed in a forward-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost position. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and, therefore, must not be used in the front seat.
2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint or headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed. See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.1-5) for head restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper
child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.
SSS0360B
Forward-facing -- step 3 3. Route the seat belt tongue through the
child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for belt routing.
If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point (rear seat installation only). See "Installing top tether strap" (P.1-35). Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.
SSS0651
Forward-facing -- step 4 4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is
fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33
SSS0652
Forward-facing -- step 5 5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on
the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.
SSS0653
Forward-facing -- step 6 6. Remove any additional slack from the
seat belt; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.
7. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions to remove any slack.
SSS0641
Forward-facing -- step 8 8. After attaching the child restraint, test
it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
1-34 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8.
SSS1085
Forward-facing -- step 10 10. If the child restraint is installed in the
front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate. If this light is not illuminated, see "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-48). Move the child restraint to another seating position. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled.
SSS0791
Installing top tether strap Y51D-V-E01-C501F3B2-B525-4F0E-A619-D50D32F95904
The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraints with the seat belts.
First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt.
1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child restraint.
2. If necessary, raise or remove the head restraint or headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback. If the head restraint or headrest is removed, store it in a secure place.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35
Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed.
See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.15) for head restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information.
Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf.
4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap.
If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
BOOSTER SEATS Y51D-V-E01-8603BE0C-5AB5-422E-8F8B-F15C086912E5
Precautions on booster seats Y51D-V-E01-EEB07257-7590-4249-8F66-9FD497B4B441
WARNING
If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly, the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases:
. Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child's face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach.
. Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child's arm.
. A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap/ shoulder belt.
LRS0455
Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers. When selecting any booster seat, keep the following points in mind:
. Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle's seat and seat belt system.
1-36 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
is compatible with your child. Always follow all recommended procedures.
LRS0453
. Make sure the child's head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at or above the center of the child's ears. For example, if a low back booster seat
*1 is chosen, the vehicle seatback
must be at or above the center of the child's ears. If the seatback is lower than the center of the child's ears, a
high back booster seat *2 should be
used.
. If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat
LRS0464
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37
Booster seat installation Y51D-V-E01-DDD94AC0-6287-4721-8872-2368FD1B503C
WARNING
To avoid injury to child, do not use the lap/ shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts.
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety", "Child restraints" and "Booster seats" sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat:
SSS0640
1. If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, move the seat to the rearmost position.
2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only place it in a forward-facing direction. Always follow the booster seat manufacturer's instructions.
LRS0454
Front passenger position 3. The booster seat should be positioned
on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit. If the head restraint or headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the booster seat is removed. See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.1-5) for head restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest
1-38 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child's hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer's instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child's shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer's instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.
6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in "Seat belts" (P.110).
SSS1085
7. If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat, push the ignition switch to the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-48).
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-FA8250CE-0174-4FD9-90BA-5B43C650911A
PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-33B797EF-5B18-4EA6-A1F0-A150B541B8DC
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) section contains important information concerning the following systems:
. Driver and passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System)
. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag
. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag
. Seat belt with pretensioner
Supplemental front-impact air bag system: The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions.
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions. The side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force
to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions. In a sideimpact, the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, the curtain air bags on both sides are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time.
Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle movements (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain air bags to inflate.
These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel, instrument panel and door finishers. (See "Seat belts" (P.1-10) for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage.)
The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
1-40 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational.
WARNING
SSS0131B SSS0132B
. The supplemental front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.
. The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the front passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-48).
. The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. The front air bags inflate with great force. Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System, if you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far-
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41
away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel. Always use the seat belts.
. The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.
. The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor) that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions. This sensor is only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-48).
. Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk of injury if the front air bag inflates.
1-42 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0007 SSS0006
SSS0008 SSS0009
SSS0099
WARNING
. Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.
. Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if possible.
. Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. See "Child restraints" (P.120) for details.
SSS0059A
SSS0100
SSS0188A
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43
SSS0140
SSS0159
SSS0162
WARNING
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain sideimpact and rollover supplemental air bags:
. The side air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, rollover or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.
. The curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a front impact, rear
1-44 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
impact, or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.
. The seat belts, side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations.
. When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the supplemental side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.
. Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. They may interfere with
supplemental side air bag inflation.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45
JVR0479X
1. Crash zone sensor 2. Supplemental front air bag modules
(INFINITI Advanced Air Bags)
3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags
4. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)
5. Occupant classification system control unit
6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags
7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag inflators
1-46 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
8. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)
9. Lap outer pretensioners (if so equipped)
10. Satellite sensors
11. Seat belts with pretensioners
INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM (front seats)
Y51D-V-E01-F3E1E0CD-4853-4DEE-8BF7-FDF8511DF69C
This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats. This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U.S. regulations. It is also permitted in Canada. All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed.
The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel. The front passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper front air bag
operation.
The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators. The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle switches and the occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor). Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver. For the front passenger, the occupant classification sensor is also monitored. Based on information from the sensors, only one front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally, the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions, depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensor. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, the front passenger air bag status light will be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, the light will not be illuminated, but the air bag will be off). (See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-48) for further details.) One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system.
If you have any questions about your air
bag system, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer to obtain information about the system. If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact an INFINITI retailer. Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner's Manual.
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body.
Even with INFINITI Advanced Air Bags, seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the
front occupants. Because of this, the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, the air bag module during inflation.
The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.
The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47
of injury in an accident.
SSS1085
Front passenger air bag status light
Front passenger air bag and status
light
Y51D-V-E01-251B11C4-1A1B-4A64-9371-B0EC203F33CE
WARNING
The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions. Read this section carefully to learn how it operates. Proper use of the seat, seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection. Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats, seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity
Status light: Y51D-V-E01-2C107CFC-C909-4AB5-A6B8-9C47EAC579BA
The front passenger air bag status light is located on the instrument panel.
After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the front passenger air bag status light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or illuminates depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The light operates as follows:
. Unoccupied passenger seat: The light is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash.
. Passenger seat occupied by a small
adult, child or child restraint as out-
lined in this section: The
light
illuminates to indicate that the front
passenger air bag is OFF and will not
inflate in a crash.
. Occupied passenger seat and the pas-
senger meets the conditions outlined in
this section: The
light is OFF to
indicate that the front passenger air
bag is operational.
1-48 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Front passenger air bag: Y51D-V-E01-C6271740-9F33-47C5-9A49-855A85AE074E
The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system.
The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
The occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor) is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat. For example, if a child is in the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations. Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt
as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag.
INFINITI recommends that pre-teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat. INFINITI also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints. Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode (child restraint mode) may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop. This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF. (See "Child restraints" (P.1-20) for proper use and
installation.)
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation, because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor. Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is standing on the seat, or if two children are on the seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual. Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly.
Using the front passenger air bag status light, you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied. The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied.
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated (indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could be that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seat properly.
If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, the front passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated, depending on the size of the child and
the type of child restraint being used. If the front passenger air bag status light is not illuminated (indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly, the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly. If the front passenger air bag status light is still not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.
If the front passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned, the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is OFF). Your INFINITI retailer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool. However, until you have confirmed with your retailer that your air bag is working properly, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.
The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System and front passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status. However, if the seat becomes unoccupied, the front pas-
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49
senger air bag status light will remain off.
If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system, the supplemental air bag warning light , located in the meter and gauges area will blink. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Other supplemental front-impact air bag precautions
Y51D-V-E01-BA9AC028-4097-4FF6-B42B-E2048C452E5F
WARNING
. Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel. Also, do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate.
. Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat. Also, do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat. Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor). This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
. Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor. This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
. Immediately after inflation, several front air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the air bag system. This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system.
. Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system, suspension system or front end structure. This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system.
. Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury. Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim
1-50 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
material around the air bag system.
. Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation. Additionally, do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback. Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system. This may affect the front air bag system. Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.
. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for work on and around the front air bag. It is also recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for installation of electrical equipment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical
test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system.
. A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility. A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system.
* The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's Manual.
SSS0521
FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS
Y51D-V-E01-6DEEA2BB-CA37-4862-BE7D-9A1C86F723D1
The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats. The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails. All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed. The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of
collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact. They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle movements (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain air bags to inflate.
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag operation.
When side air bags and curtain air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants. Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51
and rear outboard seating positions. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body.
The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag. Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants. Because of this, the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, these air bag modules during inflation. In a rollover, the curtain air bags on both sides are designed to inflate. Under both side-impact situations, the curtain air bags will remain inflated for a short period of time.
The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position, the supplemental air bag warn-
ing light illuminates. The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational.
WARNING
. Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats. Also, do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door finisher and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if side air bag inflates.
. Right after inflation, several side air bags and curtain air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of side air bag and curtain air bags. This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.
. Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system, suspension system or side panel. This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.
1-52 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
. Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, around the side air bags.
. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for work on and around the side air bag and curtain air bag. It is also recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for installation of electrical equipment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side-impact air bag system.
* The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's Manual.
SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS (front seats)
Y51D-V-E01-FB5B531B-B3DD-4760-AA66-A1D2A79F9F19
WARNING
. The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation. They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit.
. If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not activated, be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and, if necessary, replaced. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioners. This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioner system. Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury.
. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for work on and around the pretensioner system. It is also recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for installation of electrical equipment. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and
probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system.
. If you need to dispose of the pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.
The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front seat occupants.
After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to reduce forces against the chest.
The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system. (See "Supplemental air bag warning light" (P.1-54). in this section for more details.) If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction, have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the seat belt pretensioners and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's Manual.
The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor. These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts.
When a pretensioner seat belt activates, smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard. The smoke is not harmful, and it does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53
SSS1016
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS
Y51D-V-E01-80933CBA-9442-4834-8771-28C9CCEF9D69
Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration.
SRS air bag Y51D-V-E01-A46E243E-0A07-44FE-83A1-CC6B393625E9
The warning labels *1 are located on the
surface of the sun visors.
SPA1097
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
LIGHT Y51D-V-E01-B56BABA8-6680-4AC1-806E-CE3B559CB31A
The supplemental air bag warning light,
displaying
in the instrument panel,
monitors the circuits for the air bag
systems, pretensioners and all related
wiring.
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This means the SRS air bag systems are operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the air bag and/or pretensioner systems need servicing:
. The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
. The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.
. The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all.
Under these conditions, the air bag and/or pretensioner systems may not operate properly. They must be checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
1-54 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE-
DURE
Y51D-V-E01-6F17C37B-9666-4639-BFD5-AF1EBFBE5694
The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air
bags and pretensioners are designed to
activate on a one-time-only basis. As a
reminder, unless it is damaged, the sup-
plemental air bag warning light will remain
illuminated after inflation has occurred.
These systems should be repaired and/or
replaced as soon as possible. It is recom-
mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for
this service.
When maintenance work is required on the vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags, pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance. The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle.
WARNING
. Once a front air bag, side air bag, or curtain air bag has inflated, the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced. Additionally, the activated pretensioner must also be replaced. The
air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. However, the air bag module and pretensioner system cannot be repaired. . The front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and the pretensioner system should be inspected if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. . If you need to dispose of the supplemental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer. Correct supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.
Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55
MEMO 1-56 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
MEMO Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57
MEMO 1-58 Safety -- Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
2 Instruments and controls
Cockpit .................................................................. 2-3 Instrument panel ................................................... 2-5 Meters and gauges ............................................. 2-7
Speedometer and odometer ........................... 2-8 Tachometer ..................................................... 2-9 Engine coolant temperature gauge ................. 2-9 Fuel gauge ................................................... 2-10 Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders ............................................. 2-11 Checking lights ............................................. 2-12 Warning lights .............................................. 2-12 Indicator lights ............................................. 2-18 Audible reminders ........................................... 2-21 Vehicle information display ............................... 2-21 Indicators for operation ................................... 2-24 Indicators for maintenance .............................. 2-27 Trip computer .................................................. 2-29 Security systems ................................................. 2-31 Vehicle Security System ................................ 2-32 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ............. 2-33 Wiper and washer switch .................................. 2-34 Rain-sensing auto wiper system ...................... 2-36 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch ................................................ 2-37
Headlight and turn signal switch ...................... 2-37 Headlight switch ......................................... 2-37 Turn signal switch ....................................... 2-41 Fog light switch ............................................. 2-42
Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) ............... 2-42 Horn ................................................................. 2-43 Heated seats (if so equipped) ........................... 2-43
Front seats (if so equipped) ........................... 2-44 Rear outboard seats (if so equipped) ............. 2-45 Climate controlled seats (if so equipped) .......... 2-45 Warning systems switch (if so equipped) .......... 2-46 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch ........... 2-47 Clock ................................................................ 2-48 Adjusting the time ......................................... 2-48 Power outlet ..................................................... 2-48 Ashtrays ........................................................... 2-49 Rear ............................................................ 2-49 Storage ............................................................ 2-49 Cup holders ................................................ 2-49 Sunglasses holder ......................................... 2-50 Glove box ...................................................... 2-51 Console box ................................................ 2-51 Card holder ................................................. 2-52 Storage box ................................................... 2-52
Rear pocket (if so equipped) ......................... 2-53 Coat hooks ................................................... 2-53 Trunk hooks .................................................... 2-53 Windows ........................................................... 2-54 Power windows ............................................... 2-54 Moonroof .......................................................... 2-57 Power moonroof .............................................. 2-57 Rear sunshade (if so equipped) ........................... 2-58 Welcome light ................................................... 2-59 Battery saver system ....................................... 2-60 Interior lights .................................................... 2-60 Map lights .................................................... 2-60 Personal lights (if so equipped) .................... 2-61 Rear spot lights (if so equipped) ................... 2-61 Interior light control switch ........................... 2-61
Vanity mirror lights .......................................... 2-62
Trunk light ....................................................... 2-63 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........................ 2-63
Programming HomeLink® ............................ 2-64 Programming HomeLink® for Canadian customers and gate openers ....................... 2-65 Operating the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ..................................... 2-66
Programming troubleshooting ..................... 2-66
Clearing the programmed information ......... 2-66
Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button ......................................... 2-66
If your vehicle is stolen ............................... 2-67
COCKPIT
Y51D-V-E01-83D46913-7F0C-4CB0-A756-275B43D9E03A
1. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-41)
2. Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) switch (if so equipped) (P.2-39)
3. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch (P.2-37)
JVC0717X
4. Trip computer switch (P.2-29) 5. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-
ometer (P.2-8) 6. Windshield wiper and washer switch
(P.2-34) 7. Shift lever (P.5-15)
8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch (P.5-131)
9. Rear sunshade switch (if so equipped) (P.2-58)
10. S t e e r i n g h e a t e r s w i t ch ( i f s o equipped) (P.2-42)
11. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-18) 12. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)
switch (if so equipped) (P.5-58) 13. Warning systems switch (if so
equipped) (P.5-24, P.5-34) 14. Electric tilting/telescopic steering
wheel lever (P.3-24) 15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
side) -- Menu control switch (models with navigation system)/Audio tuning switch (models without navigation system) (P.4-95) -- BACK switch (models with navigation system) (P.4-95) -- TALK switch (P.4-122) -- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models with navigation system) (P.4-97) -- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models without navigation system) (P.4-108)
Instruments and controls 2-3
-- Volume control switch (P.4-95) -- Audio source switch (P.4-61) 16. Steering wheel -- Horn (P.2-43) -- Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-40) -- Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) (P.2-42) 17. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side) -- Cruise control switches (P.5-69) -- Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches (if so equipped) (P.5-71) -- Dynamic driver assistance switch (if so equipped) (P.5-24, P.5-45, P.5-94)
2-4 Instruments and controls
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Y51D-V-E01-139F898F-EF61-4933-9424-E1767A8A4A89
1. Side ventilator (P.4-55) 2. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-17) 3. Meters and gauges (P.2-7) 4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2) 5. Rear window and outside mirror
defroster switch (P.2-37)
JVO0130X
6. Center display (P.4-4)/Navigation system* (if so equipped)
7. Clock (P.2-48)
8. Center multi-function control panel -- Navigation system* (if so equipped) -- Vehicle information and setting buttons (P.4-10) -- Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) (P.4-32) -- Audio system (P.4-61)
9. Automatic climate control system (P.4-55)
10. Center ventilator (P.4-55) 11. Audio system (P.4-61) 12. Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P.1-40) 13. Hood release handle (P.3-17) 14. Fuse box cover (P.8-24) 15. Parking brake
-- Parking (P.5-20) 16. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10) 17. Front passenger air bag status light
(P.1-48) 18. Climate controlled seat switch (if so
equipped) (P.2-45) or Seat heater switch (if so equipped) (P.2-43) 19. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P.5-21) 20. Storage box (P.2-52) -- Power outlet (P.2-48)
Instruments and controls 2-5
21. Glove box lid release handle (P.2-51) 22. Trunk release power cancel switch
(P.3-20) *: Refer to the separate Navigation
System Owner's Manual.
2-6 Instruments and controls
METERS AND GAUGES
Y51D-V-E01-691FA2D1-00DE-4C62-B62C-FE0C7AA320F1
to the LOCK position. This is not a malfunction.
CAUTION
. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens.
. Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens. Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction.
1. Tachometer (P.2-9) 2. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-11) 3. Speedometer (P.2-8) 4. Engine coolant temperature gauge
(P.2-9) 5. Vehicle information display (P.2-21)/
SIC4317
Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-8) 6. Fuel gauge (P.2-10) *: The needle indicators in the speedometer, tachometer, engine coolant temperature gauge and fuel gauge may move slightly after the ignition switch is pushed
Instruments and controls 2-7
Speedometer
SIC4318
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Y51D-V-E01-CD0DE725-3134-48E8-A8F7-FE79D9F509C5
Speedometer Y51D-V-E01-6C1D5CB1-6492-445B-825B-135C5B283C5C
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour (km/h).
JVI1126X
Odometer/twin trip odometer
Odometer/twin trip odometer Y51D-V-E01-3F65DB18-06BA-46B4-BF90-A423A80A9340
The odometer *1 and twin trip odometer *2 are displayed on the vehicle informa-
tion display when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips.
Changing the display: Y51D-V-E01-5223072E-4C09-45EF-8F2F-B1C5679FE4D2
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch *3 on the
right of the combination meter panel changes the display as follows:
TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A
Resetting the trip odometer: Y51D-V-E01-1784BFF5-79F7-43F1-9885-3A5D19636CE8
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch *3 for more
than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero.
Average fuel economy and distance to empty information is also available. (See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-21) and "How to use STATUS button" (P.4-10).)
2-8 Instruments and controls
SIC4320
SIC4321
TACHOMETER Y51D-V-E01-ED042B9F-86CF-48B5-969C-C2981187A825
The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev
the engine into the red zone *1 .
The scale length and the red zone vary with the engine model.
CAUTION
When engine speed approaches the red zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed. Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE
Y51D-V-E01-0B4133D2-A999-449F-81B0-E064C24AD12C
The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature.
The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge needle
points within the zone *1 shown in the
illustration.
The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions.
CAUTION
If the gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature is near the hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature. If the gauge is over the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and let the engine idle. If the engine is overheated, continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine. See "If your vehicle overheats" (P.6-12) for immediate action required.
Instruments and controls 2-9
convenient, preferably before the gauge reaches "0". There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches "0".
The indicates that the fuel-filler door is located on the right side of the vehicle.
JVI0846X
FUEL GAUGE Y51D-V-E01-B25CB842-078C-46AD-A9EB-B2F8CBAD9467
The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank.
The gauge may move slightly during braking, turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.
The gauge needle returns to "0" (Empty) after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.
Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers "0" (Empty).
The low fuel warning
appears on the
vehicle information display when the fuel
level is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is
2-10 Instruments and controls
CAUTION
. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the
malfunction indicator light (MIL) may
come on. Refuel as soon as possible.
After a few driving trips, the
light
should turn off. If the light remains on
after a few driving trips, have the vehicle
inspected. It is recommended you visit
an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. For additional information, see "Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)" (P.2-19).
WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Y51D-V-E01-27260C9A-9A53-466E-ACF0-E491D66BB7DC
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (if so equipped)
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light
Automatic transmission check warning light
Brake warning light
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) system warning light (orange) (if so equipped) Charge warning light Distance Control Assist (DCA) system warning light (orange) (if so equipped) Engine oil pressure warning light Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system warning light (if so equipped)
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system warning light (orange) (if so equipped) Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator light (orange) (if so equipped) Low tire pressure warning light
Master warning light
Seat belt warning light and chime
Supplemental air bag warning light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light
Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) off indicator light (if so equipped) Automatic transmission (AT) position indicator light Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) ON indicator light (green) (if so equipped)
ECO drive indicator light
Exterior light indicator Front fog light indicator light Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ON indicator light (green) (if so equipped)
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
Security indicator light
Turn signal/hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light
Instruments and controls 2-11
CHECKING LIGHTS Y51D-V-E01-AAEEDCA0-B409-469E-9994-4005AFDC3266
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, fasten the seat belts and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine. The following lights (if so equipped) will come on:
, or , , , , ,
The following lights (if so equipped) come on briefly and then go off:
, or , , , , , , ,,
If any light does not come on or operates in a way other than described, it may indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a system malfunction. It is recommended you have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer.
Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on the vehicle information display between the speedometer and tachometer. (See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-21).)
WARNING LIGHTS Y51D-V-E01-E4342973-71E9-450C-94D9-9EA3FA5505E2
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-753690F1-01C5-46AF-A68E-329F2E1AAB37
The warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to ON. It turns off soon after the engine is started.
If the Intelligent AWD system malfunctions, or the diameter of the front and the rear wheels are different, the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink. (See "Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)" (P.5126).)
CAUTION
. If the warning light comes on while driving, there may be a malfunction in the Intelligent AWD system. Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. If the AWD warning light blinks on when you are driving:
-- blinks rapidly (about twice a second):
Pull off the road in a safe area, and idle the engine. The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning. If the warning light turns off, you can drive again.
-- blinks slowly (about once every 2 seconds):
Pull off the road in a safe area, and idle the engine. Check that all tire sizes are the same, tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn.
. If the warning light is still on after the above operations, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
or
Anti-lock Braking
System (ABS) warning light Y51D-V-E01-BEE15A76-E254-45AA-8D27-5170CF592A69
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) warning light illuminates and then
turns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-
tional.
If the ABS warning light illuminates while
2-12 Instruments and controls
the engine is running, or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brake system then operates normally, but without antilock assistance. (See "Brake system" (P.5129).)
Automatic transmission check warning light
Y51D-V-E01-079F889E-A850-497A-9531-8C17CCCB810E
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, the light comes on for 2 seconds. If the light comes on at any other time, it may indicate the transmission is not functioning properly. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer to check and repair the transmission.
or
Brake warning light
Y51D-V-E01-27E62D81-74AA-402A-ADDC-A48DD1FF9DA9
This light functions for both the parking
brake and the foot brake systems.
Parking brake indicator: Y51D-V-E01-25E41371-4A50-4503-A31C-DF021B7E2A39
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the light comes on when the parking brake is applied.
Low brake fluid warning light: Y51D-V-E01-02E9B92A-54F8-4185-96F2-B812F36D0A38
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle and perform the following:
1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid is necessary, add fluid and have the system checked. It is recommended you have this service performed by an INFINITI retailer. (See "Brake fluid" (P.816).)
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the warning system checked. It is recommended you have this service performed by an INFINITI retailer.
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning indicator:
Y51D-V-E01-BC1A189C-21A9-40B4-B7B6-AF254F40E479
When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the brake system checked, and if necessary repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "Anti-lock
Braking System (ABS) warning light" (P.212).)
WARNING
. Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on. Driving could be dangerous. If you judge it to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous.
. Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and/or low brake fluid level may increase your stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel.
. If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive until the brake system has been checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Instruments and controls 2-13
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/ Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) system warning light (orange; if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-9068CB1D-5021-4E81-9D4E-BD508B33B490
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the indicator light will first illuminate in orange and turn green before turning off. This indicates that the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) systems are operational.
If the light comes on in orange and remains on, it may indicate that the BSW and BSI systems are not functioning properly. Although the vehicle is still driveable, have the systems checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. See "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.5-34).
Charge warning light Y51D-V-E01-DEE104B8-D716-40F8-9978-636495B1465A
If the light comes on while the engine is running, it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly. Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing or if the light remains on, have your vehicle serviced immediately. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
2-14 Instruments and controls
CAUTION
Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose, broken or missing.
Distance Control Assist (DCA) system warning light (orange; if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-65405F0A-16BD-46D0-B9C8-DCE3E18D6626
This light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Distance Control Assist (DCA) system.
If the warning light illuminates, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, resume driving and turn on the DCA system again.
If it is not possible to turn on the system or the warning light stays on, it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Engine oil pressure warning
light
Y51D-V-E01-C8325BDF-F56B-4147-8D84-B2E40B07E00A
This light warns of low engine oil pressure.
If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving, pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI retailer or other authorized repair shop. The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level. Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See "Engine oil" (P.8-11).)
CAUTION
Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately. Such damage is not covered by warranty. Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so.
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system warning light (if so equipped)
GUID-6D7A8520-E030-471B-B2E3-8656BA394A41
This warning light comes on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. It turns off after the engine is started. This light illuminates when the Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system is set to
OFF on the center display.
If the light illuminates when the FEB system is ON, it may indicate that the system is unavailable. See "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)" (P.5-108) for more details.
This light will also illuminates if the Active Trace Control is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system" (P.5-131).)
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system warning light (orange; if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-6CC09C18-AFF4-4535-828C-69A014717EF9
This light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system.
If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, resume driving and set the ICC system again.
If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on, it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal
conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator light (orange; if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-7ACCE53D-5E85-4E1D-8723-9E8502D9DE94
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the light will come on in orange, turn green, and then turn off. This indicates that the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) systems are operational.
While the LDW and/or LDP system is on, the light will blink in orange and a warning chime will sound if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers.
If the light comes on in orange and remains on, it may indicate that the LDW and LDP systems are not functioning properly. Have the systems checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
See "Lane Departure Warning (LDW) /Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.5-24).
Low tire pressure warning
light
Y51D-V-E01-30DE359F-7311-407E-AF3E-5C53309F6AED
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that
monitors the tire pressure of all tires
except the spare.
The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly.
After the ignition switch is pushed ON, this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off.
Low tire pressure warning: Y51D-V-E01-1F58CF99-02B7-454C-9534-7FEF8D07D282
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the warning light will illuminate. A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears in the vehicle information display.
If you select tire pressure information in the display, the LOW PRESSURE warning message will be displayed. The tire pressure for each tire will also be displayed.
When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. The low tire pressure warning light does not automati-
Instruments and controls 2-15
cally turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.
The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.
For additional information, see "Vehicle information display" (P.2-21), "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.5-5) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.6-3).
TPMS malfunction: Y51D-V-E01-56184CED-B10B-45B1-A679-C9C74898B0B9
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON. The light will remain on after the 1 minute. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.
For additional information, see "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.5-5).
2-16 Instruments and controls
WARNING
. If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON, have the vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. If the light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible. If no tire
is flat and all tires are properly inflated, it is recommended you consult an INFINITI retailer. . Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after the 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/ or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for these services. . Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
CAUTION
. The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check. Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly.
. If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the TPMS may not operate correctly.
. Be sure to install the specified size of
tires to the four wheels correctly.
Master warning light Y51D-V-E01-78BF4531-FAEA-4D07-AD58-77A28662DD7C
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the master warning light illuminates if any of the following are displayed on the vehicle information display: . No key warning . Low fuel warning . Low washer fluid warning . Parking brake release warning . Door/trunk open warning . Loose fuel cap warning . Check tire pressure warning . Intelligent Key system warning . Headlight warning . Front radar obstruction warning (if so
equipped) . Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) not
available warning (if so equipped) . Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)
malfunction warning (if so equipped) See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-21).
Seat belt warning light and chime
Y51D-V-E01-B1CC9C1B-BD83-487A-A7F6-3428ECEC0077
The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts. The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, and will remain illuminated until the driver's seat belt is fastened. At the same time, the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver's seat belt is securely fastened.
The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger's seat is occupied.
See "Seat belts" (P.1-10) for precautions on seat belt usage.
Supplemental air bag warning
light
Y51D-V-E01-028E75F0-7F8E-46E3-B980-53F7C9164FBD
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light will illuminate. The supplemental air
bag warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the supplemental front air bag
and supplemental side air bag, curtain air
bag systems and/or pretensioner seat belt
are operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the supplemental front air bag, supplemental side air bag, supplemental curtain sideimpact air bag and pretensioner seat belt needs servicing.
. The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
. The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.
. The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for these services.
Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental Restraint Systems and/or the pretensioner seat belt may not function properly.
For additional information, see "Supplemental restraint system" (P.1-40).
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag systems and/or pretensioner seat belt will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or
Instruments and controls 2-17
others, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light
Y51D-V-E01-C0AA7A1A-7629-49A7-89B8-6292243BC6FA
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light illuminates and then turns off.
The light will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating, thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits. The road surface may be slippery.
When the VDC warning light illuminates when the VDC system is turned on, this light alerts the driver to the fact that the VDC system's fail-safe mode is operating, for example the VDC, active trace control (if so equipped), Rise-up & Build-up function, Brake Force Distribution or hill start assist system may not be functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC system function will be
2-18 Instruments and controls
canceled but the vehicle is still driveable. For additional information, see "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system" (P.5-131).
INDICATOR LIGHTS Y51D-V-E01-756E256E-AAC8-4DFC-B523-5734358B5B43
Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) off indicator light (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-D4A08820-0AEE-43A9-BED0-34FC0794EE2D
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, the Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) off indicator light will illuminate. The light will turn off in about 1 second if the AFS is operational.
This light also illuminates when the AFS is turned off using the AFS switch.
If the AFS off indicator light blinks, it may indicate the AFS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
See "Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)" (P.2-39).
Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator light
Y51D-V-E01-96FE5B8E-78D9-4CE6-88E5-B9EAA6A7165B
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, the indicator shows the
automatic shift position.
In the manual shift mode, when the transmission does not shift to the selected gear due to a transmission protection mode, the AT position indicator light will blink and a chime will sound.
See "Automatic transmission" (P.5-15) for further details.
Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) ON indicator light (green; if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-2B1D6011-3808-48B3-A1F3-1BA427253F4C
The light comes on in green when the Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) system is turned on. The light turns off when the system is turned off.
NOTE:
This light is common with the Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) system warning light (orange). (See "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) system warning light" (P.2-14).)
For more details, see "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.5-34).
ECO drive indicator light Y51D-V-E01-AC745CB7-7DA9-4BDF-B68A-C7496057B8CD
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, the light will come on in orange, turn green, and then turn off.
When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned to the ECO mode, the ECO drive indicator light will illuminate or change its color depending on the accelerator pedal operation to help assist the driver to drive economically. For more details, see "Eco mode" (P.5-21).
Exterior light indicator Y51D-V-E01-007EC214-0CA9-4F5C-9C0E-66B22D543F4A
This indicator illuminates when the headlight switch is turned to the AUTO, or
position and the front parking lights, instrument panel lights, rear combination lights, license plate lights or headlights are on. The indicator turns off when these lights are turned off.
Front fog light indicator light Y51D-V-E01-F44E86A5-3DE4-4396-AE5B-7D3D962F82B0
The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are on. (See "Fog light switch" (P.2-42).)
Front passenger air bag status
light
Y51D-V-E01-B5550EDA-03BC-41BA-8B43-3CDDA9789CEA
The front passenger air bag status light
( ) will be lit and the passenger front air
bag will be OFF depending on how the front
passenger seat is being used.
For front passenger air bag status light operation, see "INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System (front seats)" (P.1-46).
High beam indicator light Y51D-V-E01-CFCB3FB3-DC4F-4572-AFDF-7DC4BD932014
This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected.
Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ON indicator light (green; if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-10016286-EB84-47C7-AB0D-46A19C20BCE0
The light comes on in green when the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system is turned on. The light turns off when the system is turned off.
NOTE:
This light is common with the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator light (orange). (See "Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) indicator light" (P.2-15).)
For more details, see "Lane Departure Warning (LDW) /Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.5-24).
Malfunction Indicator Light
(MIL)
Y51D-V-E01-5EB179EE-ACAB-4F8B-B435-E99A0A72924E
If the malfunction indicator light comes on
steady or blinks while the engine is
running, it may indicate a potential emis-
sion control malfunction.
The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closed tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.
After a few driving trips, the
light
should turn off if no other potential
emission control system malfunction ex-
ists.
If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection/ maintenance test. (See "Readiness for Inspec-
Instruments and controls 2-19
tion/Maintenance (I/M) test (US only)" (P.10-23).)
Operation: GUID-6187229E-DFEB-4366-B5DF-C9DC9EE6B6CF
The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways:
. Malfunction indicator light on steady -- An emission control system malfunction has been detected. Check the fuelfiller cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the vehicle information display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle. The light should turn off after a few driving trips. If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer.
. Malfunction indicator light blinking -- An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system. To reduce or avoid emission control system damage: 1) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH (72 km/h).
2-20 Instruments and controls
2) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.
3) Avoid steep uphill grades. 4) If possible, reduce the amount of
cargo being hauled or towed. The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on. Have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer.
CAUTION
Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability, reduced fuel economy, and possible damage to the emission control system.
Security indicator light Y51D-V-E01-8635F0ED-0D0D-4E28-95C0-B27FBF6F6EDB
The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational. If the security system is malfunctioning,
this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position. For additional information, see "Security systems" (P.231).
Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
Y51D-V-E01-10692ED4-BF78-4A36-BB9C-69C6F64C78C4
The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on.
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light
Y51D-V-E01-8CC0C384-2200-42D1-96F4-B39EB909E790
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light illuminates and then turns off. The VDC off indicator light comes on when the VDC off switch is pushed to OFF. This indicates that the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating.
AUDIBLE REMINDERS Y51D-V-E01-3AA97528-2B0C-424D-9825-53B4E0DF87EC
Key reminder chime Y51D-V-E01-3432BABC-6F40-4EB7-AF2E-546928B397CB
A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position. Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position, and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle.
Light reminder chime Y51D-V-E01-C5A86822-A3C4-4AAE-BD1F-AF8A1BC20396
A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the
or position and the ignition switch in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.
Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle.
Parking brake reminder chime Y51D-V-E01-08F79576-EAC7-4A14-A43E-BBC2FF17FDE3
The parking brake reminder chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parking brake applied. Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake.
Brake pad wear warning Y51D-V-E01-5BF946D6-6498-47D2-8825-4B103B685194
The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in
motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard.
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
Y51D-V-E01-1CE230A5-CF30-4B3A-A402-45EE3BF84811
SIC4323
The vehicle information display *1 is
located between the tachometer and the speedometer, and it displays the indicators for the driving systems, Intelligent Key operation and various warnings and information: For details about each system information, see the following sections: . Automatic Transmission (AT)
-- "Driving the vehicle" (P.5-15) . Intelligent Key system
-- "Intelligent Key system" (P.3-7)
Instruments and controls 2-21
. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector -- "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.521)
. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) (if so equipped) -- "Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)" (P.5-58)
. Cruise control (if so equipped) -- "Cruise control" (P.5-69)
. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped) -- "Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)" (P.5-71)
. Distance Control Assist (DCA) (if so equipped) -- "Distance Control Assist (DCA)" (P.594)
. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) (if so equipped) -- "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)" (P.5-108)
. Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) (if so equipped) -- "Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)" (P.5-115)
2-22 Instruments and controls
JVI1160X
Instruments and controls 2-23
INDICATORS FOR OPERATION Y51D-V-E01-64909E7F-8C96-4E67-B3E1-6588D21079FB
1. Engine start operation indicator Y51D-V-E01-A88CA30F-9D2B-44F6-9328-D7C4F5F6F61E
This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the P (Park) position.
This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed. You can start the engine directly in any position of the ignition switch.
2. Steering lock release malfunction indicator (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-6BD0F440-CDEA-4278-AD0C-F1151637226A
This indicator appears when the steering wheel cannot be released from the LOCK position.
If this indicator appears, push the pushbutton ignition switch while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left.
3. NO KEY warning Y51D-V-E01-796E92CE-2B32-4D77-9DD6-0EE555C64AB0
This warning appears in either of the following conditions.
No key inside the vehicle: Y51D-V-E01-FE01B211-E8D7-4A46-A5E1-4ABE4E7021F5
The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.
2-24 Instruments and controls
Unregistered Intelligent Key: Y51D-V-E01-5BECEAF8-4E98-48AD-B602-4C6AE01B05CF
The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system. You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key. Use the registered Intelligent Key.
See "Intelligent Key system" (P.3-7) for more details.
4. SHIFT "P" warning Y51D-V-E01-A781E6D3-618F-498F-BC4D-3983287D1D01
This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the shift lever in any position except the P (Park) position.
If this warning appears, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position or push the ignition switch to the ON position.
An inside warning chime will also sound. (See "Intelligent Key system" (P.3-7).)
5. "PUSH" warning Y51D-V-E01-3341FC08-E770-4537-B5E3-AB7ACF1A086E
This warning appears when the shift lever is moved to the P (Park) position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT "P" warning appears.
To push the ignition switch to the OFF position, perform the following procedure:
. SHIFT "P" warning ? (Move the shift lever to "P") ? PUSH warning ? (Push the ignition switch ? ignition switch position is turned to ON) ? PUSH warning ? (Push the ignition switch ? ignition switch position is turned to OFF)
6. Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator
Y51D-V-E01-10DAEEAD-9FC3-4942-82E3-9B4A53F13AE8
This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power.
If this indicator appears, replace the battery with a new one. (See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.8-26).)
7. Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system indicator
Y51D-V-E01-F558F0B2-E1D4-41C4-9263-962DF1A50AF4
This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power and when the Intelligent Key System and vehicle are not communicating normally.
If this indicator appears, touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal. (See "Intelligent Key battery discharge" (P.5-13).)
8. Parking brake release warning Y51D-V-E01-D0E7A2F3-E58C-4AB1-956B-CF6828D72988
This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake is applied.
9. Low fuel warning Y51D-V-E01-6D57E440-020D-40C9-9287-22A41A142DF4
This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty (0) position.
There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty (0) position.
10. Low washer fluid warning Y51D-V-E01-DAF8A34C-EC8E-48A9-AECD-07C6E8A313A0
This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary. (See "Window washer fluid" (P.8-16).)
11. Door/trunk open warning (ignition switch is in the ON position)
Y51D-V-E01-BF6F8B2B-DDFF-4626-ADE2-1576DA433ADA
This warning appears if any of the doors and/or the trunk lid are open or not closed securely. The vehicle icon indicates which door or the trunk lid is open on the display.
12. Intelligent Key system warning Y51D-V-E01-79D8FCFE-AC5D-4549-B87A-A9130816EC7A
This warning appears if there is a malfunction in the steering lock system (if so equipped) or Intelligent Key system.
If this warning appears while the engine is stopped, the steering lock (if so equipped) cannot be released or the engine cannot be started. If this warning appears while the engine is running, the vehicle can be driven. However, it is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer for repair as soon as possible.
13. Loose fuel cap warning GUID-B3E2FCE0-A8B6-40C3-88CC-48178F73936C
This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. (See "Fuel-filler cap" (P.3-22).)
14. Check tire pressure warning GUID-4C26253E-7E93-4751-9C8A-98247F5BCF66
This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected. If this warning appears, stop the vehicle and adjust the pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. (See "Low tire pressure warning light" (P.2-15)
and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.5-5).)
15. "TIMER" indicator Y51D-V-E01-7DEBFF56-E102-4EAA-903C-9E6B1C5D84E4
This indicator appears when the set "TIMER" indicator activates. You can set the time for up to 6 hours. (See "Trip computer" (P.2-29).)
16. Low outside temperature warn-
ing
Y51D-V-E01-BF2E7BC6-70A6-4A07-B5D8-1C5551EE8C7B
This warning appears if the outside tem-
perature is below 378F (38C). The warning
can be set not to be displayed. (See "Trip
computer" (P.2-29).)
17. Headlight warning GUID-ED165F45-D352-45CF-A1B1-81F46F2C0540
This warning appears if the LED headlights are malfunctioning. It is recommended you have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer.
18. Front radar obstruction warning (if so equipped)
GUID-F34909AC-C5E7-4AD6-9A0E-F238026CB039
This warning appears when the sensor area of the front bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead.
The following systems will be automatically canceled.
Instruments and controls 2-25
. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (if so equipped)
. Distance Control Assist (DCA) system (if so equipped)
. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system (if so equipped)
. Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) system (if so equipped)
For more details, see "Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)" (P.5-71), "Distance Control Assist (DCA)" (P.5-94), "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)" (P.5-108) or "Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)" (P.5115).
19. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) not available warning (if so equipped)
GUID-EA193285-8C15-40D2-A7C4-DAD0A93546EC
This warning appears when the Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system is temporarily not available.
For more details, see "Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)" (P.5-58).
20. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) malfunction warning (if so equipped)
GUID-86DB5C85-A1F3-4427-A2BD-4EC9F3DF904D
This warning appears when the Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system is not
2-26 Instruments and controls
functioning properly.
For more details, see "Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)" (P.5-58).
21. Cruise indicator (if so equipped) Y51D-V-E01-A8FF4CA5-9F3E-4DA0-B756-B293036E1D58
Cruise main switch indicator: Y51D-V-E01-96CBAE77-DD46-4CE1-B2AC-5C684ED37D32
The indicator is displayed when the cruise control main switch is pushed. When the main switch is pushed again, the indicator disappears. When the cruise control main switch indicator is displayed, the cruise control system is operational.
Cruise set switch indicator: Y51D-V-E01-A7861C6D-52BF-4690-92BF-C2E3F1DA6989
The indicator is displayed while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system. If the indicator blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate that the cruise control system is not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
See "Cruise control" (P.5-69) for details.
22. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system MAIN switch indicator (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-C2F7FE0A-7E25-4149-BCD3-F440AD0BB7AA
The indicator is displayed when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system main
switch is pushed. When the main switch is pushed again, the indicator disappears. While the main switch indicator is displayed, the ICC system is operational. (See "Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)" (P.5-71).)
23. Distance Control Assist (DCA) system switch indicator (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-00CF0397-8891-414F-91A7-1850B3579BDA
The indicator is displayed when the dynamic driver assistance switch is pushed on. When the switch is pushed again, the indicator disappears. While the indicator is displayed, the DCA system is operational. (See "Distance Control Assist (DCA)" (P.594).)
24. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector indicator
Y51D-V-E01-708B65D5-BF9B-4CC6-974F-860B039A7695
When a driving mode is selected, the selected mode indicator is displayed for approximately 2 seconds.
. STANDARD
. SPORT . ECO . SNOW (See "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.521).)
25. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system indicator (if so equipped)
GUID-D2D66DA6-3B89-43BA-B06D-ED2890ECFE25
The BCI ON indicator (SYSTEM ON) appears when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position with the Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system turned on.
If the BCI system is turned off using the BCI switch, the BCI OFF indicator (SYSTEM OFF) appears.
For more details, see "Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)" (P.5-58).
INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE Y51D-V-E01-52C16D2B-467B-4859-8546-2AD67E5E6337
1. Engine oil replacement indicator Y51D-V-E01-3FDC45F3-82B3-4BBF-978D-9DECB9A2BBB8
This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for changing the engine oil. You can set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil. (See "Trip computer" (P.2-29).)
2. Oil filter replacement indicator Y51D-V-E01-0AFD5D17-72FC-46CE-B8CA-E04D42BFF6A6
This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for replacing the oil filter. You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter. (See "Trip computer" (P.2-29).)
3. Tire replacement indicator Y51D-V-E01-D043BFB0-376C-436B-9507-B122A946EB96
This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing tires. You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires. (See "Trip computer" (P.2-29).)
SIC4325
WARNING
The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks. See "Changing wheels and tires" (P.8-39). Many factors including tire inflation, alignment, driving habits and
Instruments and controls 2-27
road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced. Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long. Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks. Failure to perform regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision, which could result in serious personal injury or death.
4. "OTHER" indicator Y51D-V-E01-48BC06A4-D7B7-44C2-8CA0-26DC6E7DAE1A
This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for replacing items other than the engine oil, oil filter and tires. You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items. (See "Trip computer" (P.2-29).) More maintenance reminders are also available on the center display. (See "How to use INFO button" (P.4-10).)
2-28 Instruments and controls
SIC4326
SIC4327
TRIP COMPUTER Y51D-V-E01-60C3F5A2-6BAA-4891-AFF0-D074E28C94F7
Switches for the trip computer are located
on the right side of the combination meter
panel. To operate the trip computer, push
the side or front of the switches as shown
above.
*A
switch
*B
switch
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, modes of the trip computer
can be selected by pushing the switch
*A .
Each time the switch *A is pushed, the
display will change as follows:
Current fuel consumption ? Average fuel consumption and speed ? Elapsed time and trip odometer ? Distance to empty (dte) ? Outside air temperature (ICY) ? Setting ? Warning check
1. Current fuel consumption Y51D-V-E01-9F26A159-1A8E-41A3-B3DA-2BDBDB913432
The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption.
2. Average fuel consumption (MPG or l (liter)/100 km) and speed (MPH or km/h)
Y51D-V-E01-B805372B-7DDB-47E7-9DCC-BC55F0539831
Fuel consumption: Y51D-V-E01-4C94D4EE-E7BA-48B5-A6C1-F271FD97BFD9
The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset. Resetting is done by pushing the
switch *B for longer than 1 second.
(The average speed is also reset at the same time.)
The display is updated every 30 seconds. At about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, the display shows "----".
Speed: Y51D-V-E01-63B8B0DD-D85D-4A9A-8B00-044EF48D2712
The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset.
Resetting is done by pushing the
switch *B for longer than 1 second. (The
average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time.)
The display is updated every 30 seconds. The first 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows "----".
3. Elapsed time and trip odometer (mls or km)
Y51D-V-E01-60B95DAC-9BB7-4ECB-8D17-C9E90E882461
Elapsed time: Y51D-V-E01-82E92DFF-C368-48E8-A572-FBC736E0E5BB
The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset. The displayed time can
be reset by pushing the switch *B for
longer than 1 second. (The trip odometer is also reset at the same time.)
Trip odometer: Y51D-V-E01-6BB84037-5704-47B6-A0A4-5B05D648582E
The trip odometer mode shows the total
distance the vehicle has been driven since
the last reset. Resetting is done by pushing
the
switch *B for longer than 1
second. (The elapsed time is also reset at
the same time.)
4. Distance to empty (dte -- mls or
km)
Y51D-V-E01-96CC8C44-6C3B-4125-9862-3E975E79A58B
The distance to empty (dte) mode provides
you with an estimation of the distance that
Instruments and controls 2-29
can be driven before refueling. The dte is constantly being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.
The display is updated every 30 seconds.
The dte mode includes a low range warning feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is displayed on the screen.
When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte display will change to "----".
. If the amount of fuel added is small, the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed.
. When driving uphill or rounding curves, the fuel in the tank shifts, which may momentarily change the display.
5. Outside air temperature (ICY -- 8F or 8C)
Y51D-V-E01-3D487D7F-28C9-4C29-B01D-77B8BCA6FE1E
The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or 8C in the range of -22 to 1408F (-30 to 608C).
The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature. If the outside air temperature is below 378F (38C), the warning is displayed on the screen.
2-30 Instruments and controls
The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat, wind directions and other driving conditions. The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards.
6. Setting Y51D-V-E01-AF22EFC2-EA6F-49CF-9937-74270C1E28C7
Setting is available while the engine is running.
Setting cannot be made while driving. A message "Setting can only be operated when stopped" is also displayed on the vehicle information display.
The
switch *A and
switch *B are
used in the setting mode to select and
decide a menu.
SKIP:
Y51D-V-E01-056FE086-8785-4DC7-B06C-4D760E6DED5D
Push the
switch *A to move to the
warning check mode.
Push the menus.
switch *B to select other
ALERT: Y51D-V-E01-8393CE80-A14D-4143-B9D9-7AC58CFDDA72
There are 3 submenus under the alert menu.
. BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode.
. TIMER Select this submenu to specify when the "TIMER" indicator activates.
. ICY Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature warning.
MAINTENANCE: Y51D-V-E01-2EA2638B-2F50-42DA-833E-2B977A405238
There are 5 submenus under the maintenance menu.
. BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode.
. OIL Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil.
. FILTER Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter.
. TIRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires.
. OTHER Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for replacing items other
than the engine oil, oil filter and tires.
OPTIONS: Y51D-V-E01-AB0BF7B9-5ABE-48D1-80BF-687804EE2266
There are 4 submenus under the display menu.
. BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode.
. LANGUAGE Select this submenu to choose English or French for display.
. UNIT Select this submenu to choose the unit from miles, MPG, 8F or km, l/100km, 8C.
. EFFECTS Select this menu to set the dial effects described below to on or off. -- The indicator needles sweep in the meters when the engine is started.
7. Warning check Y51D-V-E01-84D17C85-7598-4143-B76A-A1BD37562223
SKIP:
Y51D-V-E01-4AB5E040-55C6-4801-90C1-457186012EB8
Push the
switch *A to move to the
warning check mode.
Push the menus.
switch *B to select other
DETAIL: Y51D-V-E01-CAB6A70F-BA64-49AE-BCC7-655001BA9258
This item is available only when a warning is displayed.
Select this menu to see the details of warnings.
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Y51D-V-E01-3A21F676-5A6E-4477-B844-5B384A714C8C
SIC2132
Your vehicle has two types of security systems, as follows: . Vehicle security system . INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light.
Instruments and controls 2-31
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM Y51D-V-E01-B2E64354-87F4-40F9-91AD-DA874CA2A588
The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors, hood, or trunk lid when the system is armed. It is not, however, a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.
The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations. Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period. Never leave your Intelligent Key(s) in the vehicle, and always lock it when unattended. Be aware of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.
Many devices offering additional protection, such as component locks, identification markers, and tracking systems, are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops. Your INFINITI retailer may also offer such equipment. Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features.
2-32 Instruments and controls
SIC2045
How to arm the vehicle security system
Y51D-V-E01-8ED55579-9B8D-449D-B4BE-9610F62444F0
1. Close all windows.
The system can be armed even if the windows are open.
2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
3. Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle.
4. Close all doors, hood and trunk. Lock all doors. The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key, door handle request switch, power door lock switch or mechanical key.
5. Confirm that the security indicator light comes on. The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle security system is now prearmed. After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase. The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds. If, during this 30-second pre-arm time period, the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON, the system will not arm.
Even when the driver and/or passengers are in the vehicle, the system will activate with all doors, hood, and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK position. When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position, the system will be released.
Vehicle security system activation Y51D-V-E01-3A452288-F884-4B4B-B1D6-D5997C1EA010
The vehicle security system will give the following alarm:
. The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently.
. The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 1 minute. However, the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is
tampered with again. The alarm is activated by:
. Unlocking the door or opening the trunk lid without using the button on the Intelligent Key, the door handle request switch or the mechanical key. (Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob, the alarm will activate.)
. Opening the hood.
How to stop an activated alarm Y51D-V-E01-DF1E4DAC-68DF-4235-AD8F-E1909167B5F8
The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button on the Intelligent Key, the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key. The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position.
If the system does not operate as described above, it is recommended you have it checked by an INFINITI retailer.
INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-4C75AC83-8C74-453D-97A9-A911C41A3437
The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key. Never leave these keys in the vehicle.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Instruments and controls 2-33
INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System as soon as possible. Please bring all registered keys that you have. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
Y51D-V-E01-E0758907-1973-4985-986D-36DEFC06E1DA
WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident. Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield.
SIC2045
Security indicator light Y51D-V-E01-CDF2B03A-33CE-47EA-8D1E-DF796DD54E1A
The security indicator light is located on the meter panel. It indicates the status of the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System.
The light blinks after the ignition switch was in the LOCK, ACC or OFF position. This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational.
If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position. If the light still remains on and/or the engine will not start, seek service for the
2-34 Instruments and controls
CAUTION
. Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.
. Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty.
. Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer's recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do not use the window washer reservoir
tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water.
JVI0738X
The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed:
*1 AUTO -- operates the rain-sensing
auto wiper system. (See "Rain-sensing auto wiper system" (P.2-36).)
*2 LO -- continuous low speed operation *3 HI -- continuous high speed operation *4 MIST -- one sweep operation of the
wiper
Pull the lever toward you *5 to operate the
washer. Then the wiper will also operate
several times. Pulling up the wiper arm: The wiper arm should be in the up position when replacing the wiper.
To pull up the wiper arm, push up *4 twice,
the wiper operation stops in mid-operation. The wiper arm can be pulled up. The shift lever should be in the P (Park) position. To replace the wiper arm, place the wiper arm in the down position and then push
the lever *4 up once.
CAUTION
Do not operate the windshield wiper while the wiper arm is pulled up. The wiper arm may be damaged.
Wiper drip wipe system: The wiper will also operate once about 3 seconds after the washer and wiper are operated. This operation is to wipe washer fluid that has dripped on the windshield.
Instruments and controls 2-35
(High) or toward *3 (Low).
. High -- High sensitive operation . Low -- Low sensitive operation To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system off, push up the lever to the OFF position, or pull down the lever to the LO or HI position.
CAUTION
JVI0739X
RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS-
TEM
Y51D-V-E01-18362D14-ED60-48EC-B451-A104BE5F6453
The rain-sensing auto wiper system can
automatically turn on the wipers and adjust
the wiper speed depending on the rainfall
and the vehicle speed by using the rain
sensor located on the upper part of the
windshield.
To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system,
push the lever down to the AUTO position
*1 . The wiper will sweep once while the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
The rain sensor sensitivity level can be
adjusted by turning the knob toward *2
Do not touch the rain sensor and around it when the wiper switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position. The wipers may operate unexpectedly and cause to an injury or may damage a wiper.
. The rain-sensing auto wipers are intended for use during rain. If the switch is left in the AUTO position, the wipers may operate unexpectedly when dirt, fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuck on or around the sensor. The wipers may also operate when exhaust gas or moisture affect the rain sensor.
. The rain-sensing auto wipers may not operate if rain does not hit the rain sensor even if it is raining.
. When the windshield glass is coated with water repellent, the speed of the rain-sensing auto wipers may be higher even though the amount of the rainfall is small.
. Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing auto wiper system when you use a car wash.
. Using genuine wiper blades is recommended for proper operation of the rain-sensing auto wiper system. (See "Windshield wiper blades" (P.8-22) for wiper blade replacement.)
2-36 Instruments and controls
REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH
Y51D-V-E01-E0A2D0C4-55C8-4F18-A2DE-1F96531D49A1
HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
Y51D-V-E01-DC8AE445-0020-408E-A99C-1746C7FA278D
SIC4330
To defog/defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors, start the engine and
push the switch *1 on. The indicator light *2 will come on. Push the switch again to
turn the defroster off. It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster.
SIC3267
HEADLIGHT SWITCH Y51D-V-E01-A97D1787-5D60-49FB-97B0-C49E3C404EDC
Lighting Y51D-V-E01-7FF0D9DF-3DE7-4696-9944-BB1F285007B0
*1 Turn the switch to the position:
The front parking, side marker, tail and license plate lights will come on.
*2 Turn the switch to the position:
Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on.
SIC3268
Autolight system Y51D-V-E01-6670CC80-46B2-4BB2-A7FE-53049C3FA3BE
The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically.
To set the autolight system:
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position *1 .
2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
3. The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off.
To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to the OFF, or position.
Instruments and controls 2-37
The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light.
For US models: The headlights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather (when the windshield wiper is operated continuously).
If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued, the headlights remain on for 5 minutes.
Automatic headlights off delay: Y51D-V-E01-DD6AA237-F204-4898-A176-A84AC16A3B11
You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors.
You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45 seconds.
For automatic headlights off delay setting, see "Light Off Delay" (P.4-22).
SIC3784A
Be sure not to put anything on top of the
photo sensor *A located on the top of the
instrument panel. The photo sensor controls the autolight; if it is covered, the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate.
SIC3269
Headlight beam select Y51D-V-E01-F70D9D7A-F42F-45D3-9507-557BBC6C84AE
*1 To select the low beam, put the lever
in the neutral position as shown.
*2 To select the high beam, push the
lever forward while the switch is in the position. Pull it back to select the
low beam.
*3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash
the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF position.
2-38 Instruments and controls
Battery saver system Y51D-V-E01-2545EC0C-F5FC-4D5B-A65F-0CBE6414EDA7
A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the
or position and the ignition switch in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.
When the headlight switch is in the or position while the ignition switch is in
the ON position, the lights will automatically turn off after a period of time when the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position.
When the headlight switch remains in the
or
position after the lights auto-
matically turn off, the lights will turn on
when the ignition switch is pushed to the
ON position.
CAUTION
. When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will not turn off automatically. Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time, otherwise the battery will be discharged.
. Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for a period of time
even if the headlights turn off automatically.
Daytime running light system Y51D-V-E01-96A89700-E692-4881-A9D1-74D83EDD550C
The daytime running lights automatically illuminate when the engine is started with the parking brake released. The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the position. Turn the headlight switch to the
position for full illumination when driving at night.
If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started, the daytime running lights do not illuminate. The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released. The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.
Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-5CF3AE2B-E740-40B3-9176-1D2088411228
The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) will automatically adjust the headlights (low beam) toward the turning direction to improve the driver's view. When the headlight switch is ON and the driver operates the steering wheel in a turn, the AFS
system will be activated. The AFS will operate: . when the headlight switch is ON. . when the shift lever is in any position
other than P (Park) or R (Reverse). . when the vehicle is driven at above 3
MPH (5 km/h) for the left-side headlight. Note that the right-side low beam headlight will swivel but the left side will not swivel when the vehicle is below 3 MPH (5 km/h) and the steering wheel is turned.
Instruments and controls 2-39
When the engine is started, the headlights will vibrate to check the system condition. This is not a malfunction.
SIC4333
To turn the AFS off, push the AFS switch. (The AFS OFF indicator light will illuminate.) Push the switch again to turn the system on again. AFS will also adjust the headlight to a proper axis automatically, depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle, the load the vehicle is carrying and the road conditions. If the AFS OFF indicator light blinks after the ignition switch has been placed in the ON position, this may indicate that the AFS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
2-40 Instruments and controls
SIC4331
SIC3270
Instrument brightness control Y51D-V-E01-8EFD1E27-5505-471E-A11D-ADBE8B1FDF70
The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the switch is operated, the vehicle information display switches to the brightness adjustment mode.
Push the upper switch *A to brighten the instrument panel lights. The bar *1 moves
to the + side. When reaching the maximum
brightness, "MAX" appears on the display
*2 .
Push the lower switch *B to dim the instrument panel lights. The bar *1 moves
to the - side. When reaching the minimum
brightness, "MIN" appears on the display
*3 . However, "MIN" does not appear
during the nighttime.
The vehicle information display returns to the normal display under the following conditions:
. when the instrument brightness control switch is not operated for more than 5 seconds.
. when the side or front of the switch
or
switch on the right side of the
combination meter panel is pushed.
SIC3271
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Y51D-V-E01-6122787A-8BE2-4BAE-BE63-A9E30B7A7A07
*1 Turn signal Y51D-V-E01-4E6F4533-6680-4995-B4E2-B3CE9D242130
Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signals cancel automatically.
*2 Lane change signal Y51D-V-E01-9CBD8B3D-027A-4B76-813E-425FD896C905
. Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold the lever until the lane change is completed.
Instruments and controls 2-41
. Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, and release the lever. The turn signal will automatically flash three times.
Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions.
HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-AA72E446-1372-4F0F-AF9B-9675E3CB6B1B
2-42 Instruments and controls
SIC3272
FOG LIGHT SWITCH Y51D-V-E01-0CD698F6-A977-4171-B7DD-C1E157896593
To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight
switch to the
position, then turn the
switch to the position. To turn them off,
turn the switch to the OFF position.
The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate. The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected.
JVI0395X
The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 688F (208C).
Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine
starts. The indicator light *1 on the switch
will illuminate.
If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 688F (208C), the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a temperature above 688F (208C). The indicator light will remain on as long as the system is on.
Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually. The indicator light will turn off.
NOTE:
If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 688F (208C) when the switch is turned on, the system will not heat the steering wheel. This is not a malfunction.
HORN
Y51D-V-E01-87CEAEB1-8B39-4156-9CAE-F0F804171559
HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-E57CAE87-BC9D-4A04-8415-C2C0B200E402
WARNING
Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants can not monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury.
SIC4332
To sound the horn, push the center pad area of the steering wheel.
WARNING
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system. Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury.
CAUTION
. The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running.
. Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat.
. Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated.
. Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the heater.
Instruments and controls 2-43
. Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth.
. When cleaning the seat, never use gasoline, thinner, or any similar materials.
. If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
2-44 Instruments and controls
3. To turn off the heater, return the knob
to the OFF position *3 . Make sure that
the indicator light turns off.
The heater is controlled by a thermistor, automatically turning the heater on and off. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on.
When the vehicle's interior is warmed, or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn off the switch.
SSS0911
FRONT SEATS (if so equipped) GUID-BC5B8E2A-41E8-41FD-AE0B-99F485716B32
The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other.
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the control knob *A to the right *1
and select the desired heat range. . For higher heat, turn the knob to the
right *1 .
. For lower heat, turn the knob to the
left *2 . . The indicator light *B will illuminate
when the heater is on.
SSS0884
Rear outboard seats (if so equipped)
REAR OUTBOARD SEATS (if so equipped)
GUID-C721AFB9-B04B-4912-A571-F9E7735CA60F
The rear outboard seats can be warmed by built-in heaters. The switches located on the inside of the rear center armrest can be operated independently of each other.
1. Start the engine.
2. Select the desired heat range. . For high heat, push the "HI" (High)
side of the switch *1 .
. For low heat, push the "LO" (Low)
side of the switch *2 .
. The indicator light *3 will illuminate
when low or high is selected.
3. To turn off the heater, push the "HI" or "LO" side (which is selected) of the switch. Make sure the indicator light turns off.
The heater is controlled by a thermistor, automatically turning the heater on and off. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on.
When the vehicle's interior is warmed, or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn off the switch.
CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-C171DFE7-E336-48ED-82AA-8CA91F469BC6
SIC4334
The climate controlled seat warms up or cools down the front seats by blowing warm or cool air from the surface of the seat. The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other. 1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the control knob *A to the heat side *1 or to the cool side *2 . The indicator light *B on the control knob
will illuminate. 3. Adjust the temperature using the con-
trol knob *A .
4. When the vehicle's interior is warmed
Instruments and controls 2-45
or cooled, and/or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the control knob to the OFF position (center). The in-
dicator light *B on the control knob
goes off at the OFF position. The climate controlled seat has air filters. If the climate controlled seat is not functioning properly, it may indicate the air filters may be clogged. To check the air filters for the climate controlled seat, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer.
WARNING
Do not use or allow occupants to use the climate controlled seats if you or the occupants can not monitor seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat. Use of the climate controlled seats by such people could result in serious injury.
CAUTION
. The battery could run down if the climate controlled seat is operated while the
2-46 Instruments and controls
engine is not running.
. Do not use the climate controlled seat for extended periods or when no one is using the seat.
. Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated.
. Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the climate controlled seat.
. Any liquid spilled on the seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth.
. The climate controlled seat has an air filter. Do not operate climate controlled seat without an air filter. This may result in damage to the system.
. When cleaning the seat, never use gasoline, thinner, or any similar materials.
. If any malfunctions are found or the climate controlled seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-FA7725C9-DFE4-4064-A1CA-F8F2ADE3BBD1
SIC4335
The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the warning systems (Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Blind Spot Warning (BSW) systems) that are activated using the settings menu on the center display. When the warning systems switch is turned
off, the indicator *1 on the switch is off.
The indicator will also be off if all of the warning systems are deactivated using the settings menu. The LDW system will sound a warning chime and blink the LDW indicator light (orange) to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right
of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers. (See "Lane Departure Warning (LDW) /Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.5-24).)
The BSW system will turn on the BSW/ Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) indicator lights, located by the outside mirrors, if the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone. If the turn signal is activated in the direction of the detected vehicle, a chime sounds twice and the BSW/BSI indicator light will flash. (See "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.5-34).)
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFF SWITCH
Y51D-V-E01-3AEA4C41-CB09-4DCF-8036-823AE6B4A697
SIC4336
The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most driving conditions.
If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.
To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC
OFF switch. The
indicator light will
illuminate.
Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system. (See
"Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system" (P.5-131).)
Instruments and controls 2-47
CLOCK
Y51D-V-E01-45493C10-3BA4-49EC-9DCE-41E4ED9EED08
POWER OUTLET
Y51D-V-E01-42C176E4-70E1-482B-AA1F-4C9A9B43B7C4
SIC4338
If the power supply is disconnected, the clock will not indicate the correct time. Readjust the time.
ADJUSTING THE TIME Y51D-V-E01-E5BD8934-435C-40FF-97E1-AD088819A5C5
1. To set the clock forward, push the
button *1 .
2. To set the clock backward, push the
button *2 .
3. To move forward or backward faster, push and hold the button more than 5 seconds.
For details about display clock adjustment (if so equipped), see "How to use SETTING button" (P.4-16).
2-48 Instruments and controls
Front Center console
JVI1133X
JVI1161X
Behind the center console (if so equipped) The power outlet is used for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones.
SIC4339
CAUTION
. The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use.
. Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory.
. Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle
battery.
. Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defroster is on.
. This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit.
. Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow.
. Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF.
. When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water or any liquid to contact the outlet.
ASHTRAYS
Y51D-V-E01-C36FC2DF-3FFF-4A46-93E3-4DCE87A48F6E
STORAGE
Y51D-V-E01-1541CD52-EDAB-422F-A971-82BAC026DA56
CUP HOLDERS Y51D-V-E01-9FD9C96C-5FD2-489E-A25B-35DC5BEABC76
CAUTION
SIC4341
REAR Y51D-V-E01-C4884D38-5807-4336-8EF7-7B6C4E1162F8
To open the ashtray lid, pull *1 . To empty the ashtray, pull *2 .
. Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger.
. Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.
Instruments and controls 2-49
SIC4342
Front
To open the cup holder, push the lid *1 .
To remove the inner tray for cleaning, pull it
up as illustrated *2 .
SIC2875
Rear (example) Open the lid of the rear center armrest to use the cup holder.
SIC4344
SUNGLASSES HOLDER Y51D-V-E01-BA6292D3-3959-4458-B5FE-E980BEA75EBD
To open the sunglasses holder, push *1 .
WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to avoid obstructing the driver's view and to help prevent an accident.
2-50 Instruments and controls
CAUTION
. Do not use for anything other than glasses.
. Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the glasses.
SIC4345
SIC4346
GLOVE BOX Y51D-V-E01-F6CF0AA5-0A30-48C6-AD56-CE8831BA2E34
WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop.
CONSOLE BOX Y51D-V-E01-7E281298-B6E5-49A9-B436-68642C896FE8
To open the console box, push up the knob
*A and pull up the lid.
To close, push the lid down until latched.
To open the glove box, pull the handle *1 .
To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.
To lock *2 /unlock *3 the glove box, use
the mechanical key. For the mechanical key usage, see "Keys" (P.3-2).
Instruments and controls 2-51
CARD HOLDER Y51D-V-E01-246B0920-FB36-4ED2-B10F-54EFFD4D038E
The card holder is located on or behind the driver's or passenger's sun visor.
To use the card holder, slide the card in the card holder.
SIC3929
Type A (if so equipped)
JVI1127X
STORAGE BOX GUID-98AC2572-433F-489B-8E32-6CEEAA15CD65
To open, push the storage box lid. Do not place valuable items in the storage box. Do not use the storage box as an ashtray.
SIC4348
Type B (if so equipped)
2-52 Instruments and controls
SIC4351
SIC3248
SIC4350
REAR POCKET (if so equipped) Y51D-V-E01-B887F4F6-9A7B-4102-991B-51818C1F7783
To open the rear pocket, push the button
*1 .
COAT HOOKS Y51D-V-E01-6E60A118-4C06-4622-A493-70124199F866
The coat hooks are equipped at the rear assist grips.
TRUNK HOOKS Y51D-V-E01-7F2F2069-5E83-4347-9CDB-726F230769B1 WARNING
CAUTION
Do not place items which are more than 2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.
. Always make sure that the cargo is properly secured. Use the suitable ropes and hooks.
. Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in an accident or sudden stop.
Instruments and controls 2-53
CAUTION
Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook.
2-54 Instruments and controls
WINDOWS
Y51D-V-E01-AEEC66EB-668F-4E7B-84D1-AD1A2C0B8DED
POWER WINDOWS Y51D-V-E01-32865A53-28E7-447C-A9B9-84195410C4C2
the windows is canceled.
WARNING
. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. If the driver's or front passenger's door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds, power to
Locking passengers' windows Y51D-V-E01-1AF70CF8-9271-414A-9F81-8379097AA7C3
When the lock button *C is pushed in, only
the driver side window can be opened or
closed. Push it in again to cancel.
SIC4352
1. Driver side window 2. Front passenger side window 3. Rear left passenger side window 4. Rear right passenger side window 5. Window lock button
Main power window switch (driver's
side)
Y51D-V-E01-4CC7580C-9AEC-4BCE-8EA6-560903CB5918
To open or close the window, push down *A
or pull up *B the switch and hold it. The
main switch (driver side switches) will open
or close all the windows.
SIC4353
Passenger side power window switch
Y51D-V-E01-B42ADBEB-6953-4EEC-ADED-0C589C38B75B
The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window. To open or close the window, push down or pull up the switch and hold it.
Instruments and controls 2-55
SIC4354
Automatic operation Y51D-V-E01-F5F5D3C4-D373-48F6-B2C1-91677EF6C965
To fully open or close the window, completely push down or pull up the switch and release it; it need not be held. The window will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the window, just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction.
A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released.
Auto reverse function Y51D-V-E01-66ABF044-1E85-49F9-B21E-B3C2FACE3B04
WARNING
There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the window.
If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing, the window will be immediately lowered. The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs.
If the windows do not close automatically
Y51D-V-E01-5018873A-9CDE-4190-B631-67416ADECA64
If the power window automatic function (closing only) does not operate properly, perform the following procedure to initialize the power window system.
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Close the door.
3. Open the window completely by operating the power window switch.
4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window, and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely.
5. Release the power window switch. Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete.
6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other windows.
If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, it is recommended you have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer.
2-56 Instruments and controls
MOONROOF
Y51D-V-E01-3D9EDB99-CE88-4104-A686-8F1FA044EF82
WARNING
. In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof. Always use seat belts and child restraints.
. Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing.
POWER MOONROOF Y51D-V-E01-C1CAC059-3CCB-4E01-98BE-41B5326A9282
The moonroof only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
The moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds, even if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. If the driver's door or the passenger's door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds, power to the moonroof is canceled.
SIC4355
CAUTION
. Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand from the moonroof before opening.
. Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof or surrounding area.
Sunshade Y51D-V-E01-1CD6C51E-2CF6-43DE-9B7C-FDFE087F32E1
The sunshade will open automatically when the moonroof is opened. However, it must be closed manually.
Tilting the moonroof Y51D-V-E01-7327959F-D789-4278-BFE2-34D57E1B72DD
To tilt up, first close the moonroof, then
push the switch to the tilt up position *1
and release it; it need not be held. To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch to the
tilt down position *2 .
Sliding the moonroof Y51D-V-E01-78F09A38-DBBE-4D88-953D-2C8E2EF42DCE
To fully open or close the moonroof, push
the switch to the open *2 or close *1
Instruments and controls 2-57
position and release it; it need not be held. The roof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the roof, push the switch once more while it is opening or closing.
Auto reverse function Y51D-V-E01-FAC8DE64-E355-4396-BF7A-507608B95F7B
WARNING
There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof.
If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof when it is closing, the moonroof will be immediately opened. The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. If the moonroof cannot be closed automatically when the auto reverse function activates due to a malfunction, push and hold the moonroof switch to the close
position *1 .
2-58 Instruments and controls
Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs.
If the moonroof does not operate Y51D-V-E01-62DFF97A-CA79-46FA-94FD-BBA830AE3E72
If the moonroof does not operate properly, perform the following procedure to initialize the moonroof operation system.
1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully by repeatedly pushing the moonroof
switch to the close position *1 to tilt
the moonroof up.
2. Push and hold the switch to the close
position *1 .
3. Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down.
4. Push and hold the switch to the open
position *2 to fully tilt the moonroof
down.
5. Check if the moonroof switch operates normally.
If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your moonroof checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
REAR SUNSHADE (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-DEF8DF80-ECE1-42C8-BB63-BDC1A6B86AF9
CAUTION
. To avoid personal injury, keep your hands, fingers and head away from the sunshade arm, arm rail and sunshade inlet port.
. Do not allow children near the rear sunshade system. They could be injured.
. Do not place objects on or near the rear sunshade. This could cause improper operation or damage it.
. Do not pull or push the rear sunshade. This could cause improper operation or damage it.
SIC4349
The rear sunshade operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position. The rear sunshade switch is located on the instrument panel. To raise and lower the sunshade, push the switch. The switch need not be held. When the shift lever is moved to the "R" (Reverse) position, the rear sunshade automatically lowers.
CAUTION
. Do not place objects (such as newspapers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the sunshade inlet port. Doing so may entangle these objects in the sunshade when it is extending or retracting, causing improper operation or damage to the sunshade.
. Do not push the sunshade arm with your hands, etc., as this may deform it. Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may result.
. Do not put any object into the sunshade inlet port as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade.
. Do not hang any object on the arm rail as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade.
. Do not forcefully pull the sunshade. Doing so may elongate the sunshade. Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may result.
WELCOME LIGHT
Y51D-V-E01-A49514E4-7B46-4396-AD1D-05DFE545CE1D
SIC4328
To activate or deactivate the welcome light function, perform the following procedure. 1. Push the ignition switch to the ON
position. 2. Open the driver's side door. 3. Within 20 seconds after the ignition
switch is pushed to the ON position, push the door open request switch on the driver's side door handle for more than 5 seconds with the driver's door open. 4. A chime sounds when the setting is completed. Once the welcome light function is active,
Instruments and controls 2-59
the courtesy light *A and the passenger
cabin illumination will illuminate when you approach the vehicle with the Intelligent Key (within approximately 3.3 ft (1 m) of the antenna built inside the door handles) and the following conditions are met.
. All doors are closed and locked. . The ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFF
position. . The Intelligent Key is outside the
vehicle. . The courtesy light operates within a set
duration. In order to help maximize battery life, do not store the Intelligent Key within the vehicle detection range.
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM GUID-5A2EF1D4-D5CF-497F-BE81-E2F4B49EA79E
The welcome light function will be deactivated automatically to prevent battery discharge under the following conditions.
. If the welcome light function does not operate within a set duration. Note that the duration is set to 9 days as the factory default setting. To activate the welcome light function again, start the engine.
. If the welcome light function is activated 15 consecutive times when you
2-60 Instruments and controls
approach and leave the vehicle with the Intelligent Key without the doors being unlocked. To activate the welcome light function again, unlock any door.
INTERIOR LIGHTS
Y51D-V-E01-597C12A9-9379-411B-9ABA-7239511EFB84
SIC4356
MAP LIGHTS Y51D-V-E01-35C4693D-F33B-4099-9E8D-4C1A607B8732
Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off.
SIC3250
JVI0379X
SIC4357
PERSONAL LIGHTS (if so equipped) Y51D-V-E01-D9715772-F047-42B5-94C8-E2B65886B291
Rear
Y51D-V-E01-06B0E4ED-D809-4ED0-A432-7C8280E7B38D
Push the button as illustrated to turn the
light on or off.
REAR SPOT LIGHTS (if so equipped) GUID-D62B6A37-E220-4FB7-B7B4-B8153DA657EE
Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off.
INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Y51D-V-E01-28981B41-A540-466D-853C-8B7908116D1F
*1 ON switch Y51D-V-E01-F809DC40-1F48-4B4C-A4C1-79026C84F715
When the ON switch *1 is pushed on, the
map lights and rear personal lights (if so equipped) or rear spot light (if so equipped) will illuminate. When the switch is turned off, the lights will not illuminate, regardless of the condition.
*2 DOOR OFF switch Y51D-V-E01-9EC535D6-4F15-4248-98CF-6E94179633A3
When the DOOR OFF switch *2 is not
pushed on, the map lights and rear personal lights (if so equipped) or rear spot light (if so equipped) will illuminate
Instruments and controls 2-61
under the following conditions:
. ignition switch is switched to the OFF position
-- remain on for about 15 seconds.
. doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK position
-- remain on for about 15 seconds.
. any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position
-- remain on for about 15 seconds.
. any door is opened
-- remain on while the door is opened. When the door is closed, the lights go off.
When the DOOR OFF switch *2 is pushed
on, the map lights and rear personal lights (if so equipped) or rear spot light (if so equipped) will not illuminate under the above condition. The map lights and rear personal lights (if so equipped) or rear spot light (if so equipped) can be turned on only
with the ON switch *1 .
The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated after the ignition switch has been pushed
to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged. When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position (see "Vehicle information and settings" (P.4-10)), the lights will illuminate under the following condition: . any door is opened with the ignition
switch in any position -- remain on while the door is opened.
When the door is closed, the lights go off.
CAUTION
Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped. This could result in a discharged battery.
VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS
Y51D-V-E01-C411E7C5-750B-43CD-8458-695C07891728
SIC3869
The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened. When the cover is closed, the light will turn off. The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.
2-62 Instruments and controls
TRUNK LIGHT
Y51D-V-E01-7524985D-2D56-4402-A015-B859C046D431
The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened. When the trunk lid is closed, the light will turn off.
The light will also turn off after a period of time when the light remains illuminated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.
HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
Y51D-V-E01-92A0C504-6C64-4778-8C02-C2A068B8FADA
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual handheld transmitters into one built-in device.
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:
. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF) devices such as garage doors, gates, home and office lighting, entry door locks and security systems.
. Is powered by your vehicle's battery. No separate batteries are required. If the vehicle's battery is discharged or is disconnected, HomeLink® will retain all programming.
When the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver is programmed, retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures (Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes. For additional information, refer to "Programming HomeLink®" (P.2-64).
WARNING
. Do not use the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse
features as required by federal safety standards. (These standards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1, 1982). A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse, does not meet current federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death. . During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close (if the transmitter is within range). Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door, gate, etc. that you are programming. . Your vehicle's engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver. Do not breathe exhaust gases; they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.
Instruments and controls 2-63
PROGRAMMING HomeLink® Y51D-V-E01-BCFB7DC4-8309-4E2D-9C8D-07DF7CEAF1D1
If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-3553515. NOTE: It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency. 1. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) away from the HomeLink® surface, keeping
the HomeLink® indicator light *1 in
view.
2-64 Instruments and controls
JVI0428X
2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink® button and handheld transmitter button. DO NOT release until the
HomeLink® indicator light *1 flashes
slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing indicates successful programming.)
NOTE: Some devices to be programmed may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in the "Programming HomeLink® for Canadian
customers and gate openers" (P.2-65).
JVI0429X
3. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink® button and observe the indicator light.
. If the indicator light *1 is solid/
continuous, programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink® button is pressed and released.
. If the indicator light *1 blinks
rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a solid/continuous light, continue with Steps 4-6 for a rolling code device. A second person may make the following steps easier. Use a ladder or other device. Do not
stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps.
4. At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage, locate the "learn" or "smart" button (the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit). If there is difficulty locating the button, reference the garage door opener's manual.
5. Press and release the "learn" or "smart" button.
NOTE: Once the button is pressed, you have approximately 30 seconds to initiate the next step.
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the programmed HomeLink® button for two seconds and release. Repeat the "press/hold/release" sequence up to 3 times to complete the programming process. HomeLink® should now activate your rolling code equipped device.
7. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the
HomeLink® web site at: www. homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.
PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS
Y51D-V-E01-7466E10D-6916-4AD5-990C-56C135EA9047
Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter signals to "time-out" (or quit) after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink® to pick up the signal during programming. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to "time-out" in the same manner.
If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the "Programming HomeLink®" procedures, replace "Programming HomeLink®" Step 2 with the following:
NOTE:
When programming a garage door opener, etc., unplug the device during the "cycling" process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components.
Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink® button and the hand-held transmitter
Instruments and controls 2-65
button. During programming, your handheld transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink® button while you press and re-press ("cycle") your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful programming. DO NOT release until the HomeLink® indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. The rapid flashing indicates successful programming.
Proceed with "Programming HomeLink®" step 3 to complete.
Remember to plug the device back in when programming is completed.
OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
Y51D-V-E01-68B45786-8434-4904-8E07-727BE7C0FD07
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, after it is programmed, can be used to activate the programmed device. To operate, simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button. The amber indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being trans-
2-66 Instruments and controls
mitted.
For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time.
PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOTING
Y51D-V-E01-25602324-74B5-44E4-8E4A-023461D5330B
If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand-held transmitter information:
. replace the hand-held transmitter batteries with new batteries.
. position the hand-held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink® surface.
. press and hold both the HomeLink® and hand-held transmitter buttons without interruption.
. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) away from the HomeLink® surface. Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is not programmed within that time, try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times.
If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-
3515.
CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION
Y51D-V-E01-384954F2-8A6C-40E4-BF10-CB5485A0C2A5
The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons. Individual buttons cannot be cleared. However, individual buttons can be reprogrammed, see "Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button" (P.2-66).
To clear all programming GUID-05026553-B3E4-4FE8-BAA8-8DF6B4E48B27
1. P r e s s a n d h o l d t h e t w o o u t e r HomeLink® buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds.
2. Release both buttons. HomeLink® is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with "Programming HomeLink®" - Step 1.
REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink® BUTTON
Y51D-V-E01-5744F383-98D4-4FDB-B598-C6A4049E38AD
To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button, complete the following. 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®
button. Do not release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the HomeLink® button, proceed with "Programming HomeLink®" - Step 1.
For questions or comments, contact HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or 1800-355-3515.
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed. The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink® button that was just programmed. This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink® buttons.
IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN Y51D-V-E01-2BD85D86-7F7F-430B-8EC0-24D0C3D0258B
If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the codes of any non-rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink®. Consult the Owner's Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or retailer of those devices for additional information.
When your vehicle is recovered, you will need to reprogram the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver with your new transmitter information.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Instruments and controls 2-67
MEMO 2-68 Instruments and controls
3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys ...................................................................... 3-2 Intelligent Key ................................................... 3-2 Valet hand-off ................................................. 3-3
Doors .................................................................... 3-4 Locking with mechanical key ............................. 3-4 Opening and closing windows with the mechanical key ............................................... 3-4 Locking with inside lock knob ......................... 3-5 Rear door auto closure (if so equipped) ............. 3-5 Locking with power door lock switch ................. 3-5 Automatic door locks ...................................... 3-6 Child safety rear door lock .............................. 3-6
Intelligent Key system ......................................... 3-7 Intelligent Key operating range ....................... 3-8 Door locks/unlocks precaution ......................... 3-9 Intelligent Key operation ............................... 3-10 Battery saver system ....................................... 3-12 Warning signals ............................................ 3-12 Troubleshooting guide .................................. 3-13
Remote keyless entry system ............................ 3-14 How to use remote keyless entry system ......... 3-14
Hood ................................................................... 3-17
Trunk lid .......................................................... 3-18 Trunk lid release switch ................................. 3-18 Trunk open request switch ............................. 3-19 Opening with key ........................................ 3-19 Trunk button ............................................... 3-19 Trunk release power cancel switch ................. 3-20 Auto closure .................................................. 3-21 Interior trunk lid release ................................ 3-21
Fuel-filler door .................................................. 3-22 Opening the fuel-filler door ......................... 3-22 Fuel-filler cap .............................................. 3-22
Tilt/telescopic steering ..................................... 3-24 Electric operation ........................................ 3-25
Sun visors ........................................................ 3-25 Mirrors ............................................................. 3-26
Inside mirror ............................................... 3-26 Outside mirrors ........................................... 3-27 Vanity mirror ............................................... 3-28 Automatic drive positioner ............................... 3-29 Entry/exit function ......................................... 3-29 Seat synchronization function .................... 3-29 Memory storage .......................................... 3-30 Setting memory function ............................. 3-31 System operation ........................................ 3-31
KEYS
Y51D-V-E01-34905E83-1F92-42BA-9201-6E547D9CC6E7
A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Record the key number and keep it in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for duplicates by using the key number. INFINITI does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate. A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can be duplicated without knowing the key number.
3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
SPA2222
1. Intelligent Keys (2 sets) 2. Mechanical keys (inside the Keys) (2
sets) 3. Key number plate (1 set)
INTELLIGENT KEY Y51D-V-E01-983099D0-6576-4B3D-89E3-E144CB5578B2
Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle's Intelligent Key system components and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by an INFINITI retailer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System of your
vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the INFINITI retailer.
It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions become canceled. Contact an INFINITI retailer.
CAUTION
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, please note the following.
-- The Intelligent Key is water resistant; however, wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
-- Do not bend, drop or strike it against another object.
-- If the outside temperature is below 148F (-108C), the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
-- Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).
-- Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
-- Do not use a magnet key holder.
-- Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set or personal computer.
-- Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a washing machine. This could affect the system function.
. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key. This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer.
CAUTION
Always carry the mechanical key installed in the key.
SPA2033
Mechanical key Y51D-V-E01-8F7AE54A-7165-48B3-9269-5DC241EF3538
To remove the mechanical key, release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position.
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors, glove box and trunk passthrough lid, if they are equipped with a key cylinder.
See "Doors" (P.3-4) and "Trunk lid" (P.318), "Storage" (P.2-49) and "Seats" (P.1-2).
VALET HAND-OFF Y51D-V-E01-0CF61D1C-5574-4FED-B636-199A26014C96
When you have to leave a key with a valet, give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings.
To prevent the glove box and the trunk from being opened during valet hand-off, follow the procedures below.
1. Push the trunk release power cancel switch to the CANCEL side.
2. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key.
3. Lock the glove box and the trunk passthrough with the mechanical key.
4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle.
See "Trunk lid" (P.3-18), "Storage" (P.2-49) and "Seats" (P.1-2).
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3
DOORS
Y51D-V-E01-177D3333-D318-4851-983B-CCA9E4D9C481
WARNING
. Always have the doors locked while driving. Along with the use of seat belts, this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders.
. Before opening any door, always look for and avoid oncoming traffic.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
JVP0231X
LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY Y51D-V-E01-C25772FF-54AB-4B29-905A-20D8DCADE361
The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key.
. Turning the driver's door key cylinder to
the front of the vehicle *1 will lock all
doors.
. Turning the driver's door key cylinder
once to the rear of the vehicle *2 will
unlock the driver's door. After returning
the key to the neutral position *3 ,
turning it to the rear again within 60 seconds will unlock all doors.
. You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once. (See "How to use SETTING button" (P.4-16).)
OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY
Y51D-V-E01-4F532F02-D91C-4F3D-A52B-22AB4EC3B1EB
The driver's door key operation also allows you to open and close the window that is equipped with the automatic open/close function. (See "Power windows" (P.2-54).)
To open the window, turn the driver's door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second. The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key.
This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key. (See "Remote keyless entry system" (P.3-14).)
To close the window, turn the driver's door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second. The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turning the key.
3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
REAR DOOR AUTO CLOSURE (if so equipped)
GUID-FA1808CC-EF3C-49E4-9298-EF84AC059A98
The rear door auto closure will actuate when the rear door is not completely closed.
CAUTION
SPA2726
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB Y51D-V-E01-DECCBDA4-1FFA-4625-B403-AD821861120A
To lock the door individually, move the
inside lock knob to the lock position *1
then close the door.
To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the
unlock position *2 .
When locking the door without an Intelligent Key, be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle.
. The rear door will automatically close from a partly open position. To avoid pinching, keep hands and fingers away from rear door opening.
. Do not let children operate the rear door.
NOTE: . The rear doors can be opened manually
by pulling the outside door handle or inside door handle, even while the auto closure is operating. . The rear doors can be closed manually. . The auto closure will not operate if the rear door is closed while the outside door handle or inside door handle pulled.
JVP0319X
LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
Y51D-V-E01-CBF91FA3-454F-40CE-BEC9-D677B62EA9F7
Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors. The switches are located on the driver's and front passenger's door armrests.
To lock the doors, push the power door lock
switch to the lock position *1 with the
driver's or front passenger's door open, then close the door.
When locking the door this way, be certain not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle.
To unlock the doors including the fuel-filler
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5
door, push the power door lock switch to
the unlock position *2 .
Lockout protection Y51D-V-E01-DF6148C7-7E14-418E-86BE-0AA2CB5A89A2
When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position and any door open, all doors will lock and unlock automatically. With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle and any door open, all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed.
These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle.
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS Y51D-V-E01-AE3E4033-C3D5-450F-974A-E26F92F12E2C
. All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h).
. All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.
The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated. To deactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system, perform the following procedure:
1. Close all doors.
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2, push and hold the power door lock switch to the position (UNLOCK) for more than 5 seconds.
4. When activated, the hazard indicator will flash twice. When deactivated, the hazard indicator will flash once.
5. The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change.
When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated, the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. To unlock the door manually, use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch (driver's or front passenger's side).
SPA2536
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Y51D-V-E01-4A9661F8-55B0-473B-B050-5889AE20DAD1
The child safety rear door lock helps prevent doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle.
When the levers are in the lock position
*1 , the rear doors can be opened only
from the outside.
To disengage, move the levers to the
unlock position *2 .
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-B796E83A-48EA-4DBB-A93C-527D070256D5
WARNING
. Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
. The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.
The Intelligent Key system can operate all the doors and the trunk lid using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation.
Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system.
CAUTION
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle.
. Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves. Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions.
. When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted, such as a TV tower, power station and broadcasting station.
. When in possession of wireless equipment, such as a cellular telephone, transceiver, and CB radio.
. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials.
. When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal
computer.
. When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter.
In such cases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key.
Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions, the battery's life is approximately 2 years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with a new one.
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged, see "Intelligent Key battery discharge" (P.5-13) to start the engine.
Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves, if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves, such as signals from a TV and personal computer, the battery life may become shorter.
For information regarding replacement of a battery, see "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.8-26).
For models with a steering wheel lock mechanism: Because the steering wheel is locked electrically, unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in the LOCK position is impossible when the vehicle
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7
battery is completely discharged. Pay special attention that the vehicle battery is not completely discharged.
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys, contact an INFINITI retailer.
CAUTION
. Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function.
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key. . Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply
against another object. . Do not change or modify the Intelligent
Key. . Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key.
If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).
. If the outside temperature is below 148F (-108C), the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
. Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment and personal computers.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended that you contact an INFINITI retailer.
SPA2538
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE
Y51D-V-E01-C3F09254-070A-44F2-B7E6-7B0B79DCB094
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request
switch *1 .
3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system's operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
The operating range is within 31.50 in (80
cm) from each request switch *1 .
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass, handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function.
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk lid.
SPA2407
DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-
TION
Y51D-V-E01-B9E67E72-CE1C-4540-9CC5-4903AA1FB49B
. Do not push the door handle request
switch with the Intelligent Key held in
your hand as illustrated. The close
distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli-
gent Key is outside the vehicle.
. After locking with the door handle request switch, verify the doors are securely locked by testing them.
. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle or the
trunk, make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors or the trunk.
. Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open. Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door.
. The Intelligent Key system (opening/ closing doors with the door handle request switch) can be set to remain inactive. (See "Vehicle information and settings" (P.4-10).)
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9
JVP0330X
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION Y51D-V-E01-B50EEA23-6967-433E-9B47-520BF073059B
You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag.
3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
JVP0331X
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch
(driver's or front passenger's) *A within
the range of operation.
When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn (if so equipped) (or the outside chime) will sound as a confirmation. For details, see "Setting hazard indicator and horn mode" (P.3-16).
Welcome light and farewell light
function
GUID-88B45F2D-4D8D-4629-8EEA-C82E3D272C1B
When you lock or unlock the doors and
fuel-filler door, front and rear side marker
lights, parking lights, tail lights and the
license plate light will illuminate for a
period of time. The welcome light and
farewell light function can be disabled. For
information about disabling the welcome
light and farewell light function, it is
recommended you see an INFINITI retailer.
Locking doors and fuel-filler door Y51D-V-E01-661DB761-980D-489C-83F6-7554616799D9
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you.*1
2. Close all the doors.*2
3. Push the door handle request switch
(driver's or front passenger's) *A while
carrying the Intelligent Key with you.*3
4. All the doors and fuel-filler door will lock.
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice.
*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
*2: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent
Key while any door is open.
*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle. However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, doors can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key.
Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door Y51D-V-E01-67487D33-3407-4172-8184-7F095CB75C46
1. Push the door handle request switch
(driver's or front passenger's) *A once
while carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
2. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once. The corresponding door will unlock.
The fuel-filler door will also unlock when the driver's door handle request switch is pushed.
3. Push the door handle request switch again within 1 minute.
4. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again. All the doors will unlock.
All doors and the fuel-filler door will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1
minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked.
. Opening any door . Pushing the ignition switch During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute.
JVP0332X
JVP0333X
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11
Opening trunk lid Y51D-V-E01-F97D0FED-C0AB-491B-A879-BBFC4B7BD1C7
1. Push the trunk open request switch *A
for more than 1 second.
2. The trunk will unlatch. An outside chime will sound four times.
3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
Lockout protection: Y51D-V-E01-B8CD4C00-DA8D-4CD7-A211-CAF92D749A1E
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk, lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system.
When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk, the outside chime will sound and the trunk will open.
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM Y51D-V-E01-9C90E7C9-246A-4623-83FA-CF0DC4853695
When all the following conditions are met for a period of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge.
. The ignition switch is in the ACC position, and
. All doors are closed, and . The shift lever is in the P (Park) position.
WARNING SIGNALS Y51D-V-E01-23FEF2BD-D391-4ABA-98C9-E493D5D04610
To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the vehicle information display.
When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays, be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key.
See "Troubleshooting guide" (P.3-13) and "Vehicle information display" (P.2-21).
3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Y51D-V-E01-D8F8E377-3ADD-473B-82BB-D3262AC2D311
Symptom
When pushing the ignition switch to stop the engine
The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds continuously.
When opening the driver's door to The inside warning chime sounds continu-
get out of the vehicle
ously.
When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle
The NO KEY warning appears on the display, the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for a few seconds.
The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the outside chime sounds continuously.
When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for a few seconds inside lock knob turned to LOCK and all the doors unlock.
When pushing the request switch or LOCK button on the Intelligent The outside chime sounds for a few seconds. Key to lock the door
When closing the trunk lid
The outside chime sounds for approximately 10 seconds and the trunk lid opens.
Possible cause
Action to take
The shift lever is not in the P (Park) position.
Shift the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
The ignition switch is in the ACC position.
Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position
position and the shift lever is not in the and push the ignition switch to the OFF
P (Park) position.
position.
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or trunk.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or trunk.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
A door is not closed securely.
Close the door securely.
The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-C688401E-E9F3-470C-9900-CC16F907F8D2
WARNING
The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.
It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuelfiller door, activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelligent Key from outside the vehicle. Before locking the doors, make sure the Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle. The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle.) As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle. For information concerning the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys, contact an INFINITI retailer.
3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent Key will not operate when:
. the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).
. the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.
After locking with the remote keyless entry function, pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked.
The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range varies depending on the environment. To securely operate the lock and unlock buttons, approach the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) from the door.
SPA2100
*1 LOCK button *2 UNLOCK button *3 TRUNK button *4 PANIC button
HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-17AB4EB7-4769-4F15-B7CB-CAD2CBDD45D7
When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a confirmation. For details, see "Setting hazard indicator and horn mode" (P.3-16).
Locking doors and fuel-filler door Y51D-V-E01-E9C01606-95CE-4FEE-9BEC-65E3B96B2733
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you.*1
2. Close all the doors.
3. Push the LOCK Intelligent Key.
button *1 on the
4. All the doors and fuel-filler door will lock.
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.
*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door Y51D-V-E01-CACAF5DB-E00C-4137-8A50-620148E04858
1. Push the UNLOCK button *2 on the
Intelligent Key once.
2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The driver's door and fuel-filler door will unlock.
3. Push the UNLOCK
button on the
Intelligent Key again within 1 minute.
4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. All the doors will unlock.
All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is
performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key while the doors are locked. If during this 1minute time period, the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute.
. Opening any door . Pushing the ignition switch
Opening windows Y51D-V-E01-C312D8D6-DA39-443A-B386-43A24CA3CA9A
The UNLOCK button *2 operation also
allows you to open the window that is equipped with the automatic open/close function. (See "Power windows" (P.2-54).)
To open the window, push the door UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked.
To stop opening, release the UNLOCK button.
If the window open operation is stopped in mid-operation while pushing the UNLOCK
button, release and push the UNLOCK button again until the window opens completely.
Window cannot be closed using the Intelligent Key.
The door window can also be operated by turning the mechanical key in a door lock. (See "Doors" (P.3-4).)
Opening trunk lid
Y51D-V-E01-DE9E3776-94FB-4A31-AD24-12EE8E628311
1. Push the TRUNK
button *3 on the
Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.
2. The trunk will unlatch.
3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
If the trunk lid does not unlock, push the trunk open request switch and manually lift the trunk lid if:
. there is snow on the trunk lid.
. a heavy object such as rear spoiler is attached to the trunk lid.
. the trunk lid is frozen.
Using panic alarm Y51D-V-E01-C48ED9A1-9FD0-4D97-98ED-384A5E9B57B7
If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows:
1. Push the PANIC
button *4 on the
key for more than 1 second.
2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds.
3. The panic alarm stops when: . It has run for 25 seconds, or
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15
. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed. (Note: Panic button should be pushed for more than 1 second.)
Setting hazard indicator and horn mode
Y51D-V-E01-A40448AF-C6FA-43AE-92F5-1D5AEFB7DEBC
This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle.
In hazard indicator and horn mode, when
the LOCK
button *1 is pushed, the
hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn
chirps once. When the UNLOCK button
*2 is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes
once.
If horns are not necessary, the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode.
In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicator
flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates.
Hazard indicator and horn mode: Y51D-V-E01-C83D0F83-579A-402D-BE01-BBB2463BC8AD DOOR LOCK
Intelligent Key system (Using door handle or trunk
request switch)
HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - twice
Remote keyless entry system (Using , or button)
HAZARD - twice HORN - once
DOOR UNLOCK
HAZARD - once OUTSIDE CHIME - once
HAZARD - once HORN - none
TRUNK UNLOCK
HAZARD - none OUTSIDE CHIME - 4 times
HAZARD - none HORN - none
Hazard indicator mode:
Y51D-V-E01-255A333C-9EEF-4C6C-B606-492BFAD9027F
DOOR LOCK
Intelligent Key system (Using door handle or trunk
request switch)
HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - none
Remote keyless entry system (Using , or button)
HAZARD - twice HORN - none
DOOR UNLOCK
HAZARD - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none
HAZARD - none HORN - none
TRUNK UNLOCK
HAZARD - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none
HAZARD - none HORN - none
3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
HOOD
Switching procedure: Y51D-V-E01-383F1B1E-A2BA-4364-8DED-2DF4A9AEDE13
To switch the hazard indicator and horn
(chime) operation, push the LOCK *1 and UNLOCK *2 buttons on the Intel-
ligent Key simultaneously for more than 2 seconds.
. When the hazard indicator mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.
. When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once.
Y51D-V-E01-75D000D4-1871-4E76-9E77-0069D49C3474
NOS1695
1. Pull the hood lock release handle *1
located below the instrument panel; the hood will then spring up slightly.
2. Pull the lever *2 up at the front of the
hood with your fingertips and raise the hood.
3. When closing the hood, slowly close the hood down to latch both the right and left locks. Push the hood down to lock the hood securely into place.
JVP0334X
WARNING
. Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving. Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident.
. If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment, to avoid injury do not open the hood.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17
TRUNK LID
Y51D-V-E01-20C23685-3A25-458D-9288-A06E6D1493E3
WARNING
. Do not drive with the trunk lid open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. See "Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)" (P.5-4).
. Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured. Keep the car locked, with the trunk closed, when not in use, and prevent children's access to Intelligent Keys.
SPA2734
TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH Y51D-V-E01-BD4F35A1-FCB4-479E-86E2-5B1E7DFB91EA
The trunk lid release switch *A is located
on the instrument panel.
To open the trunk lid, push the release switch. To close, push the trunk lid down.
You can open the trunk lid with Intelligent Key. (See "Intelligent Key system" (P.3-7) or "Remote keyless entry system" (P.314).)
If the trunk lid does not unlock, push the trunk open request switch and manually lift the trunk lid if:
. there is snow on the trunk lid. . a heavy object such as rear spoiler is
attached to the trunk lid. . the trunk lid is frozen.
3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
TRUNK BUTTON Y51D-V-E01-9543F3DF-A8B1-4A0A-869F-CB9540E9A670
The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.
JVP0335X
JVP0417X
TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH Y51D-V-E01-39096AF8-28CC-40D3-B593-D20291A58019
The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the
trunk open request switch *A when the
Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the trunk lock/unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob position. The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the
trunk open request switch *A even if the
Intelligent Key is not within the operating range of the trunk lock/unlock function, when all doors are unlocked by the power door lock system, and the automatic unlock function. (See "Intelligent Key system" (P.3-7).)
OPENING WITH KEY Y51D-V-E01-48AF5334-9169-4432-B179-1B73225DF8A5
To open the trunk lid, insert the mechanical key to the trunk key cylinder and turn the key to the right side of the vehicle. To close, remove the key and push the trunk lid down.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19
the rear spoiler.
Always hold area *2 to open the trunk lid.
JVP0405X
Premium Select Edition model GUID-F5257277-C82E-41B1-82A1-B3BEFD6D0A8F
CAUTION Do not use the rear spoiler *1 to open or
close the trunk lid. Doing so may damage
3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
SPA2767
TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL SWITCH
Y51D-V-E01-1A70330B-B9ED-4FE5-9A9B-488DA9429576
When the switch located inside the glove
box is in the OFF position *A , the power to
the trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be opened by the trunk lid release switch, the trunk open request switch or the TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key.
When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet and want to keep your belongings safe in the glove box and the trunk, push this switch to OFF and lock the glove box with the mechanical key. Then leave the
vehicle and the Intelligent Key with the valet and keep the mechanical key with you. See "Keys" (P.3-2). To connect the power to the trunk lid, push
the switch to the ON *B position.
AUTO CLOSURE GUID-48359FA0-39F3-4ADD-B97A-772FD5407D1C
If the trunk lid is pulled down to a partly open position, the trunk lid will pull itself to the closed position. Do not apply excessive force when the auto closure is operating. Excessive force applied may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
CAUTION
. The trunk lid will automatically close from a partly open position. To avoid pinching, keep hands and fingers away from trunk lid opening.
. Do not let children operate the trunk lid.
The auto closure may not function if the battery is weak. If the auto closure does not work, close the trunk lid manually, or perform the auto closure operation again
after starting the engine.
If the auto closure operation is performed repeatedly with the trunk overloaded, the auto closure may not operate properly. Reduce the amount of items in trunk. If the auto closure still does not operate, have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
When the auto closure operation is performed repeatedly in a short period of time, the auto closure function may be temporarily disabled. If this occurs, wait a few minutes until the motor cools down. If the auto closure still does not operate, have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SPA2768
INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE Y51D-V-E01-59AC0EC7-68A9-4148-8401-E6E5648452BA
WARNING
Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured. Keep the car locked, with the trunk lid securely latched, when not in use, and prevent children's access to Intelligent Keys.
The interior trunk lid release mechanism allows opening of the trunk lid in the event
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21
that people become locked inside the trunk or in the event of the loss of electrical power such as a discharged battery.
Releasing inside the trunk Y51D-V-E01-BF7705B5-A805-4E0F-9078-D144861526D3
To open the trunk lid from the inside, pull
the release handle *1 until the lock
releases and push up on the trunk lid. The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light. The handle is located on the back of the trunk lid as illustrated.
Releasing from the rear seat Y51D-V-E01-AB39763D-578A-4245-8786-1DA34E4049A2
You can access the release handle through the trunk pass-through (rear seat armrest). (See "Armrest" (P.1-4).) To open the trunk lid from the rear seat, pull the release handle towards front of vehicle until the lock releases. If you cannot reach the release handle, contact an INFINITI retailer.
3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
FUEL-FILLER DOOR
Y51D-V-E01-8E71A60B-F833-43AF-9065-3F69ED17D7F7
SPA2735
OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR Y51D-V-E01-2D0C6A2B-0D70-4CF5-ACF9-2F0CBE85CDCE
To open the fuel-filler door, unlock the fuelfiller door by using one of the following operations, then push the upper left side of the door. . Push the door handle request switch
with the Intelligent Key carried with you. . Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key. . Insert the mechanical key into the door lock cylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle.
. Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position.
To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely and lock all doors by operating the door handle request switch, the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key, the mechanical key or the power door lock switch.
FUEL-FILLER CAP Y51D-V-E01-3BC658AF-A194-49C3-ACA0-3AB52617E0B0
WARNING
. Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions. You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled. Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling.
. Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
. Use only an original equipment type fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has a built-in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system. An incorrect cap can
result in a serious malfunction and possible injury. It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on. . Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle. . Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers: -- Always place the container on the
ground when filling.
-- Do not use electronic devices when filling.
-- Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it.
-- Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid.
CAUTION
. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it away with water to avoid paint damage.
. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-filler
tube, then tighten until the fuel-filler cap
clicks. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler
cap properly may cause the
mal-
function indicator light (MIL) to illumi-
nate. If the
light illuminates
because the fuel-filler cap is loose or
missing, tighten or install the cap and
continue to drive the vehicle. The
light should turn off after a few driving
trips. If the light does not turn off
after a few driving trips, have the vehicle
inspected. It is recommended you visit
an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will appear if the fuel-filler cap is not properly tightened. It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears may cause the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.
. For additional information, see "Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)" (P.2-19).
JVP0046X
To remove the fuel-filler cap: 1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise
to remove. 2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder
*A while refueling.
To install the fuel-filler cap: 1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the
fuel-filler tube. 2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until a
single click is heard.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23
SPA2832
Loose fuel cap warning GUID-E828C7F2-5979-40B0-9072-E36A74010995
The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the vehicle information display when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. It may take a few driving trips for the warning to be displayed.
To turn off the warning, perform the following:
1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soon as possible. (See "Fuel-filler cap" (P.3-22).)
2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.
3. Push the reset switch *A on the right
side of the combination meter panel for longer than 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tightening the fuel cap.
TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING
Y51D-V-E01-CEBF8919-BACA-45A0-AD5E-D7C5C540A80F
WARNING
. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.
. Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort. The driver's air bag inflates with great force. If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel. Always use the seat belts.
3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
positioner" (P.3-29).
SUN VISORS
Y51D-V-E01-98A8C030-88FE-4F0D-B879-CF82677626E9
SPA2737
ELECTRIC OPERATION Y51D-V-E01-043E9C43-1598-497B-B427-D478DD3E9E4C
Tilt or telescopic operation Y51D-V-E01-2D699F18-28FA-4EF4-B7D7-12496FEE85FF
Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or down, forward or rearward to the desired position.
Entry/Exit function operation: Y51D-V-E01-A414773B-1F64-4062-A1D3-1AEE70938081
The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up automatically when the driver's door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position. This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily.
For more information, see "Automatic drive
SPA2471
1. To block glare from the front, swing
down the sun visor *1 .
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25
2. To block glare from the side, remove the sun visor from the center mount
and swing the visor to the side *2 .
3. Slide the sun visor *3 in or out as
needed.
MIRRORS
Y51D-V-E01-899C7DDA-DD40-4329-80A8-CE6DFE22FD97
3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
SPA2447
INSIDE MIRROR Y51D-V-E01-10BF6E9D-94BA-434D-B556-9F6B29EFE1E4
Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position.
SPA2450
Automatic anti-glare type Y51D-V-E01-544653BF-F3F0-4DF6-B343-B51FC6A721BA
The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle.
The anti-glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position.
The anti-glare system also operates for the outside rearview mirrors.
When the anti-glare system is turned on,
the indicator light *A will illuminate and
excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced.
Push the "*" switch *C to make the inside
rearview mirror operate normally. The indicator light will turn off. Push the "I"
switch *D to turn the system on.
Do not allow any object to cover the
sensors *E or apply glass cleaner on
them. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor, resulting in improper operation. For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver operation, see "HomeLink® Universal Transceiver" (P.2-63).
OUTSIDE MIRRORS Y51D-V-E01-0D342898-430F-456A-9040-9578417F2830
WARNING
Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when moving to the right. Using only this mirror could cause an accident. Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects.
SPA2739
Adjusting outside mirrors Y51D-V-E01-0B4E65C5-2077-45A9-98FC-A8E07B696D9B
The outside mirror control switch is located on the armrest.
The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
Move the switch right or left to select the
right or left side mirror *1 , then adjust using the control switch *2 .
Defrosting outside mirrors Y51D-V-E01-16A73C41-5F8D-482E-96CB-1F7AF0A050F6
The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is operated.
SPA2738
Foldable outside mirrors Y51D-V-E01-25F8CC36-EC21-493D-ABB8-F73A7158209E
CAUTION
. Do not touch the mirrors while they are moving. Your hand may be pinched, and the mirror may malfunction.
. Do not drive with the mirrors stored. You will be unable to see behind the vehicle.
. If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand, there is a chance that the mirror will move forward or backward during driving. If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand, be sure to adjust them
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27
again electrically before driving.
The outside rearview mirror remote control operates when the ignition switch is in the "ACC" or "ON" position.
To fold the outside rearview mirrors, push the outside rearview mirror folding switch
to the CLOSE position *1 . To unfold, push to the OPEN position *2 .
If mirrors are manually operated or bumped, the mirror body can become loose at the pivot point. To correct electronic mirror operation, cycle mirrors by pushing "CLOSE" until completely closed, then push "OPEN" until mirror is in the open position.
Reverse tilt-down feature Y51D-V-E01-3922E781-5D55-4D69-925C-6C97E4BD6F11
When backing up the vehicle, the right and left outside mirrors will turn downward automatically to provide better rear visibility.
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position.
3. Select the right or left side mirror by operating the outside mirror control
3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
switch.
4. The outside mirror surface moves downward.
When one of the following conditions has occurred, the outside mirror surface will return to its original position.
. The shift lever is moved to any position other than R (Reverse).
. The outside mirror control switch is set to the center position.
. The ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.
Automatic anti-glare GUID-91655C78-1391-4C73-AE8D-F7830B95A06E
The outside rearview mirrors are designed so that its automatically change reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you.
The anti-glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
SIC3869
VANITY MIRROR Y51D-V-E01-9AE2DF89-3765-4965-AB82-63AC485FF71B
To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover.
AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER
Y51D-V-E01-E450D796-08F9-4562-8F47-BFC4EB16402B
The automatic drive positioner system has four features:
. Entry/exit function . Seat synchronization function . Memory storage . Setting memory function
ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION Y51D-V-E01-34AC63B3-B54E-4551-9D60-0BA261F4A048
This system is designed so that the driver's seat and steering column will automatically move when the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver's seat more easily.
The driver's seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up when the driver's door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position.
The driver's seat and steering wheel will return to the previous positions when the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position.
The driver's seat will not return to the previous positions if the seat or steering adjusting switch is operated when the seat is at the exit position.
Cancel or activate entry/exit func-
tion
Y51D-V-E01-115CBE46-BE91-4686-ABD6-BC9952E15046
The shift lever must be in the P (Park)
position with the ignition switch in the OFF
position.
The entry/exit function can be activated or canceled by pressing and holding the SET switch for more than 10 seconds.
Keep the SET switch pressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or off the entry/exit function.
The entry/exit function can also be activated or canceled if the "Lift Steering Wheel on Exit" key or "Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit" key is turned to ON or OFF in the "Comfort settings" settings. (See "Vehicle information and settings" (P.4-10).)
Initialize entry/exit function Y51D-V-E01-BC9F8DD7-6ABF-4E49-BF93-F0A27D40B9E9
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse opens, the entry/exit function will not work though this function was set on before. In such a case, after connecting the battery or replacing with a new fuse, open and close the driver's door more than two times after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the LOCK position. The entry/exit function will be activated.
JVP0241X
SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION Y51D-V-E01-D911BEBD-6096-44D1-85CC-1FF7231C5236
The seat synchronization function automatically adjusts the positions of the steering wheel and outside mirrors when the seat is adjusted using the power seat switches.
However, the steering wheel and outside mirrors will not move if the seat is adjusted over the maximum thresholds. The system considers that the steering wheel and outside mirror adjustments are not necessary because the seat may not be adjusted for the driving position. Note that the function is set to disabled as the factory default setting.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29
The seat synchronization function operates under the following conditions: . The ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion. . The shift lever is in the P (Park) position. If the outside mirrors or the steering wheel reaches its maximum adjustment, the function is automatically disabled. Restart the function by selecting a previously stored seat memory position using the memory switches (1 or 2). An Intelligent Key that was previously linked to the stored seat memory can also be used to restart the function. If a seat position was not previously stored in the seat memory, restart the function by adjusting the steering wheel and outside mirrors manually for your best driving position and then drive the vehicle above 4 MPH (7 km/h).
Cancel or activate seat synchronization function
Y51D-V-E01-9F872CF3-250B-41E2-A6C8-B2FEC07B44D8
The shift lever must be in the P (Park) position with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position.
3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
MEMORY STORAGE Y51D-V-E01-C3253FC6-067F-4EF6-AC8E-443DBC2A82D7
Two positions for the driver's seat, steering column and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory. Follow these procedures to use the memory system.
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat, steering column and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch. For additional information, see "Seats" (P.1-2), "Tilt/telescopic steering" (P.3-24) and "Outside mirrors" (P.3-27).
3. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds, push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for at least 1 second.
The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will stay on for approximately 5 seconds after pushing the switch.
When the memory is stored in the memory switch (1 or 2), a buzzer will sound.
If memory is stored in the same memory switch, the previous memory will be deleted.
Linking Intelligent Key to a stored memory position
Y51D-V-E01-AB3F7AAC-59C4-4119-9D25-7D847B211DA2
The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure.
1. Follow the steps for storing a memory position.
2. While the indicator light for the memory
switch being set is illuminated for 5
seconds, push the
button on the
Intelligent Key. If the indicator light
blinks, the Intelligent Key is linked to
that memory setting.
Push the ignition switch to the OFF position, and then push the button on the Intelligent Key. The driver's seat, steering wheel and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position.
Confirming memory storage Y51D-V-E01-CE2091ED-9082-42A3-AC8C-4E5B88DA32AD
. Push the SET switch. If the main memory has not been stored, the indicator light will come on for approximately 0.5 second. When the memory has stored in position, the indicator light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds.
. If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse opens, the memory will be canceled. In this case, reset the desired position using the previous procedure.
. If optional Intelligent Keys are added to your vehicle, the memory storage procedure to switch 1 or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to a stored memory position should be performed again for each Intelligent Key. For additional Intelligent Key information, see "Keys" (P.3-2).
Selecting the memorized position Y51D-V-E01-812ACCF7-5E50-4166-B150-60EB8EB9A549
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
2. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for at least 1 second.
3. The driver's seat, steering column and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light flashing, and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds.
SETTING MEMORY FUNCTION Y51D-V-E01-44B080FA-3BF4-40E6-BD28-59C043780273
The status of the following settings can be linked to the Intelligent Key and the memorized settings can be available for each Intelligent Key.
. Climate control system . Navigation system (if so equipped) . Audio system
To use the memory function, lock the doors with the Intelligent Key that is linked to the settings.
To enable the memorized settings:
1. Carry the Intelligent Key that is linked to the settings, and unlock the doors by pushing the driver's door handle request switch or UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key.
2. Push the ignition switch to the "ON" position. "Connection with the key has been done" will be displayed on the screen and the memorized settings are available (only when a new Intelligent Key is used).
SYSTEM OPERATION Y51D-V-E01-4CE0BF2D-D72F-4384-A8B7-B5B43A28A6A7
The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions:
. When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h).
. When the adjusting switch for the driver's seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating.
. When the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second.
. When the seat, steering column and outside mirrors have already been moved to the memorized position.
. When no position is stored in the memory switch.
. When the engine is started while moving the automatic drive positioner.
. When the shift lever is moved from the P (Park) position to any other position. (However, it will not be canceled if the switch is pushed while the seat and steering column are returning to the previous positions (entry/exit function).)
. The seat synchronization function is automatically disabled if the outside
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31
mirrors or steering wheel reaches its maximum adjustment. . The seat synchronization function will not operate if the seat is adjusted over one of the following maximum thresholds: -- Seat sliding: 3.0 in (76 mm) -- Seatback reclining: 9.1 degrees -- Seat lifter (rear side): 0.8 in (20 mm)
3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Safety note ......................................................... 4-3 Center multi-function control panel ..................... 4-4
How to use INFINITI controller ......................... 4-6 How to use touch screen (models with navigation system) ............................................ 4-6 Menu options (models with navigation system) ............................................ 4-8 How to select menus on the screen ................... 4-9 Vehicle information and settings ....................... 4-10 How to use STATUS button ........................... 4-10 How to use brightness control and display ON/OFF button ................................................ 4-10 How to use CAMERA button (models with navigation system) .......................................... 4-10 How to use DISP button (models without navigation system) .......................................... 4-10 How to use ECON button (models without navigation system) .......................................... 4-10 How to use INFO button ................................ 4-10 How to use SETTING button ............................. 4-16 RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ....................... 4-26 RearView Monitor system operation .............. 4-26 How to read displayed lines ............................ 4-27 Difference between predictive and actual distances .............................................. 4-27
How to park with predictive course lines ..... 4-29 Adjusting the screen ................................... 4-30 Predictive course line settings .................... 4-30 RearView Monitor system limitations .......... 4-30 System maintenance ................................... 4-31 Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) ............... 4-32 Around View® Monitor system operation ..... 4-33 How to adjust the screen view ....................... 4-41 Around View® Monitor settings ................... 4-41 Around View® Monitor system limitations .... 4-42 System maintenance ................................... 4-44 Operating tips ............................................. 4-45 Camera aiding sonar function (if so equipped) .... 4-46 Sonar system operation .............................. 4-47 Turning on and off the sonar function ............ 4-47 Sonar system limitations ............................ 4-49 System temporarily unavailable ..................... 4-50 System maintenance ................................... 4-50 Moving Object Detection (MOD) (if so equipped) .................................................... 4-50 MOD system operation ................................ 4-51 Turning on and off the MOD system ............ 4-52 MOD system limitations .............................. 4-53 System maintenance ................................... 4-54 Ventilators .......................................................... 4-55
Heater and air conditioner ................................... 4-55 Automatic climate control ............................. 4-58 Operating tips ................................................. 4-60 Linking Intelligent Key ..................................... 4-61 Servicing climate control ................................. 4-61
Audio system .................................................... 4-61 Audio operation precautions ......................... 4-61 FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player ...................................................... 4-75 DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player operation (models with navigation system) .................. 4-79 USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port .... 4-82 Bluetooth® streaming audio (models with navigation system) .......................................... 4-87 iPod® player operation ................................. 4-92 CD/DVD/USB memory care and cleaning ......... 4-94 Steering-wheel-mounted controls for audio .... 4-95 Antenna ....................................................... 4-96
Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-97 Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models with navigation system) ....................... 4-97
Regulatory information .................................... 4-99 Voice commands ............................................. 4-99 Control buttons ............................................... 4-99 Connecting procedure ................................. 4-100 Phone selection .......................................... 4-100 Quick Dial .................................................. 4-101
Making a call ............................................ 4-103 Receiving a call ......................................... 4-104 During a call ................................................ 4-105 Phone setting .............................................. 4-105 Troubleshooting guide ................................. 4-107 Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models without navigation system) ............................... 4-108 Regulatory information .............................. 4-109 Control buttons ......................................... 4-110 Voice recognition system ............................. 4-110 Pairing procedure ........................................ 4-115 Phonebook registration ............................. 4-116 Making a call ............................................ 4-117 Receiving a call ......................................... 4-117 During a call ................................................ 4-117 Phone settings .......................................... 4-118 Voice adaptation mode ................................ 4-121 INFINITI Voice Recognition system (models with navigation system) ......................................... 4-122 INFINITI Voice Recognition standard mode ............................................ 4-123 Using the system ...................................... 4-126 INFINITI Voice Recognition alternate command mode ........................................... 4-134 Using the system ...................................... 4-141 Troubleshooting guide ................................. 4-146
SAFETY NOTE
Y51D-V-E01-EA3F64F2-7061-4EF4-A3B5-D1E0F00C1194
WARNING
. Do not disassemble or modify this system. If you do, it may result in accidents, fire, or electric shock.
. Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality, such as a frozen screen or lack of sound. Continued use of the system may result in accident, fire or electric shock.
. In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware, spill liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell coming from it, stop using the system immediately. Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents, fire, or electric shock. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for servicing.
. Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the images on the front center display screen.
Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions [below -48F (-208C) and above 1588F (708C)]. Operating this system under these conditions may result in system malfunctions.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3
CENTER MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL
Y51D-V-E01-D43391EA-34C3-427B-8F03-AEF473377191
9. " OFF" brightness control and display ON/OFF button (P.4-10)
JVH0980X
Models with navigation system 1. "CAMERA" Around View® Monitor dis- 3. "INFO" vehicle and navigation infor-
play button (P.4-32)
mation button (P.4-10)
2, 5, 6. For navigation system control buttons (Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual.)
4. "SETTING" button (P.4-16) 7. INFINITI controller (P.4-6) 8. "STATUS" status display button
(P.4-10)
4-4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
9. " " brightness DOWN button (P.4-10)
When you use this system, make sure the engine is running.
If you use the system with the engine not running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long time, it will use up all the battery power, and the engine will not start.
SAA2954
Models without navigation system
1. "INFO" vehicle information button
5. " ECON" button (P.4-10)
(P.4-10)
6. "SETTING" button (P.4-16)
2. "STATUS" status display button (P.4-10)
3. "DISP" display setting button (P.4-10)
7. INFINITI controller (P.4-6) 8. " OFF" brightness control and
display ON/OFF button (P.4-10)
4. " " brightness UP button (P.4-10)
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5
SAA2955
Models with navigation system
HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER Y51D-V-E01-81257972-4FFA-44BB-89C0-5DC8A6572A3C
Choose an item on the display by rotating
or pushing the center dial *2 upward/ downward, and push the ENTER button *1
for operation.
If you push the BACK button *3 before the
setup is completed, the setup will be canceled and/or the display will return to the previous screen.
After the setup is completed, push the
BACK button *3 and return to the previous
screen.
For the VOICE button *4 functions, refer to
the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual.
HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-E3646515-44AE-4EF5-8609-E7E4870E4D3C
use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or deteriorate the panel.
. Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display. Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction.
To ensure safe driving, some functions cannot be operated while driving.
The on-screen functions that are not available while driving will be "grayed out" or muted.
Park the vehicle in a safe location and then operate the navigation system.
CAUTION
SAA2956
Models without navigation system
. The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object. If the glass screen breaks, do not touch it. Doing so could result in an injury.
. To clean the display, use a soft, dry cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary,
4-6 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
WARNING
. ALWAYS give your full attention to driving.
. Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you. If distracted, you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.
Example
SAA2473
Touch screen operation Y51D-V-E01-D5BFD989-15E2-4755-808B-2A4D6CCC519C
With this system, the same operations as those for the INFINITI controller are possible using the touch screen operation.
Selecting the item: Y51D-V-E01-F9A55D52-A865-40FD-AED7-896003BE1B82
Touch an item to select it. To select the "Audio" settings, touch the "Audio" area
*1 on the screen.
Touch the "BACK" *2 key to return to the
previous screen.
SAA2474
Adjusting an item: Y51D-V-E01-B0E982C5-7659-4B68-A908-739AF21C0BAB
Touch the + *1 or - *2 key to adjust the
settings.
Touch the *3 or *4 key to move to
the previous or next item.
Touch the *5 or *6 key to move to
the previous or next page.
SAA2475
Inputting characters: Y51D-V-E01-CC6E36F7-E424-44E2-99BF-143B325077EB
Touch the letter or number *1 .
There are some options available when inputting characters.
. Uppercase: Shows uppercase characters.
. Lowercase: Shows lowercase characters.
. Symbols: Shows symbols such as the question mark (?).
. Space: Inserts a space.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7
. Delete: Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch. Push and hold to delete all of the characters.
. OK: Completes character inputs.
Touch screen maintenance Y51D-V-E01-491B2ECA-8F9C-463C-B82A-4020E68B17B2
If you clean the display screen, use a dry, soft cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth. Never spray the screen with water or detergent. Dampen the cloth first, and then wipe the screen.
SAA3011
MENU OPTIONS (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-47D7B56A-1A5D-45EE-8622-D8477605952F
The start menu can be displayed using the menu control switch on the steering-wheelmounted controls.
1. While the MAP or STATUS screen is displayed, push and hold the menu control switch until the "Menu Options" screen appears.
2. Highlight the preferred item by tilting the menu control switch up or down, and then push the menu control switch to select it.
SAA2476
Available items Y51D-V-E01-6B0A1332-273A-422F-BC78-A5B175DC042E
Destination/Route: Y51D-V-E01-F2AD7B2D-2746-40F0-AA6F-5F5113D46615
These items are for the navigation system. See the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual for details.
Info:
Y51D-V-E01-595FABEF-AA4B-4CCE-983F-6ECCAD2877D7
Displays the information screen. It is the
same screen that appears when you push
the INFO button.
Settings: Y51D-V-E01-DD84EF59-48DA-48EF-92F9-4341C1EEE310
Displays the settings screen. It is the same screen that appears when you push the SETTING button.
4-8 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2477
Models with navigation system
SAA3149
Models without navigation system
HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN
Y51D-V-E01-86BB56D9-4948-444F-8C73-EF7EB1C3A5A7
Vehicle functions are viewed on the display screen in menus. To select each key item, highlight the preferred item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button.
Whenever a menu selection is made or menu item is highlighted, different areas on the screen provide you with important information. See the following for details.
1. Header:
Shows the path used to get to the current screen.
2. Menu Selections:
Shows the options to choose within that menu screen.
3. UP/DOWN Movement indicator:
Shows that the INFINITI controller may be used to move UP/DOWN on the screen and select more options.
4. Menu Items Counter:
Shows the total number of items listed across all pages for the current menu.
5. Footer/Information Line:
Provides more information (if available)
about the menu selection currently highlighted.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9
VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS
Y51D-V-E01-12ABF638-7C1C-4AFD-AD0F-F79EF0C30835
HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON Y51D-V-E01-1F7FDD9D-55DB-4CD2-B7BC-36AA83A45621
You can check information related to the audio, climate control system, fuel consumption and navigation system (if so equipped) by pressing the STATUS button repeatedly.
HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CONTROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON
Y51D-V-E01-47C1A803-CD64-42B5-B4F4-5B5BF1BC8805
Push the " OFF" button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode, and to adjust the display brightness using the INFINITI controller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the screen.
Push and hold the " OFF" button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off. Push the button again to turn the display on.
Models without navigation system:
The display brightness can also be adjusted using the " " button or " " button.
HOW TO USE CAMERA BUTTON (models with navigation system)
GUID-C69CA08B-BE59-4C1F-B1F1-BB2B3145ED63
Push the CAMERA button to display Around View® Monitor. (See "Around View® Monitor" (P.4-32).)
HOW TO USE DISP BUTTON (models without navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-66FB10D2-2840-4A84-8CC2-E3C4679E3AC5
Push the DISP button to show the display setting screen. (See "Display settings (models without navigation system)" (P.420).)
HOW TO USE ECON BUTTON (models without navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-F33D4B2C-B3A2-4597-A2BB-B37393E4DF60
Push the " ECON" button to show fuel economy information. (See "Fuel Economy information" (P.4-12).)
HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON Y51D-V-E01-99586B1F-168B-4156-B513-0080B5E3B7E5
The display screen shows vehicle and navigation (if so equipped) information for your convenience.
The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle. See the following for details.
4-10 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
JVH0256M
Models with navigation system
SAA2145
Models without navigation system
1. Push the INFO button on the control panel.
2. Select an item from the INFO menu.
3. After viewing or adjusting the information on the following screens, push the BACK button to return to the INFO menu.
See the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual for the following items:
. Infiniti Connection . Traffic Info . Weather Info . Where am I? . Map Update . Navigation Version . GPS Position The "Tire Pressure" is displayed only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the "Navigation Version" and "Map Update key" is displayed after selecting the "Others" key.
JVH0995X
Models with navigation system
JVH0996X
Models without navigation system
SAA2480
Models with navigation system
JVH0181M
Models without navigation system
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11
Fuel Economy information Y51D-V-E01-F4E666E1-1CB1-4D9B-9386-EB660514763A
The approximate distance to empty, average fuel economy and current fuel economy will be displayed for reference.
To reset the average fuel economy (Avg Fuel Econ), select the "Reset Fuel Eco" or "Reset" key.
If the "Fuel Eco History" or "View" key is selected, the average fuel consumption history will be displayed in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset-to-Reset period.
The unit can be converted between "US" and "Metric". (See "How to use SETTING button" (P.4-16).)
The fuel economy information may differ from the information displayed on the vehicle information display. This is due to the timing difference in updating the information and does not indicate a malfunction.
For models without the navigation system,
the information can be displayed by push-
ing the
ECON button on the control
panel.
JVH0248X
Models with navigation system
JVH1000X
Models without navigation system
4-12 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
TIRE PRESSURE information Y51D-V-E01-8FD3B778-0AC2-4A51-AB99-5D418C2B732B
WARNING
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, tire pressure will not be indicated, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
The tire pressure will be displayed for reference.
The pressure indication "*** kPa" or "*** psi" on the screen means that the pressure is being measured. After a few driving trips, the pressure for each tire will be displayed.
For models with navigation system, to change the measurement units, select the
"Select Units" key with the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button.
The unit can be converted in the Language & Units settings display. (See "How to use SETTING button" (P.4-16) for details.)
In case of low tire pressure, LOW PRESSURE information will be displayed on the screen. Check the pressure of all tires.
Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle's traveling condition and the temperature.
After tire rotation is performed, tire pressure will not be displayed in the actual tire position. Drive the vehicle at over 25 MPH (40 km/h) for approximately 10 minutes to reset the display.
For more details about the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS), see "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.5-5).
When the ignition switch is in the ACC position, the "Tire Pressure" key is not displayed.
SAA2481
JVH0183M
SAA2482
Models with navigation system
JVH0184M
Models without navigation system
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13
Maintenance information Y51D-V-E01-FCA7EADE-3AAB-4F62-9095-D51FFDE722D6
The maintenance intervals can be displayed for the engine oil, oil filter, tire and other reminders.
To set a maintenance interval, select a preferred item from the list.
You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be performed.
The following example shows how to set the engine oil maintenance information. Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information.
1. Set the interval (mileage) of the maintenance schedule. To determine the recommended maintenance interval, refer to the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section.
2. To display the reminder automatically when the desired distance is reached, select the "Reminder" key.
3. Reset the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule.
4. To return to the previous screen, push the BACK button.
The unit can be converted between "US" and "Metric". (See "How to use SETTING
button" (P.4-16).)
4-14 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA3003
Models with navigation system
SAA1611
Models without navigation system
The Reminder will be automatically displayed when the specified distance has been driven and every time the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position. The reminder will not appear while driving.
Select the "OK" key to hide the reminder for the rest of the current drive.
To stop the reminder from appearing, perform one of the following actions:
. Select the "Reset Distance" key. . Deactivate the "Reminder". . Increase the "Interval" distance to be
more than the current distance being tracked.
JVH0272M
Others information (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-E0F87E16-0593-408A-A004-FF5171E38CED
The Others information display will appear when pushing the INFO button and selecting the "Others" key.
Map Update: GUID-199E211C-56CA-4D74-B0E2-D08A0AEEB02F
For the details of this item, see the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual.
Navigation Version: Y51D-V-E01-40B7C594-3740-484F-83FB-9CC64B1CA696
For the details of this item, see the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual.
When the ignition switch is in the ignition position, the "Navigation Version" key is displayed after pushing the INFO button.
GPS Position: Y51D-V-E01-69DAA895-64AA-4208-A8AB-7FFB939E6CDA
For the details of this item, see the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual.
Voice Recognition: Y51D-V-E01-A3DFC78F-5848-4804-9813-F040F01CB2CF
For the details of this item, see "INFINITI Voice Recognition system (models with navigation system)" (P.4-122).
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15
HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON Y51D-V-E01-D7802818-69AA-4E09-9C01-AC61117C3752
The display as illustrated will appear when the SETTING button is pushed.
For navigation settings, refer to the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual.
SAA3009
Models with navigation system
SAA2485
Models with navigation system
JVH0250X
Models without navigation system
4-16 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
JVH0997X
Models without navigation system
Audio settings Y51D-V-E01-D6BC25CF-55FF-40AA-91C1-9D749AA404B2
The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the "Audio" key.
Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade: Y51D-V-E01-A6D49A00-FDB3-41F7-87A3-64DC6F3C4B33
To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance, select the "Bass", "Treble", "Balance" or "Fade" key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller.
These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob.
Speed Sensitive Vol. (if so equipped): Y51D-V-E01-EC4ADF51-62FF-46EF-BB0F-36A480FC2DF1
The audio system's volume is increased with the vehicle speed. Select the "Speed Sensitive Vol." key and adjust the effect level with the INFINITI controller. The Speed Sensitive Volume function is turned off when the level is set to OFF. Increasing the value will cause the volume to increase faster with vehicle speed.
Precision Phased Audio (if so equipped): Y51D-V-E01-63143283-224D-45CC-AA63-F3682F69A314
When this item is turned to ON, super high pitch sound and super low pitch sound are emphasized and midrange sound is played naturally.
BOSE® Centerpoint (if so equipped): Y51D-V-E01-250F04D8-5223-4D5E-AF04-A60F348EADFD
When this item is turned to ON, an exciting surround sound effect is generated from a traditional stereo recording.
BOSE® AudioPilot (if so equipped): Y51D-V-E01-E75FB7BF-93BC-43A4-B1E3-CE7A4FC0C0D8
BOSE® AudioPilot adjusts the volume and sound quality depending on the changes of the vehicle speeds and the noise picked up by the microphone. It compensates for noise for different road surface conditions and open windows.
Surround Effect (if so equipped): Y51D-V-E01-960568F6-5F82-41EB-B13C-F222131DD5F2
To adjust the surround sound volume, select "Surround Effect" key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller.
DivX Registration Code (models with navigation system):
Y51D-V-E01-8CDA3826-A0D1-45B8-90B7-AC0CE034AD00
The registration code for a device that is used to download DivX® files will be displayed on the screen. If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is connected to the audio system, this function will not be activated.
Display Album Cover Art (models with navigation system):
Y51D-V-E01-6156D370-23AA-435F-B794-B3CB65DE3138
When this item is turned to ON, the album cover image is displayed when playing iPod® or MP3 music files through a CD,
DVD or USB memory. When the image is not properly embedded in the file or device, the image will not be displayed.
Phone settings (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-7D06210B-67BA-47C1-B33F-0F7AE684A83B
For details of the "Phone" settings, see "Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models with navigation system)" (P.4-97).
Bluetooth® settings (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-5F39FAB1-CA3C-42C4-A0E5-B7F0A83ADD39
For details of the "Bluetooth®" settings, see "Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models with navigation system)" (P.4-97) or "Bluetooth® streaming audio (models with navigation system)" (P.4-87).
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17
SAA2554
Volume and Beeps settings (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-1F52F401-A0F1-43DB-9C42-F881EFE4D287
The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button, selecting the "Volume & Beeps" key.
Audio Volume: Y51D-V-E01-BAD1EEEF-1969-4F12-9586-08066AED47AC
To increase or decrease the audio volume, select the "Audio Volume" key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller.
Guidance Volume: Y51D-V-E01-D8506DBC-0448-41F7-B23F-6E9782AC05B0
To adjust the guidance voice volume, select the "Guidance Volume" key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller.
Infiniti Connection Vol: GUID-FAC782B9-EB3E-407D-B53C-875095276917
To adjust the volume level of the Infiniti ConnectionTM information channel, select the "Infiniti Connection Vol" key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller. For the details of Infiniti ConnectionTM, see the Navigation Owner's Manual.
Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing Call: Y51D-V-E01-04970CA7-7242-4640-833A-390CD6BFD094
For the details of these items, see "Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models with navigation system)" (P.4-97).
Switch Beeps: Y51D-V-E01-E1F1B076-88FC-4B18-A474-B16D51B48EAA
When this item is turned to ON, you will hear a beep sound when you use a button.
Guidance Voice: Y51D-V-E01-2E0C40AA-DEC7-469C-B500-E26541F97607
When this item is turned to ON, you will hear voice guidance in the navigation operation or in other operations.
JVH0176M
Switch Beeps settings (models without navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-9C169DA0-AC51-4928-B0DC-07D98431A656
The "Switch Beeps" screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button, selecting the "Switch Beeps" key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button.
Switch Beeps: Y51D-V-E01-A0E44E7D-5F35-4832-A053-F2FA230A6A31
When this item is turned to ON, you will hear a beep sound when you use a button.
ECO DRIVE settings (if so equipped) Y51D-V-E01-AF9127FB-4313-4532-B1C1-1E5F2A7A0FE1
To adjust the Eco pedal driver's assist, select the "Standard", "Soft" or "OFF" key
4-18 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
and adjust it with the INFINITI controller. For the details of "ECO DRIVE", see "ECO pedal system" (P.5-22).
DRIVER ASSISTANCE settings (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-FCB9045C-F1B4-4D3D-8296-E8E065CF5381
For the details of the "Driver Assistance" settings, see the following items:
. "Lane Departure Warning (LDW) /Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.5-24).
. "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.5-34). . "Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)" (P.5-
45). . "Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)"
(P.5-58) . "Distance Control Assist (DCA)" (P.5-94) . "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)"
(P.5-108). . "Predictive Forward Collision Warning
(PFCW)" (P.5-115)
SAA3008
Others settings (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-BB9E5153-F415-4F72-8C7B-F01332A4AE7F
The Others settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the "Others" key. The following items are available: . Comfort . Language & Units . Voice Recognition . Infiniti Connection . Camera . Image Viewer
Depending on the vehicle equipment, pushing SETTING button will display the following items.
. Display . Clock
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19
SAA2486
Display settings (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-F7F17871-0E48-4280-BBB7-EB03904B3F7E
The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the "Others" key, and then selecting the "Display" key.
Display Adjustment: Y51D-V-E01-AC92FF83-944C-4BA8-8E31-BFD15816A089
To adjust the display settings, select the "Display Adjustment" key. The following settings are available.
. Display To turn off the screen, push the ENTER button and turn the "Display" indicator off. The other method is to push and hold the
" OFF" button for more than 2 seconds.
When any mode button is pushed with the screen off, the screen turns on for further operation. The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished.
To turn on the screen, set this item to the ON position, or push and hold the " OFF" button.
. Brightness/Contrast/Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen.
Then, you can adjust the brightness and the contrast using the INFINITI controller.
For information on the "Background Color" key, refer to the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual.
Color Theme: Y51D-V-E01-239882FE-BA0E-4005-A8DC-3979C5495D0E
Choose the theme color of the menu screen.
4-20 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2115
Display settings (models without navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-6A32B44B-A12A-43FF-A66D-45B9BDCD954C
The "Display" screen will appear when pushing the DISP button on the control panel.
Display: Y51D-V-E01-7F447756-948B-45D3-9786-D66F8349E31D
To turn off the screen, push the ENTER button and turn the "ON" indicator off.
When any mode button is pushed with the screen off, the screen turns on for further operation. The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished.
To turn on the screen, set this item to the "ON" position or push the " " button.
Brightness/Contrast/Background Color: Y51D-V-E01-3C3000FC-D0E0-4A56-AC63-34DF166DC19D
To adjust the brightness, contrast and background color of the screen, select the appropriate "Brightness", "Contrast" or "Background Color" key and push the ENTER button.
Then, you can adjust the brightness, and the contrast using the INFINITI controller. Switch the background color to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode by pushing the ENTER button.
SAA3151
Models with navigation system
Comfort settings Y51D-V-E01-A36015FC-1163-41D7-A9C8-9288FFB08258
Models with navigation system
The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the "Others" key, and then selecting the "Comfort" key. This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position.
Models without navigation system
The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the "Comfort" key. This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position.
Auto Interior Illumination: Y51D-V-E01-52455F7C-90A9-4422-B7BA-01FEF1FCBA03
When this item is turned to ON, the interior lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked.
Light Sensitivity: Y51D-V-E01-737EDBC4-D43B-4EE4-AE13-D702E03254C3
Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher (right) or lower (left).
JVH0182M
Models without navigation system
Lift Steering Wheel on Exit: Y51D-V-E01-A83A5404-2CAC-4EF3-B103-1A779ABF9445
When this item is turned to ON, the steering wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position and the driver's door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and pushing the
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21
ignition switch to the ACC position, the steering wheel moves to the previous position.
Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit: Y51D-V-E01-432A8EC8-8350-468F-9ABD-6BF929F171F3
When this item is turned to ON, the driver's seat moves backward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the driver's door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position, the driver's seat moves to the previous position.
Intelligent Key Lock/Unlock: Y51D-V-E01-362E5F93-BAD1-40BE-A0A3-88C22E518266
When this item is turned to ON, door lock/ unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated.
Return All Settings to Default: Y51D-V-E01-297B049F-2383-4CD3-8923-3EE1637AA531
Select this item and then select "YES" to return all settings to the default.
Light Off Delay: Y51D-V-E01-439F0D48-5274-4271-BE39-5FF3A19CCCED
Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 150 and 180 second periods.
Selective Door Unlock: Y51D-V-E01-733C47A2-9C8B-4907-BD1F-EA36B43B3506
When this item is turned to ON, only the driver's door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation. When the door handle request switch on the driver's or front passenger's side door is pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding door is unlocked first. All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 60 seconds.
When this item is turned to OFF, all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once.
4-22 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2487
Clock settings (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-E6FAD8A8-BCC6-475B-8EC5-49DCCF5A5B85
The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the "Others" key, and then selecting the "Clock" key.
The clock settings display cannot be operated while driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe place and apply the parking brake before setting the clock.
On-screen Clock: Y51D-V-E01-96E11086-0469-422E-9728-978F7CB34F1D
When this item is turned to ON, a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen.
This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system.
Clock Format (24h): Y51D-V-E01-BB734EAB-54CA-48F4-A9B0-048A7DD77CE7
When this item is turned to ON, the 24hour clock is displayed. When this item is not turned to ON, the 12-hour clock is displayed.
Offset (hour)/(min): Y51D-V-E01-8B6F94F6-6755-4039-8AA5-4334E0B41FCF
Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per hour or per minute.
Daylight Saving Time: Y51D-V-E01-E3AE0CCB-5E52-498A-AA11-CEAA64724A3F
Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application.
Time Zone: Y51D-V-E01-E5A685BF-E038-4D52-8410-AFEADDD60A91
Choose the time zone from the following
. Pacific . Mountain . Central . Eastern . Atlantic . Newfoundland . Hawaii . Alaska
SAA3007
Models with navigation system
JVH0252X
Models without navigation system
Language & Units settings Y51D-V-E01-FBC62E90-06CF-4243-A640-AD24151C5FF8
The Language & Units settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button, selecting the "Language & Units" key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button.
For models with the navigation system, select the "Others" key to show the "Language & Units" key.
Select Language: Y51D-V-E01-D0B07492-3F84-4808-BBCC-30BE3081F227
Select the "Select Language" key. Choose "English", "Français" or "Español" for your favorite display appearance.
If you select the "Français" key, the French language will be displayed, so please use the French Owner's Manual. To obtain a French Owner's Manual, see "Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information" (P.10-24).
Select Units: Y51D-V-E01-69C4AED4-C554-475E-8FF1-8DD928794244
Select the "Select Units" key. Choose "US" (Mile, 8F, MPG) or "Metric" (km, 8C, L/100 km) for your favorite display appearance.
Select Units (Tire Pressure): Y51D-V-E01-464CD60A-0BD9-447F-8BA1-C8ED421E4C40
Choose the "Select Units (Tire Pressure)" key and push the ENTER button. From the following display, select "kPa" or "psi".
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23
When the ignition switch is in the ACC position, the "Select Units (Tire Pressure)" key is not displayed.
Voice Recognition settings (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-B39729B1-EF28-4274-B0E3-FD6545F65F7A
For details about the "Voice Recognition" settings, see "INFINITI Voice Recognition system (models with navigation system)" (P.4-122).
Camera settings Y51D-V-E01-A6E8F9DD-29B6-43F4-97E1-393D856E3408
The "CAMERA" screen will appear when selecting the "Camera" key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button.
For the details about the camera system operation, see "RearView Monitor" (P.4-26) or "Around View® Monitor" (P.4-32).
Infiniti Connection (models with navigation system)
GUID-E7B2AF1D-1EE3-4B39-856D-C1921C0C636A
The information feeds history and the UNIT ID can be confirmed and Infiniti Connection history can be deleted. For further details, see the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual.
SAA2491
Image Viewer (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-CD986F21-1BEE-4FB4-82E8-E46E80F172B0
The image files in the USB memory will be displayed. To display the Image Viewer, push the SETTING button, select the "Other" key and then select the "Image Viewer" key. The image of the selected file is displayed on the right side of the screen.
When a number of folders are included in the USB memory, select a folder from the list to display the file list.
Images will not be shown on the display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction. To view images,
stop the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake.
4-24 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2492
Full Screen Display: Y51D-V-E01-29B9003B-FD00-48B3-95B7-70D9FE883CDE
The full screen display will appear when selecting the "Full Screen Display" key.
To operate the Image Viewer or to change the settings, select the desired key using the INFINITI controller.
.
(Start)
Select the " " key to start playing the slideshow.
.
(Stop)
Select the " " key to stop the slideshow.
.
(Next)
Select the " " key to display the next
file.
.
(Previous)
Select the " " key to display the
previous file.
Setting the Image Viewer: Y51D-V-E01-7CB839AF-E097-4EE2-BF1D-310A23AD2824
The Image Viewer setting display will appear when selecting the "Settings" key on the full screen display. The following settings are available for the full screen display.
. Slideshow Speed
Select the "Slideshow Speed" key. From the following display, select the changing time from 5, 10, 30, 60 seconds or "No Auto Change".
. Slideshow Order
Select the "Slideshow Order" key. From the following display, select "Random" or "Order List". For "Order List", the image order is the order of the files as stored on the USB memory.
Operating tips: Y51D-V-E01-9448115E-B541-4C2E-BE4D-3B88F8E29795
. Only files that meet the following conditions will be displayed.
-- Image type: JPEG
-- File Extensions: *.jpg, *jpeg
-- Maximum Resolution: 2048 6 1536 pixels
-- Maximum Size: 2 MB
-- Colors: 32768 (15 bit)
-- Maximum File Name lengths: 253 Bytes
-- Maximum Folders: 500
-- Maximum Images per Folder: 1024
. If an electronic device (such as a digital camera) is directly connected to the vehicle using a USB cable, no image will be displayed on the screen.
. If the file name is too long, some file names may not be entirely displayed.
. When the total number of characters in the file name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in a directory exceeds 100 characters, all files will show a shortened 8-character version. The image will still be displayed when selected.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25
REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-271DBDA3-B643-4EE3-8C00-86C5980EDFB3
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RearView Monitor system could result in serious injury or death.
. The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper backing. Always turn and look out the windows, and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always back up slowly.
. The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary objects directly behind the vehicle, to help avoid damaging the vehicle.
. The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.
CAUTION
Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.
The RearView Monitor system automatically shows a rear view of the vehicle when the shift lever is placed in the "R" (Reverse) position.
The radio can still be heard while the RearView Monitor is active.
JVH1267X
To display the rear view, the RearView
Monitor system uses a camera located just
above the vehicle's license plate *1 .
REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OP-
ERATION
GUID-1DAF2BD7-F327-4291-AB2A-526540EAF772
With the ignition switch in the ON position,
move the shift lever to the "R" (Reverse)
position to operate the RearView Monitor.
4-26 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1896
HOW TO READ DISPLAYED LINES Y51D-V-E01-7F4CB6FC-2AD6-419E-B463-6CDB1B5A5DE6
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with refer-
ence to the bumper line *A are displayed
on the monitor.
Distance guide lines:
Indicate distances from the bumper.
. Red line *1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Yellow line *2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m) . Green line *3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m) . Green line *4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m) Vehicle width guide lines *5 :
Indicate the vehicle width when backing
up.
Predictive course lines *6 :
Indicate the predictive course when backing up. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the "R" (Reverse) position and the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position.
The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
Y51D-V-E01-4A307EEF-D4F7-4A89-B785-67DA239C1C53
The displayed guide lines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guide lines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.
JVH1268X
Backing up on a steep uphill GUID-CC8946C9-BC88-48B2-9A99-0389DCB44AFA
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27
JVH1269X
SAA1923
Backing up on a steep downhill GUID-9C7A64C0-6B66-455E-BFE0-9223E29EC81C
When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.
Backing up near a projecting object GUID-879B66FA-6EB4-4B9B-AE3D-2D38087973E0
The predictive course lines *A do not touch
the object in the display. However, the
vehicle may hit the object if it projects over
the actual backing up course.
4-28 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2244
Backing up behind a projecting
object
GUID-B451CCFA-7EBC-40F8-92E2-F3DB9C6B18BC
The position *C is shown further than the
position *B in the display. However, the
position *C is actually at the same
distance as the position *A . The vehicle
may hit the object when backing up to the
position *A if the object projects over the
actual backing up course.
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES
Y51D-V-E01-B5C6B2BF-35CC-4FDA-91CC-2D727BE4901C
WARNING
. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course line may not be displayed correctly.
. On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line.
. The displayed lines will appear slightly off to the right because the rearview camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle.
The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course.
SAA1897
SAA1898
1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.
2. The rearview of the vehicle is displayed
on the screen *A when the shift lever is
moved to the "R" (Reverse) position.
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predic-
tive course lines *B enter the parking space *C .
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make
the vehicle width guide lines *D parallel to the parking space *C while
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29
referring to the predictive course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space completely, move the shift lever to the "P" (Park) position and apply the parking brake.
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN GUID-D11A1B08-E194-4A56-BB68-0485BEB60164
1. Push the SETTING button while the RearView Monitor screen is displayed.
2. Select the "Display" key.
3. Select a preferred item. Display ON/ OFF, Brightness, Tint, Color, Contrast and Black Level of the RearView Monitor can be adjusted.
4. Adjust the selected item using the INFINITI controller.
NOTE:
Do not adjust any of the display settings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.
SAA2606
PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE SETTINGS GUID-21A0DFE3-B5EF-4456-912B-C215ABEE0E78
To toggle on and off the predictive course lines: 1. Push the SETTING button. 2. Select "Camera" key and push the
ENTER button. Predictive Course Lines: When this item is turned on, the predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the "R" (Reverse) position.
REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
Y51D-V-E01-DE42F73A-30B2-4655-BA13-7D725A0DBA3A
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for RearView Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The system cannot completely eliminate blind spots and may not show every object.
. Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation. The system will not show small objects below the bumper, and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground.
. Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide-angle lens is used.
. Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors.
4-30 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Use the displayed lines as a reference. The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, vehicle position, road conditions and road grade.
. Make sure that the trunk lid is securely closed when backing up.
. Do not put anything on the rearview camera. The rearview camera is installed above the license plate.
. When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray it around the camera. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
. Do not strike the camera. It is a precision instrument. Otherwise, it may malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.
The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction:
. When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not clearly display objects.
. When strong light is directly coming on the camera, objects may not be dis-
played clearly.
. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen. This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper.
. The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.
. The colors of objects on the RearView Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.
. Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment.
. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera, the RearView Monitor may not display object clearly. Clean the camera.
. Do not use wax on the camera window. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild detergent diluted with water.
JVH1267X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Y51D-V-E01-16C7552D-B5BC-4836-8F67-634EDD5F81E9
CAUTION
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth.
. Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-31
AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if so equipped)
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the
camera *1 , RearView Monitor may not
display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping it with a dry cloth.
GUID-F1ECAF8E-40C7-4834-9A06-C089B181D06B
1. CAMERA button
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for the proper use of the Around View®
4-32 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
JVH1270X
Monitor system could result in serious injury or death. . The Around View® Monitor is a conve-
nience feature and is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed.
The four corners of the vehicle in particular, are areas where objects do not always appear in the bird's-eye, front, or rear views. Always check your surroundings to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always operate the vehicle slowly. Always look out the windows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move. . The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers.
CAUTION
Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.
The Around View® Monitor system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking. The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle in a split screen format. All views are not available at all times.
Available views:
. Front view An approximately 150-degree view of the front of the vehicle.
. Rear view An approximately 150-degree view of the rear of the vehicle.
. Bird's-eye view The surrounding view of the vehicle from above.
. Front-side view The view around and ahead of the front passenger's side wheel.
. Front-wide view An approximately 180-degree view of the front of the vehicle.
. Rear-wide view An approximately 180-degree view of the rear of the vehicle.
JVH1271X
To display the multiple views, the Around
View® Monitor system uses cameras *1
located in the front grill, on the vehicle's outside mirrors and one just above the vehicle's license plate.
AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION
GUID-2144C27A-684B-4102-AD2D-8F4B5963A9FA
With the ignition switch in the ON position, move the shift lever to the "R" (Reverse) position or press the CAMERA button to operate the Around View® Monitor.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33
Available views GUID-1E4D76D9-CF3D-4423-8BA0-21F1DA9564AE
WARNING
. The distance guide lines and the vehicle width lines should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a paved, level surface. The apparent distance viewed on the monitor may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.
. Use the displayed lines and the bird'seye view as a reference. The lines and the bird's-eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, vehicle position, road condition and road grade.
. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines and the bird's-eye view may be displayed incorrectly.
. When driving the vehicle up a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear. When driving the vehicle down a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear.
. Objects in the monitor will appear visually opposite compared to when
viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors.
. Use the mirrors or actually look to properly judge distances to other objects.
. The distance between objects viewed in the rear view differs from actual distance because a wide-angle lens is used.
. On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line.
. The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course.
. The displayed lines on the rear view will appear slightly off to the right because the rear view camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle.
4-34 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Front view
SAA1840
Rear view
SAA1896
Front and rear view: GUID-AD798049-CF2F-4C96-84E8-F03F26B4B7C4
Guiding lines that indicate the approximate vehicle width and distances to objects with
reference to the vehicle body line *A are
displayed on the monitor.
Distance guide lines
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
. Red line *1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Yellow line *2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m) . Green line *3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m) . Green line *4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m) Vehicle width guide lines *5
Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.
Predictive course lines *6
Indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position.
The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10 km/h).
NOTE:
When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less from the straight ahead position, both the right and left predictive
course lines *6 are displayed. When the
steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more, a line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn.
JVH1140X
Bird's-eye view: GUID-F638B05C-385F-4D8A-A347-05FDAC3622FF
The bird's-eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle, which helps confirm the vehicle position and the predictive course to a parking space.
The vehicle icon *1 shows the position of
the vehicle. Note that the size of the vehicle icon on the bird's-eye view may differ somewhat from the actual distance to the vehicle.
The areas that the cameras cannot cover *2
are indicated in black.
The non-viewable area *2 is highlighted in
yellow for several seconds after the bird's-
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-35
eye view is displayed. It will be shown only the first time after the ignition switch is placed in the "ON" position.
The driver can check the approximate direction and angle of the tire on the
display by tire icon *3 when driving the
vehicle forward or backward.
Predictive course lines ( *4 and *5 )
indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position.
When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less from the straight-ahead position, the two green predictive course
lines *4 are shown in front of the vehicle.
When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more, one green predictive
course line *5 is shown in front of the
vehicle and the other green predictive
course line *5 is shown at side of the
vehicle.
When the monitor displays the rear view,
the predictive course lines are shown at back of the vehicle.
WARNING
. Objects in the bird's-eye view will appear further than the actual distance.
. Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle, may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views.
. Objects that are above the camera cannot be displayed.
. The view for the bird's-eye view may be misaligned when the camera position alters.
. A line on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views. The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle.
. Tire angle display does not indicate the actual tire angle.
JVH1141X
Front-side view: GUID-352589E6-3F19-4588-939B-C5DA86F6DCFB
Guiding lines:
Guiding lines that indicate the width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor.
The front-of-vehicle line *1 shows the front
part of the vehicle.
The side-of-vehicle line *2 shows the
vehicle width including the outside mirrors.
The extensions *3 of both the front *1 and side *2 lines are shown with a green
dotted line.
4-36 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
CAUTION
The turn signal light may look like the side of- vehicle line. This is not a malfunction.
Front-wide view
JVH1142X
Front-wide/rear-wide view: GUID-FC21C9F1-B02B-4530-B10B-23148017A672
The front-wide/rear-wide view shows a wider area on the entire screen and allows the checking of the blind corners on the right and left sides. The front-wide/rearwide view displays an approximately 180degree area while the front view and the rear view display an approximately 150degree area. The predictive course lines are not displayed when using the front-wide/ rear-wide view.
Distance guide lines
Indicates distances from the vehicle body.
. Red line *1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Yellow line *2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m) . Green line *3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m) . Green line *4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m) Vehicle width guide lines *5
Indicates the vehicle width when backing up.
Rear-wide view
JVH1143X
Difference between predicted and actual distances
GUID-F00FFAD1-76BF-4068-B496-B51D95620617
The displayed guide lines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37
those displayed in the monitor relative to the guide lines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.
JVH1268X
Backing up on a steep uphill: GUID-60775BF9-7340-4FD0-9A67-15C08B62D5E9
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor.
4-38 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
JVH1269X
Backing up on a steep downhill: GUID-6FEC86DB-19E9-49FD-B4AB-FDC6F344F72C
When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown further than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.
actual backing up course.
How to park with predictive course
lines
GUID-D5D0B561-C7E5-4F61-8395-D78AF1F58B8E
WARNING
. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.
. On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line.
. If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes.
SAA1923
Backing up near a projecting object: GUID-4F9AB88A-8EB2-44F1-8753-BF0AD3811A13
The predictive course lines *A do not touch
the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course.
SAA2244
Backing up behind a projecting object: GUID-0686DF62-20B5-45FE-AB46-15080AED5F97
The position *C is shown further than the position *B in the display. However, the position *C is actually at the same distance as the position *A . The vehicle
may hit the object when backing up to the
position *A if the object projects over the
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-39
referring to the predictive course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space completely, move the shift lever to the "P" (Park) position and apply the parking brake.
SAA1897
SAA1898
1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.
2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed
on the screen *A when the shift lever is
moved to the "R" (Reverse) position.
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predic-
tive course lines *B enter the parking space *C .
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make
the vehicle width guide lines *D parallel to the parking space *C while
4-40 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
JVH1144X
How to switch the display GUID-DF12B0AB-43A6-4A7B-B9E6-81F0D0DFACA9
The Around View® Monitor can display two split views as well as a single view of the front-wide view or rear-wide view. Push the CAMERA button, change the shift lever position, or select the "Change View" key
*1 to switch between the available views.
HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN VIEW GUID-14BBAB63-488B-4654-96B5-1204A8B79C27
The display settings such as Display ON/ OFF, Brightness, Tint, Color, Contrast and Black Level of the Around View® Monitor can be adjusted.
1. Push the SETTING button with the Around View® Monitor turned on.
2. Select an item you wish to adjust.
3. Adjust the level of the setting item using the INFINITI controller.
NOTE:
Do not adjust any of the display settings of the Around View® Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.
JVH1303X
AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SETTINGS
GUID-584B47FA-5C96-4F62-A8EC-A00BC278BB74
To set up the Around View® Monitor to your preferred settings, push the SETTING button, select the "Others" key and then select the "Camera" key.
Designs and items displayed on the screen may vary depending on the models.
Predictive Course Lines:
When this item is turned to ON, the predictive course line is displayed in the front and the rearview and bird's-eye view.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-41
Camera View Priority:
The view shown on the screen at the beginning of Around View® Monitor operation can be selected in order of priority.
Non-viewable Area Reminder:
AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
GUID-31638F13-2897-4315-B427-8DEE0BA51BB5
WARNING
With this item turned to ON, the nonviewable area is highlighted in yellow for several seconds after the bird's-eye view is displayed. It will be shown only the first time after the ignition switch is placed in the "ON" position. Moving Object Detection (MOD): See "MOD function setting" (P.4-53). Sonar: See "Sonar function settings" (P.4-49). Towing Mode: See "Sonar function settings" (P.4-49). Show Camera when Sonar Activate: See "Sonar function settings" (P.4-49). Sonar Sensitivity: See "Sonar function settings" (P.4-49).
Listed below are the system limitations for Around View® Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. Do not use the Around View® Monitor with the outside mirrors in the stored position, and make sure that the trunk lid is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Around View® Monitor.
. The apparent distance between objects viewed on the Around View® Monitor differs from the actual distance.
. The cameras are installed on the front grille, the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate. Do not put anything on the vehicle that covers the cameras.
. When washing the vehicle with high pressure water, be sure not to spray it around the cameras. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
4-42 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Do not strike the cameras. They are precision instruments. Doing so could cause a malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.
The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction:
. The screen displayed on the Around View® Monitor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes after the CAMERA button has been pushed while the shift lever is in a position other than the "R" (Reverse) position.
. There may be a delay when switching between views.
. When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly.
. When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly.
. The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.
. The colors of objects on the Around View® Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.
. Objects on the monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in
a dark environment.
. There may be differences in sharpness between each camera view of the bird's-eye view.
. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera, the Around View® Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera.
. Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.
camera viewing areas will not appear in the
monitor *2 .
JVH0960X
There are some areas where the system will not show objects and the system does not warn of moving objects. When in the front or the rear view display, an object below the bumper or on the ground may
not be viewed *1 . When in the bird's-eye view, a tall object near the seam *3 of the
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-43
JVH0270X
System temporarily unavailable GUID-C6255B50-9A95-4C40-B4CB-B027A3A6D0BC
When the " " icon is displayed on the screen, there will be abnormal conditions in the Around View® Monitor. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
JVH0271X
When the " " icon is displayed on the screen, the camera image may be receiving temporary electronic disturbances from surrounding devices. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
JVH1271X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE GUID-59DEF509-1B4F-41BA-B62A-A04C2CDBBAAB
CAUTION
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth.
. Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.
4-44 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of
the cameras *1 , the Around View® Monitor
may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.
OPERATING TIPS GUID-53301843-5AB4-472E-985A-435A1A948E2E
CAUTION
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth.
. Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.
. The screen displayed on the Around View® Monitor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes after the CAMERA button has been pushed while the shift lever is in a position other than the R (Reverse) position.
. When the view is switched, the display images on the screen may be displayed
with some delay.
. When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. This is not a malfunction.
. When strong light is directly coming on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly. This is not a malfunction.
. The screen may flicker under fluorescent light. This is not a malfunction.
. The colors of objects on the Around View® Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects. This is not a malfunction.
. Objects on the monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark environment. This is not a malfunction.
. There may be differences in sharpness between each camera view of the birdeye view.
. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera, the Around View® Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera.
. Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a mild deter-
gent diluted with water.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-45
CAMERA AIDING SONAR FUNCTION (if so equipped)
GUID-ABA70B7B-A82A-4759-8E6F-EE1A62F48EE1
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the sonar function as outlined in this section could result in serious injury or death.
. The sonar is a convenience feature. It is not a substitute for proper parking.
. This function is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle.
. The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers.
. Always look around and check that it is safe to move before parking.
. Read and understand the limitations of the sonar as contained in this section.
The sonar function helps to inform the driver of large stationary objects around the vehicle when parking by issuing an audible and visual alert.
1. Center display 2. Sonar indicator 3. CAMERA button 4. SETTING button
4-46 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
JVH1272X
SONAR SYSTEM OPERATION GUID-C880144D-9760-4AE0-9370-085360E3C67E
The system gives the tone for front objects when the shift lever is in the "D" (Drive) position and both front and rear objects when the shift lever is in the "R" (Reverse) position.
When the camera image is shown on the center display, the system shows the sonar indicator regardless of the shift lever position.
The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds.
The colors of the sonar indicators and the distance guide lines in the front, frontwide, rear and rear-wide views indicate different distances to the object.
When the objects are detected, the indicator (green) appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermittently. When the vehicle moves closer to the object, the color of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking and the rate of the tone increase. When the vehicle is very close to the object, the indicator stops blinking and turns red, and the tone sounds continuously.
The intermittent tone will stop after 3
seconds when an object is detected by only the sonar and the distance does not change. The tone will stop when the object is no longer near the vehicle.
JVH1152X
TURNING ON AND OFF THE SONAR FUNCTION
GUID-E31C731A-02F4-4D35-8C1B-522193AB8F6E
When the " " key *A is selected, the indicator *B will turn off and the sonar will
be turned off temporarily. The Moving Object Detection (MOD) system will also be turned off at the same time. (See "Moving Object Detection (MOD)" (P.4-
50).) When the key *A is selected again,
the indicator will turn on and the sonar will turn back on.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-47
In the below cases, the sonar will be turned back on automatically: . When the shift lever is placed in the "R"
(Reverse) position. . When the CAMERA button is pressed
and a screen other than the camera view is shown on the display. . When vehicle speed decreases below approximately 6 MPH (10 km/h). . When the ignition switch is placed in the "OFF" position and turned back to the "ON" position again. To prevent the sonar system from activating altogether, use the "Camera" menu. See "Sonar function settings" (P.4-49).
1. Center display 2. CAMERA button 3. SETTING button
4-48 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
JVH1273X
JVH1303X
Sonar function settings GUID-E4326C3E-4C21-4192-B7E3-C8B3D5FC8AAA
To set up the sonar function to your preferred settings, push the SETTING button, select the "Others" key and then select the "Camera" key on the center display.
Designs and items displayed on the screen may vary depending on the models.
Sonar:
When this item is turned ON, the front and rear sonar is activated. When this item is turned to OFF (indicator turns off), the front and rear sonar is deactivated. The amber markers are displayed at the corners of the
vehicle icon and the sonar icon will disappear from the . The next time the ignition switch is placed in the "ON" position, "Sonar is OFF" is displayed briefly. Towing Mode:
When this item is turned ON, only the rear sonar is OFF. The amber markers are displayed at the rear corners of the vehicle icon.
Show Camera when Sonar Activate:
When this item is turned ON, the camera view is automatically shown on the display in the case that the distance to the objects measured by the sonar is becoming short. Sonar Sensitivity:
Adjust the sensitivity level of the sonar higher (right) or lower (left).
SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS GUID-115E9BFB-2619-4178-8A14-F0158973253B
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the sonar function. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck's compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect the function of the system, including reduced performance or a false activation.
. The system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects.
. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper, and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground.
. The system may not detect the following objects:
-- Fluffy objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, grass or wool.
-- Thin objects such as rope, wire or chain.
-- Wedge-shaped objects.
. If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of objects or false alarms.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-49
CAUTION
Excessive noise (such as audio system volume or an open vehicle window) will interfere with the tone and it may not be heard.
MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD) (if so equipped)
GUID-C9307088-EC2A-4234-9E25-CCDB7052FED0
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-
ABLE
GUID-82E77831-86D7-49AE-A9A4-63AFD4D1C813
When the amber markers are displayed at
the corners of the vehicle icon and the
function cannot be activated from the
Camera setting menu (the setting items
are grayed out), the sonar system may be
malfunctioning.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE GUID-7CEA73F0-0737-4639-9ACD-3013E3B27E83
CAUTION
Keep the surface of the sonar sensors (located on the front and rear bumper fascia) free from accumulations of snow, ice and dirt. Do not scratch the surface of the sonar sensors when cleaning. If the sensors are covered, the accuracy of the sonar function will be diminished.
1. CAMERA button
4-50 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
JVH1270X
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the Moving Object Detection system could result in serious injury or death.
. The MOD system is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation and is not designed to prevent contact with the objects surrounding the vehicle. When maneuvering, always use the outside mirror and rearview mirror and turn and check the surrounding to ensure it is safe to maneuver.
. The system is deactivated at speeds above 5 MPH (8 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds.
. The MOD system is not designed to detect the surrounding stationary objects.
The Moving Object Detection (MOD) system can inform the driver of the moving objects surrounding the vehicle when driving out of garages, maneuvering into parking lots and in other such instances.
The MOD system detects moving objects by
using image processing technology on the image shown on the display.
MOD SYSTEM OPERATION GUID-2C61614B-E471-4566-A778-2CE9605D3242
The MOD system will turn on automatically under the following conditions:
. When the shift lever is in the "R" (Reverse) position.
. When the CAMERA button is pushed to activate the camera view on the display.
. When vehicle speed decreases below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h) .
. When the ignition switch is placed in the "OFF" position and then back to the "ON" position.
When the MOD system detects moving objects near the vehicle, the yellow frame will be displayed on the view where the objects are detected and a chime will sound once. While the MOD system continues to detect moving objects, the yellow frame continues to be displayed.
Bird's-eye view
JVH1146X
JVH1147X
Front view / rear view
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-51
JVH1148X
Front-wide view / rear-wide view
In the bird's-eye view, the yellow frame *1
is displayed on each camera image (front, rear, right, left) depending on where moving objects are detected.
The yellow frame *2 is displayed on each
view in the front view, front-wide view, rear view and rear-wide view modes.
While the sonar is beeping, the MOD system does not chime.
A blue MOD icon *3 is displayed in the
view where the MOD system is operative. A
gray MOD icon *3 is displayed in the view
where the MOD system is not operative.
If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD
icon *3 is not displayed.
The MOD system operates in the following conditions when the camera view is displayed:
. When the shift lever is in the "P" (Park) or "N" (Neutral) position and the vehicle is stopped, the MOD system detects the moving objects in the bird's-eye view. The MOD system will not operate if the outside mirror is moving in or out or if either door is opened.
. When the shift lever is in the "D" (Drive) position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the front view or front-wide view.
. When the shift lever is in the "R" (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the rear view or rear-wide view. The MOD system will not operate if the trunk lid is open.
The MOD system does not detect moving objects in the front-side view. The MOD icon is not displayed on the screen when in this view.
4-52 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
JVH1149X
TURNING ON AND OFF THE MOD SYSTEM
GUID-F3D2C256-3461-4799-AAAA-87FFE4C4A426
When the MOD is active and the " " *1
is selected, the MOD system will turn off
temporarily and the indicator *2 will turn
off. (A camera-aiding sonar will turn off at
the same time.) When the " " *1 is
selected again, the indicator will turn on and the MOD system will turn back on.
To enable or disable the MOD, use the "Camera" menu. See "MOD function setting" (P.4-53).
MOD function setting GUID-B2E4AE69-6A28-4CFD-BC91-FE2CB5B14B21
To activate or deactivate the MOD function, push the SETTING button, select "Others" key, select the "Camera" key on the center display, and then select the "Moving Object Detection (MOD)" key.
JVH0269X
When this item is turned on, the MOD is
activated. When this item is turned off
(indicator turns off), the MOD system is
deactivated. When the MOD system is
deactivated, "MOD" *2 will disappear on
the
*3 and the MOD icon *1 will
disappear as well. When the sonar is
turned off on the setting menu as well,
the *3 will disappear.
MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS GUID-BE004BD9-1974-4F0A-A558-2E5CAC8C2A69
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for MOD. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume or open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
. The MOD system performance will be limited according to environmental conditions and surrounding objects such as: -- When there is low contrast between background and the moving objects.
-- When there is blinking source of light.
-- When strong light such as another vehicle's headlight or sunlight is present.
-- When camera orientation is not in its usual position, such as when mirror is folded.
-- When there is dirt, water drops or
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-53
snow on the camera lens.
-- When the position of the moving objects in the display is not changed.
. The MOD system might detect flowing water droplets on the camera lens, white smoke from the muffler, moving shadows, etc.
. The MOD system may not function properly depending on the speed, direction, distance or shape of the moving objects.
. If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly.
. When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. This is not a malfunction.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of
the cameras *1 , the MOD system may not
operate properly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.
JVH1271X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE GUID-C6758C12-4331-475B-B7C8-91D67B8E4A47
CAUTION
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth.
. Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.
4-54 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
VENTILATORS
Y51D-V-E01-A6C0DC71-8A00-4DE2-9C56-DCE4B7D79C9B
Front
SAA3142
Open or close, and adjust the air flow direction of ventilators.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are closed.
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open.
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
Y51D-V-E01-831339F1-4467-48FB-A690-ADADBB7677FF
WARNING
. The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running.
. Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.
. Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up.
Rear
SAA3012
Start the engine and operate the automatic climate control system.
NOTE: . Odors from inside and outside the
vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit. Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents. . When parking, set the heater and air conditioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-55
the passenger compartment. This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle.
When the "STATUS" button is pushed, the automatic climate control status screen will appear. (See "How to use STATUS button" (P.4-10).)
You can individually set the driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button.
SAA3143
Models with navigation system
JVH0999X
Models without navigation system
4-56 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
9. "CLIMATE" button 10, 11.
Temperature control button (driver side)
12. " " manual air flow control button (driver side)
13. " " manual air flow control button (passenger side)
14, 15. Temperature control button (passenger side)
1. " " front defroster button 2. " " rear window defroster button
(See "Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch" (P.2-37).)
3. "OFF" button for climate control system
SAA2952
4. " " fan speed decrease button
5. "
" fan speed increase button
6. "AUTO" automatic climate control ON
button
7. " " air intake control button
8. " " air recirculation button
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-57
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Y51D-V-E01-0298816C-9A54-4B03-81F2-1EBE65AB30E9
Automatic operation Y51D-V-E01-98E46495-1256-41B0-8A65-8F1E7FAD5167
Cooling and/or dehumidified heating (AUTO):
Y51D-V-E01-809C965E-3370-47F9-A3B9-6DAC1CA1FD55
This mode may be used all year round. The system works automatically to control the inside temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually.
1. Push the "AUTO" button on. (The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed.)
2. Push the temperature control button (driver side) to set the desired temperature. . The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically. Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically.
3. To turn off the climate control system, push the "OFF" button.
A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Dehumidified defrosting or defogging: Y51D-V-E01-0A7D91D4-BA8F-4687-8B6B-FB9070B67FE0
1. Push the front defroster " " button. (The indicator light on the button will come on.)
2. Push the temperature control button (driver side) to set the desired temperature.
. The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically. Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically.
3. To turn off the climate control system, push the "OFF" button.
. To quickly remove ice from the outside
of the windows, push the fan speed
increase "
" button and set it to
the maximum position.
. As soon as possible after the windshield is clean, push the "AUTO" button to return to the auto mode.
. When the front defroster " " button is pushed, the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 238F (-58C) to defog the windshield, and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off.
4-58 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance.
Manual operation Y51D-V-E01-06FE1757-0ABE-4D3D-BFBA-F117465597DD
Fan speed control: Y51D-V-E01-4DE04E55-4EBD-43BB-B91E-3974D2EA9471
Push the fan speed increase "
" or
decrease " " button to manually control
the fan speed.
Push the "AUTO" button to return to automatic control of the fan speed.
Temperature control: GUID-22E4EFFA-5654-4D04-B75B-DEF48F7370B6
Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature.
Air intake control: GUID-BD915593-F1A1-414B-892F-E71BD3D49029
. Push the air recirculation " " button to change the air circulation mode. When the indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is recirculated inside the vehicle.
The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode " "
. Push the outside air circulation " " button to change the air circulation mode. When the indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is drawn from outside the vehicle.
. To control the air intake automatically, push and hold either the " " air recirculation button or the " " outside air circulation button (whichever indicator light is illuminated). The indicator lights (both air recirculation and outside air circulation buttons) will flash twice, and then the air intake will switch to automatic control.
Air flow control: Y51D-V-E01-EDAABFA3-6A92-43B0-9823-5C7E19A31825
Pushing the " " button selects the air outlet to:
: Air flows from center and side ventilators. : Air flows from center and side ventilators and
foot outlets.
: Air flows mainly from foot outlets. : Air flows from defroster and foot outlets.
SAA3002
Models with navigation system
JVH0054M
Models without navigation system
Climate setting screen Y51D-V-E01-C763BE1E-549A-4B53-8EBF-F71C88BB1338
Climate control settings can be changed on the screen.
Push the CLIMATE button on the instrument panel and turn the display to the Climate mode.
Heating (A/C OFF): Y51D-V-E01-D7F2049C-B2DA-4C7C-8E30-A63482048C55
The air conditioner does not activate in this mode. When you need to heat only, use this mode.
1. Push the CLIMATE button to on.
2. If the "A/C" indicator on the screen illuminates, select the "A/C" key. (The "A/C" indicator will turn off.)
3. Push the temperature control button to set the desired temperature.
. The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically. Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically.
. Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature. Otherwise the system may not work properly.
. Not recommended if windows fog up. When the outside temperature decreases to approximately -238F (08C), the A/C
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-59
function does not activate even if the "A/C" indicator light illuminates.
Dual control mode setting: Y51D-V-E01-C4F91FC0-8502-4E87-814F-C20BC9F84401
You can individually set the driver and front passenger side temperature and air flow mode using each temperature control button or manual air flow control button.
1. Push the CLIMATE button to on.
2. By selecting the "DUAL" key, or when the passenger side temperature control button or manual air control button is pushed, the "DUAL" indicator on the screen will illuminate and the dual mode will turn on.
3. To turn off the passenger side temperature control, select the "DUAL" key and the "DUAL" indicator will turn off.
The Dual control mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode " ".
Automatic upper ventilator system: Y51D-V-E01-B44EAF5A-F228-4C0E-B4C1-2C5BA23BAE41
In this mode, air from the center ventilators flows both straight and upward in order to control the cabin temperature without blowing air directly on the occupants.
1. Push the CLIMATE button to on.
2. Select the "Upper Vent" key, and the indicator on the screen will illuminate. The air flow against the driver's or passenger's upper body becomes gentle.
. Distribution between straight and upward flows is determined automatically by the climate control system. If you prefer strong air flow against your upper body, select the "Upper Vent" key to turn the indicator light off.
. When the outside temperature decreases to approximately 148F (-108C), the "Upper Vent" function does not activate. The "Upper Vent" function reactivates automatically when ambient temperature is 148F (-108C) or more.
OPERATING TIPS Y51D-V-E01-02573748-D5AC-4F11-950A-3F982048440D
When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low, the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate. This is not a malfunction. After the coolant temperature warms up, air will flow normally from the foot outlets.
4-60 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SIC2768
JVH0039X
The sensors *A and *B on the instrument
panel helps maintain a constant temperature. Do not put anything on or around this sensor.
LINKING INTELLIGENT KEY GUID-BF69D1FC-1387-40CF-82CD-F392D72AD5A9
The Climate control system settings can be memorized for each Intelligent Key. For more details, see "Setting memory function" (P.3-31).
SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL Y51D-V-E01-88385B5B-392F-4C76-AE03-D5B56C8221AD
The climate control system in your INFINITI is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind. This refrigerant will not harm the earth's ozone layer. However, special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your INFINITI air conditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate control system. (See "Capacities and recommended fluids/ lubricants" (P.10-2) for climate control system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations.)
Your INFINITI retailer will be able to service your environmentally friendly climate control system.
WARNING
The system contains refrigerant under high pressure. To avoid personal injury, any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment.
In-cabin microfilter GUID-A9B1EAC7-FAD6-48AC-9268-6D828853AF22
The climate control system is equipped with a natural grape seed polyphenol filter which collects and neutralizes dirt, pollen, dust, allergens (such as cedar pollen, tick shells) etc. To make sure that the air conditioner heats, defogs and ventilates efficiently, replace the filter in accordance with the specified maintenance intervals listed in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section. It is recommended to see an INFINITI retailer to replace the filter.
The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioner.
AUDIO SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-CDF504E7-2981-46AA-95DC-65ABA922B23C
AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Y51D-V-E01-BABD3C4B-184B-4E62-8FFA-04039019DC8D
Radio Y51D-V-E01-6404FDE5-5A1B-49D4-B049-86714C98B384
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio with the engine not running, the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC position.
Radio reception is affected by station signal strength, distance from radio transmitter, buildings, bridges, mountains and other external influences. Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences.
Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality.
Radio reception: Y51D-V-E01-03506F87-BD6F-4727-8E30-6EB8E3E35A95
Your INFINITI radio system is equipped with state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance radio reception. These circuits are designed to extend reception range, and to enhance the quality of that reception.
However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even when the finest
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-61
equipment is used. These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area, and do not indicate any malfunction in your INFINITI radio system.
Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain, signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception. Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception.
Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers. Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise.
SAA0306
FM radio reception: Y51D-V-E01-C618FC1A-712C-4BEB-914F-6CEDD6EE5A8C
Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (single station) FM having slightly more range than stereo FM. External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles (40 km). The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver. FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light. For example they will reflect off objects.
Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away
4-62 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
from a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade and/or drift.
Static and flutter: During signal interference from buildings, large hills or due to antenna position, usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter, static or flutter can be heard. This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble response.
Multipath reception: Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals, direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time. The signals may cancel each other, resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.
AM radio reception: Y51D-V-E01-1B196A20-392E-4AE2-A21E-14C7AEC9B29C
AM signals, because of their low frequency, can bend around objects and skip along the ground. In addition, the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of these characteristics. AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver.
Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings. It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obsta-
cles exist.
Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.
Satellite radio reception: Y51D-V-E01-580194D6-6C56-49F4-9FAA-75EEC5BDA0AD
When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced, the satellite radio may not work properly. This is not a malfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data.
The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
The satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal.
If possible, do not put cargo near the satellite antenna.
A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance. Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception.
. During cold weather or rainy days, the player may malfunction due to the humidity. If this occurs, remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely.
. The player may skip while driving on rough roads.
. The CD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Decrease the temperature before use.
. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round discs that have the "COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO" logo on the disc or packaging.
. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.
. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched, covered with fingerprints, or that have pin holes may not work properly.
SAA0480
Compact Disc (CD) player Y51D-V-E01-3FF6EB5A-3D78-4E0A-817C-64D7829CCC8E
. Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot. This could damage the CD and/or CD player.
. Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and/or CD player.
. The following CDs may not work properly: -- Copy control compact discs (CCCD) -- Recordable compact discs (CD-R) -- Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)
. Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-63
-- 3.1 in (8 cm) discs -- CDs that are not round -- CDs with a paper label -- CDs that are warped, scratched, or
have abnormal edges . This audio system can only play pre-
recorded CDs. It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs. . If the CD cannot be played, one of the following messages will be displayed. CHECK DISC:
. Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly (the label side is facing up, etc.).
. Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches.
PUSH EJECT:
This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high. Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button, and after a short time reinsert the CD. The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal.
UNPLAYABLE:
The file is unplayable in this audio system (only MP3 or WMA CD).
LHA0484
DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-AF2A6B6A-C375-4912-BAF0-BFA7C1B1A454
. Do not force a compact disc into the CD/ DVD insert slot. This could damage the CD/DVD player.
. During cold weather or rainy days, the player may malfunction due to humid-
ity. If this occurs, remove the CD/DVD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely.
. The player may skip while driving on rough roads.
. The CD/DVD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Decrease the temperature before use.
. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round discs that have the "COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO" or "DVD Video" logo on the disc or packaging.
. Do not expose the CD/DVD to direct sunlight.
. CD/DVDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched, covered with fingerprints, or that have pinholes may not work properly.
. The following CD/DVDs are not guaranteed to play:
-- Copy control compact discs (CCCD)
-- Recordable compact discs (CD-R)
-- Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)
-- Recordable DVDs (DVD±R, DVD±R DL)
-- Rewritable DVDs (DVD±RW, DVD±RW DL)
4-64 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Do not use the following CD/DVDs as they may cause the CD/DVD player to malfunction. -- 3.1 in (8 cm) discs -- CD/DVDs that are not round -- CD/DVDs with a paper label
-- CD/DVDs that are warped, scratched or have abnormal edges
-- This audio system can only play prerecorded CD/DVDs. It has no capabilities to record or burn CD/ DVDs.
. If the CD/DVD cannot be played, one of the following messages will be displayed.
Disc Read Error:
. Confirm that the CD/DVD is inserted correctly (the label side is facing up, etc.).
. Confirm that the CD/DVD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches.
Please Eject Disc:
. This may be an error due to the temperature inside the player being too high. Remove the CD/DVD by pushing the EJECT button, and after a short time reinsert the CD/DVD. The CD/DVD can be played when the
temperature of the player returns to normal. If the error persists, consult your local retailer.
Unplayable File:
. The file may be copy protected.
. The file is not MP3, WMA, AAC, M4A or DivX® type.
Region Invalid:
. The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions. Use DVDs with a region code "1", "ALL" or "1 included" for your DVD entertainment system. (The region code
*A is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD *B .) This
vehicle-installed DVD player cannot play DVDs with a region code other than "1" or "ALL".
Copyright and trademark: Y51D-V-E01-89A2CD18-C789-40D0-A811-D7ADD6E37CEB
. The technology protected by the U.S. patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other right holders is adopted for this system.
. This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation. It is limited to be personal use, etc., as long as the permit from Macrovision Corporation is
not issued. . Modifying or disassembling is prohib-
ited. . Dolby digital is manufactured under
license from Dolby Laboratories, Inc. . Dolby and the double D mark " " are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. . DTS and DTS 2.0 " " are registered
trademarks of DTS, Inc. . DTS and DTS Digital Surround " " are
registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
Parental level (parental control): Y51D-V-E01-03778297-9D0A-4CC1-A64A-FA6D7911D914
DVDs with the parental control setting can be played with this system. Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the system.
Disc selection: Y51D-V-E01-910754B2-D28E-482F-B25B-7CCFC75D278C
The following disc formats can be played with the DVD drive.
. DVD-VIDEO . VIDEO-CD . CD-DA (Conventional Compact Disc) . DTS-CD
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-65
USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port
Y51D-V-E01-404526BE-1ECF-44E4-A4AA-7B9C3A5194FB
WARNING
Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.
CAUTION
. Do not force the USB device into the USB port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may damage the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port.
. Do not grab the USB port cover (if so equipped) when pulling the USB device out of the port. This could damage the port and the cover.
. Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable may damage the port.
The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device. USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary.
This system cannot be used to format USB devices. To format a USB device, use a personal computer.
In some states/area, the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regulatory reasons, even when the vehicle is parked.
This system supports various USB memory devices, USB hard drives and iPod® players. Some USB devices may not be supported by this system.
. Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly.
. Some characters used in other languages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed properly on display. Using English language characters with a USB device is recommended.
General notes for USB use:
Refer to your device manufacturer's owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device.
Notes for iPod® use:
"Made for iPod®", "Made for iPhone®", and "Made for iPad®" mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod®, iPhone®, or iPad®, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards.
Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards.
Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod®, iPhone®, or iPad® may affect wireless performance.
iPad®, iPhone®, iPod®, iPod classic®, iPod nano®, iPod shuffle®, and iPod touch® are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc.
. Improperly plugging in the iPod® may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off (flickering). Always make sure that the iPod® is connected properly.
. An iPod nano® (1st Generation) may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation. In this case, please manually reset the iPod®.
4-66 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. An iPod nano® (2nd Generation) will continue to fast-forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek operation.
. An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano® (2nd Generation)
. Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod®.
. Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod®. The vehicle center display may momentarily black out, but will soon recover.
. If an iPod® automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode, the vehicle center display may momentarily black out, but will soon recover.
Compressed Audio Files (MP3/ WMA/AAC)
Y51D-V-E01-160C0786-6097-4C9B-A08F-48130DD84AED
Explanation of terms: Y51D-V-E01-3478D977-C1A1-4C79-A18A-237BF8171E1B
. MP3 -- MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format. This format allows for near "CD quality" sound, but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by approxi-
mately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1 kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no perceptible loss in quality. The compression reduces certain parts of sound that seem inaudible to most people.
. WMA -- Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality.
. AAC/M4A -- Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is a lossy audio compression format. Audio files that have been encoded with AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3.
. Bit rate -- Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file. The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file.
. Sampling frequency -- Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples
of a signal are converted from analog to digital (A/D conversion) per second.
. Multisession -- Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media. Writing data once to the media is called a single session, and writing more than once is called a multisession.
. ID3/WMA Tag -- The ID3/WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title, artist, album title, encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc. ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album/ Artist/Track title line on the display.
* Windows® and Windows Media® are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and/or other countries.
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation and third parties. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary and third parties.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-67
. The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.
. Music playback order of compressed audio files is as illustrated.
SAA2494
Playback order: Y51D-V-E01-1D339E1C-59DE-42B9-97A4-52F3BBA188BE
. The folder names of folders not containing compressed audio files are not shown in the display.
. If there is a file in the top level of a disc/ USB, "Root Folder" is displayed.
4-68 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Specification chart: Y51D-V-E01-ADCC6D85-1D0D-4999-92CB-AC16019534D0 Supported media
Supported file systems
Supported versions*1
MP3 WMA*2 AAC*5
Version Sampling frequency Bit rate Version Sampling frequency Bit rate Version Sampling frequency Bit rate
Tag information (Song title and Artist name)
Folder levels Displayable character codes*3
CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R*5, DVD±RW*5, DVD±R DL*5, USB2.0
CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R*5, DVD±RW*5, DVD±R DL*5: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported. * Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported. UDF Bridge (UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0 * VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.
USB memory: FAT16, FAT32
MPEG1 Audio Layer 3
8 kHz - 48 kHz
8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4
WMA7, WMA8, WMA9
32 kHz - 48 kHz
32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR (Ver.9)*3
MPEG-AAC
8 kHz - 96 kHz
16 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)
WMA tag (WMA only)
Models with navigation system: Folder levels: 8, Folders: 512 (including root folder), Files: 5,000 Models without navigation system: Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-69
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played. *2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played. *3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed. *4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly. *5 Models with navigation system
4-70 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Troubleshooting guide: Y51D-V-E01-928390C7-8DCD-4CB3-9428-999B9934AA76
Symptom
Cause and Countermeasure
Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly.
Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.
Cannot play
If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played.
Files with extensions other than ".MP3 (.mp3)", ".WMA (.wma)", ".AAC (.aac)", ".M4A (.m4a)", or ".AA3 (.aa3)" cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.
Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.
Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright.
Poor sound quality
Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing.
If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts playing.
Music cuts off or skips
The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.
Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.
Move immediately to the next song If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by copyright
when playing.
protection, the player will skip to the next song.
The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.
desired order.
Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-71
Compressed Video Files (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-54560D22-45EF-46DC-AA71-F8AD9AFA7195
Explanation of terms: Y51D-V-E01-C0EB3F5E-29CD-4C99-A144-0F82454FE954
. DivX® - DivX® refers to the DivX® codec owned by DivX, Inc. used for a lossy compression of video based on MPEG4.
. AVI - AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave. It is a standard file format originated by Microsoft Corporation. A ".divx" encoded file can be saved into the ".avi" file format for playback on this system if it meets the requirements stated in the table in this section. However, not all the ".avi" files are playable on this system since different encodings can be used than the DivX® codec.
. ASF - ASF stands for Advanced Systems Format. It is a file format owned by Microsoft Corporation. Note: Only ". asf" files that meet the requirements stated in the table in this section can be played.
. Bit rate -- Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital video file. The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is deter-
mined by the bit rate used when encoding the file.
4-72 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Requirement for Supporting Video Playback:
Y51D-V-E01-EB611779-657C-4124-B4CB-B3D474F8190C
Media
CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±RW DL, USB 2.0 Memory
File Systems
CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±RW DL
ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet, UDF Bridge (UDF1.02 +ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0 - ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported. - Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vistabased computer) are not supported. - VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.
USB Memory
FAT16, FAT32
File Types
.divx, .avi .asf
Video Codecs Audio Codecs Video Codec Audio Codec
DivX3, DivX4, DivX5, DivX6 MP3, MPEG2.5 Audio Layer3, AC3, LPCM ISO-MPEG4 G.726
Bit Rates
.divx, .avi
Maximum Average Maximum Peak
4Mbps 8Mbps
Resolution
.divx, .avi .asf
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
32 6 32 720 6 480 32 6 32 720 6 576
Bluetooth® Audio player (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-D3ECA079-7013-4F7C-9F5E-F8D08FF3B5EC
Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.
. Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not be recognized by the in-vehicle audio system.
. It is necessary to set up the wireless connection between a compatible Bluetooth® audio device and the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module before using the Bluetooth® audio player.
. Operating procedure of the Bluetooth® audio player will vary depending on the device. Make sure it is understood how to operate an audio device before using it with this system.
. The Bluetooth® audio player may be stopped under the following conditions:
-- Receiving a hands-free call.
-- Checking the connection to the hands-free phone.
. Do not place a Bluetooth® audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module to prevent tone quality degra-
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-73
dation and wireless connection disruption. . While an audio device is connected through a Bluetooth® wireless connection, the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual. . This system supports the Bluetooth® Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP). . Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth® functions share the same frequency band (2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the communication and cause undesired noise. It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN (WiFi) when using the Bluetooth® functions.
4-74 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
1. ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob 2. Radio CAT (category)/REW (rewind)
button for SEEK/TRACK 3. Radio CAT(category)/FF (fast forward)
button for SEEK/TRACK 4. FM·AM radio band select button
SAA2957
5. XM radio band select button 6. DISC·AUX selector button 7. RDM (random) RPT (repeat) play but-
ton 8. Radio SCAN (tuning) button 9. CD EJECT button
10. Radio tuning/MP3/WMA/AAC folder selector/AUDIO control knob
11. Radio station preset buttons
FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER
Y51D-V-E01-D9CC7884-9445-408C-9F6E-DBD54D7ABCFB
No satellite radio reception is available unless a SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription is active.
For all operation precautions, see "Audio operation precautions" (P.4-61).
The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the SiriusXM Satellite Radio. After receiving the activation signal, an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio. Push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list.
Audio main operation Y51D-V-E01-081E019A-6B6C-4BDF-A346-ADED33AE47C7
Head unit : Y51D-V-E01-F0E7A3EA-AD47-4065-83D5-78B12C0EC013
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-75
ON·OFF/Volume control: Y51D-V-E01-92D07B73-0194-4EA2-B196-01E466CF6FF5
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position, and then push the ON·OFF button while the system is off to turn on the last audio source, which was playing immediately before the system was turned off. While the system is on, pushing the ON·OFF button turns the system off.
Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.
Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-
ance:
Y51D-V-E01-0355AAE0-5961-4143-97F8-008BF5B12936
To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade,
push the Audio control knob. When the
display shows the setting you want to
change (Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade),
rotate the Audio control knob to set the
desired setting. For the other setting
methods, see "How to use SETTING button"
(P.4-16).
This vehicle has some sound effect functions as follows:
. Speed Sensitive Vol.
. Precision Phased Audio (if so equipped) . BOSE® Centerpoint 2 (if so equipped) . BOSE® AudioPilot 2 (if so equipped)
. Surround effect (if so equipped)
For more details, see "How to use SETTING button" (P.4-16).
Switching the display: Y51D-V-E01-373A6FF6-AD1E-4098-BC55-8B69C4810B14
Pushing the DISC·AUX button will switch the displays as follows:
. Models with navigation system iPod®/USB ? CD/DVD ? Bluetooth® Audio ? iPod®/USB
. Models without navigation system iPod®/USB ? CD ? iPod®/USB
Linking Intelligent Key (models with navigation system):
Y51D-V-E01-A120C0D4-C355-405E-B5F4-6BDFB380E49E
The audio settings can be memorized for each Intelligent Key. For more details, see "Setting memory function" (P.3-31).
FM-AM-SAT radio operation Y51D-V-E01-87805BD4-032C-4FD6-ADD3-E6C276E34F8A
When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position, the radio will come on at the channel last played.
The last channel played will also come on when the ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.
If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON, the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel
played will come on. When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception.
radio (FM·AM) band select : Y51D-V-E01-8687C1CE-1F9E-473E-AFCE-89BDE57CA5C8
Pushing the XM radio band select button will change the band as follows: AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
radio (XM) band select: Y51D-V-E01-2A00A202-A8FD-4BC9-A17B-851741F98133
Pushing the XM radio band select button will change the band as follows: XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1 The satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
TUNE (Tuning) : Y51D-V-E01-4C0E8E5D-C3FA-4847-8C39-7D36A7E15E3B
. For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning.
. For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is not selected.
4-76 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SEEK tuning/CATEGORY (CAT): Y51D-V-E01-E4D623D9-318A-49E2-85EB-9479BB7E2990
. For AM and FM radio
Push the SEEK button
or
to
tune from low to high or high to low
frequencies and to stop at the next
broadcasting station.
. For SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Push the SEEK button
or
to
tune to the first channel of the next or
previous category.
During satellite radio reception, the following notices will be displayed under certain conditions.
. NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected.)
. OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)
. CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connection error)
. LOADING (When the initial setting is performed)
. UPDATING (When the satellite radio subscription is not active)
SCAN tuning: Y51D-V-E01-A67D1D3E-C167-46D1-8130-8AA0455B45B9
Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broadcasting station/channel for 5 sec-
onds. Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station/channel.
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next station/channel.
to Station memory operations: Y51D-V-E01-ACA59491-679D-432A-B604-F4E07B2B2620
12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band (6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 for SiriusXM Satellite Radio (6 each for XM1, XM2 and XM3) and 6 stations can be set for the AM band.
1. Choose the radio band using the radio band select button.
2. Tune to the desired station/channel
using the
, SCAN button or the
radio TUNE knob.
3. Push and hold the desired station preset button to until the radio mutes.
4. The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume. Memorizing is now complete.
5. Other buttons can be set in the same manner.
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if
the fuse opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that case, reset the desired stations/channels.
Menu (SiriusXM Satellite Radio) (models with navigation system):
Y51D-V-E01-2F41E770-03AF-4680-A4CA-F8D55487315F
When the "Menu" key on the display is selected while the SiriusXM Satellite Radio is being played, the menu list will be displayed.
The following items are available.
. Preset List Displays the preset channel list. If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held, the current station will be stored as the new preset.
. Customize Channel List Selects specific channels to skip while using the TUNE, SEEK/CATEGORY or Menu-Categories feature.
. Favorite Artists & Songs Stores the current artist or song that is being played. Touch the "Alert" key to be reminded when the stored artist or song is playing on a station while listening to SiriusXM Satellite Radio.
. Categories Selecting a category will go to the first channel in that category as defined by
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-77
SiriusXM Satellite Radio. . Direct Tune
Inputs the channel number by using a keypad.
If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will start the CD.
Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.
Text (models without navigation system): Y51D-V-E01-C88A9734-D884-4021-9D4E-67E7F0894945
When the "Text" key is selected with the INFINITI controller on the display and then the ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio is being played, the text information listed below will be displayed on the screen.
. CH Name . Category . Name . Title . Other
Compact Disc (CD) player operation Y51D-V-E01-A497E71C-C82B-4B07-9E59-CFE21EBD2F73
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing.
After loading the CD, the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display.
If the radio is already operating, it will automatically turn off and the CD will play.
PLAY: Y51D-V-E01-E5D58FA8-F731-4133-BDF0-7C42041042EF
When the DISC·AUX (CD play) button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded, the system will turn on and the CD will start to play.
When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing, the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play.
Menu (models with navigation system): Y51D-V-E01-887209F9-1C88-454B-BEF0-C074D8FF69AB
When the "Menu" key on the display is selected while the CD is being played, the menu screen will be displayed. The following menu options are available.
. Folder List (for CD with compressed audio files) Displays the folder list.
. Track List Displays the track list.
. Play Mode Select a play mode from the following items.
4-78 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
-- Normal -- 1 Folder Repeat (for CD with com-
pressed audio files) -- 1 Track Repeat -- 1 Disc Random -- 1 Folder Random (for CD with
compressed audio files)
Text (models without navigation system): Y51D-V-E01-9498FCF8-7722-4BE0-A579-47F338BE61F9
When the "Text" key is selected in the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played, the music information below will be displayed on the screen.
CD:
. Disc title . Track title CD with compressed audio files:
. Folder title . File title . Song title . Album title . Artist
Next/Previous Track and Fast Forward/Rewind:
Y51D-V-E01-64A1D7E3-B47A-4706-8B6B-FA06D8958934
When the or button is pushed for more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is
being played, the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released, the CD will return to normal play speed. When the or button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played.
RANDOM (RDM), REPEAT (RPT): Y51D-V-E01-1B2CBF90-F5B4-4996-98FE-4C83E85FE5E5
When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played, the play pattern can be changed as follows: (CD)
NOS2606
(CD with compressed audio files)
NOS2607
CD EJECT: Y51D-V-E01-81DF2B29-47CD-4CD0-9960-7107C2F3F97E
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded, the CD will be ejected. If the CD comes out and is not removed, it will be pulled back into the slot to protect
it.
DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) PLAYER OPERATION (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-22FC6D4C-0C76-44F4-8998-0866BCCB68BB
Precautions Y51D-V-E01-D5D99183-E6AE-448A-8ACC-A4F30859332C
Start the engine when using the DVD entertainment system.
Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction. Audio is available when a movie is played. To view movies in the front display, stop the vehicle in a safe location, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
WARNING
. The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.
. Do not attempt to modify the system to display a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven. Doing so may distract the driver and may cause a collision and serious personal injury or
death.
CAUTION
. Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engine is running. Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery.
. Do not allow the system to get wet. Excessive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to malfunction.
. While playing VIDEO-CD media, this DVD player does not guarantee complete functionality of all VIDEO-CD formats.
Display settings Y51D-V-E01-53F4FBE0-9CD0-405C-B003-65030AE4A681
To adjust the front display mode, push the SETTING button while the DVD is being played, select the "Others" key and then select the "Display" key. To adjust the display ON/OFF, brightness, tint, color and contrast, select the "Display Adjustment" key and then select each key. Then you can adjust each item using the INFINITI controller. After changes have
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-79
been made push the BACK button to save the setting.
SAA2497
Playing a DVD Y51D-V-E01-11340633-A2C1-4A0D-98E6-9849C1DE24D2
DISC·AUX button: Y51D-V-E01-7354CB46-539D-456A-AEB6-4234BB49A68C
Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images. Push the DISC·AUX button on the instrument panel and turn the display to the DVD mode. When a DVD is loaded, it will be replayed automatically. The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC·AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played, and it will turn off auto-
4-80 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
matically after a period of time. To turn it on again, push the DISC·AUX button again.
DVD operation keys: Y51D-V-E01-C015CF77-87FF-4213-97B1-4E0DA06EAF1E
When the DVD is playing without the operation screen being shown, you may use the touch screen to select items from the displayed video. You may also use the INFINITI controller to select an item from the displayed video. When the operation screen is being shown, use the INFINITI controller or touch screen to select an item from the displayed menus.
PAUSE:
Select the " " key to pause the DVD. To resume playing the DVD, use the "PLAY" key.
PLAY:
Select the " " key to start playing the DVD, for example, after pausing the DVD.
STOP:
Select the " DVD.
" key to stop playing the
/
Next/Previous Chapter:
Select the " " or " " key to skip the chapter(s) of the disc forward/backward. The chapters will advance/go back the number of times this key is selected.
/
Commercial Skip:
This function is only for DVD-VIDEO, DVDVR. Select the " " or " " key to skip forward or backwards by the set amount as defined in the DVD Settings menu.
Top Menu: Y51D-V-E01-0C7E1D71-A6F1-42BF-B173-75161AE80F27
When the "Top Menu" key is selected in the screen while a DVD is being played, the top menu specific to each disc will be displayed. For details, see the instructions on the disc.
Example
SAA2498
DVD settings Y51D-V-E01-7632A88E-BE7F-42D4-940A-0741B878503A
Select the "Settings" key to adjust the following settings.
Key (DVD-VIDEO): Y51D-V-E01-F4CB507A-FB4E-4969-BC44-EF845C82C70C
Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed.
: Move the cursor to select a DVD menu.
Enter: Enter the selected menu.
Move: Change the display location by moving the operation key.
Back: Return to the previous screen. Hide: Hide the operation key.
Title Menu (DVD-VIDEO): Y51D-V-E01-828CC8E3-DFF4-40B2-8AC2-5D582CD758BB
Some menus specific to each disc will be shown. For details, see the instructions on the disc.
Title Search (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR): Y51D-V-E01-0127EC79-84D8-4AF5-A2AF-8AC054B4AC9D
The scene with the specified title will be displayed each time the "+" side or "-" side is selected.
Group Search (VIDEO CD): Y51D-V-E01-3F63B89A-2D07-4613-987F-198AC1934ABD
A scene in the specified group will be displayed each time the "+" side or "-" side is selected.
10 Key Search (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD,CDDA, DVD-VR):
Y51D-V-E01-41F5C1F6-6E48-4980-A3F7-74A881989C20
Select the "10 Key Search" key to open the number entry screen. Input the number to be searched and select the "OK" key. The specified Title/Chapter or Group/Track will be played.
Select No. (VIDEO-CD): Y51D-V-E01-2F0779F0-C8DD-44BF-A3A2-1BB3A202F030
Select the "Select No." key to open the number entry screen. Input the number to be searched and select the "OK" key. The specified scene will be played.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-81
Angle (DVD-VIDEO): Y51D-V-E01-75A3EF98-2AC5-4A66-B817-BC77857A6451
If the DVD contains different angles (such as moving images), the current image angle can be switched to another one. Select the "Angle" key. The angle will change each time the "+" side or "-" side is selected.
Angle Mark (DVD-VIDEO): Y51D-V-E01-CF817EC0-2201-42CF-A374-D9D75779ED73
When this item is turned on, an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle.
Menu Skip (DVD-VIDEO): Y51D-V-E01-919F75BF-EA84-46AF-8CA6-104570DCA6A7
DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the "Menu Skip" key is turned on. Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on.
CM Skip (DVD-VIDEO): Y51D-V-E01-38D793F4-F2B0-478A-8976-7714C424BBC3
Select the "CM Skip" key. Choose the setting time from 15, 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the "+" side or "-" side.
DRC (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR): Y51D-V-E01-54C05378-042E-4AB2-99DC-87603A83AE36
DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) automatically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers.
DVD Language (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD): Y51D-V-E01-8E7F4FA4-9533-444A-A1EB-32F4E5162CE3
Select the "DVD Language" key to open the number entry screen. Input the number corresponding to the preferred language and select the "OK" key. The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one specified.
Display: Y51D-V-E01-7C0F1A0E-FA28-4567-BC8C-188E8D1FA799
To adjust the image quality of the screen, select the preferred adjustment items.
Audio:
Y51D-V-E01-810FF7E4-1047-4F99-904A-1EE698F4DBA4
Select the preferred language for audio.
Subtitle (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR): Y51D-V-E01-D2BE570D-C660-4F90-AAA7-36F94C30283C
Select the preferred language for subtitles.
Display Mode (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD, DVD-
VR):
Y51D-V-E01-83088CFB-BE06-4306-A81B-3CF0CBD9BFA3
Select from the "Full", "Wide", "Normal" or
"Cinema" modes.
Title List (DVD-VR): Y51D-V-E01-B880EDF6-495E-442E-A4EC-745DFED59C65
Select the preferred title from the list.
Play Mode: Y51D-V-E01-BEC5BA48-F3DC-4136-8EE9-8ACC7E19A7F5
Select the preferred play mode.
PG/PL Mode (DVD-VR): Y51D-V-E01-8F04B1B0-6B66-48E5-9777-9E41F1537DAC
Select the "PG" or "PL" mode.
4-82 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2963
USB (Universal Serial Bus) CONNECTION PORT
Y51D-V-E01-3E714A7F-A0E3-4C4C-9CA0-B2922C07F381
Audio main operation Y51D-V-E01-A1CC1578-7D9C-45BB-A45E-F8FED83A8FE3
Open the console lid and connect a USB memory. Then, push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB memory mode.
If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the USB memory.
Use the USB cable if you have difficulty inserting the USB memory device to the USB connection port.
WARNING
Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.
CAUTION
. Do not force the USB device into the USB port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may damage the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port.
. Do not grab the USB port cover (if so equipped) when pulling the USB device out of the port. This could damage the port and the cover.
. Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable may damage the port.
Refer to your device manufacturer's owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device.
SAA2500
File selection (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-FDC0EF15-8245-4C0C-9A38-69A54A70412B
When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory, the mode select screen is displayed. Select the preferred contents to play.
When there is only one type of file, the audio or movie operation screen is displayed and starts to play.
If a video file restricts the number of playbacks, a pop-up screen will appear to confirm it is ok to play. Answer yes or no as requested by the display.
SAA2501
Models with navigation system
SAA2611
Models without navigation system
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-83
Audio file operation Y51D-V-E01-B25F274D-CEF4-4593-838C-421A93DF4267
PLAY: Y51D-V-E01-AB139755-3474-4636-9977-DB4E46727611
When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted, the system will turn on.
If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted, push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode.
Next/Previous File and Fast Forward/ Rewind:
Y51D-V-E01-34F4E736-199E-4B38-A26A-BB972B19599D
When the or button is pushed for more than 1.5 seconds while a USB memory is being played, the USB memory will play while forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released, the USB memory will return to normal play speed.
When the or button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the USB memory is being played, the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played.
The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the USB memory is being played.
Folder selection: Y51D-V-E01-88F62183-E285-4CA5-A6CA-58C9E984EAE0
To change to another folder in the USB memory, turn the folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the INFINITI controller.
RANDOM (RDM), REPEAT (RPT): Y51D-V-E01-05D8476B-A340-4B85-860C-564C6888D62B
When the RDM·RPT button is pushed while the USB memory is played, the play pattern can be change as follows.
To change the play mode, push the RPT button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows.
Normal ? 1 Folder Repeat ? 1 Track Repeat ? All Random ? 1 Folder Random ? Normal
Text (models without navigation system): Y51D-V-E01-6F68E77E-6E95-4F64-B44A-A24CFA8BA4B1
When the "Text" key is selected on the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while a USB memory is being played, the music information listed below will be displayed on the screen.
. Folder title . File title . Song title
. Album Title . Artist
4-84 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
ing to the movie playback mode. . Play Mode
Select the preferred play mode.
SAA2502
Menu (models with navigation system): Y51D-V-E01-6596D553-827D-44C5-B9A4-9BD02E91D72D
There are some options available during playback. Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary. Refer to the following information for each item.
. Movie Playback Switch to the movie playback mode. This item is displayed only when a USB memory contains movie files.
. Folder List/Track List Displays the folder or track list. The "Movie Playback" key is also displayed in this list screen, and enables switch-
SAA2503
Movie file operation (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-41041172-55C4-455D-BABE-915665D00684
Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the USB memory while watching the images.
PLAY: Y51D-V-E01-842A06A2-D92C-4CB8-9C8B-6B6D412CBE99
When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted, the system will turn on. If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted, push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-85
mode.
Operation keys: Y51D-V-E01-26CDE24F-DC69-4813-B375-52D99A5101DB
To operate the USB memory, select the desired key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller.
Pause Select the " " key to pause the movie file. To resume playing the movie file, select the " " key.
Skip (Previous chapter)
Select the " " key to skip the chapter(s) of the disc backward. The chapters will go back the number of times the " " key is selected.
List:
Y51D-V-E01-4AB3C3C5-8FFF-483D-9759-49EB25321178
Select the "List" key on the movie file
operation screen to display the file list.
Play
Select the " " key to start playing a movie file, for example, after pausing a movie file.
STOP
Select the " movie file.
" key to stop playing a
Skip (Next chapter)
Select the " " key to skip the chapter(s) of the disc forward. The chapters will advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed.
SAA2504
Example
Settings: Y51D-V-E01-D90CBB17-ADD0-4D6F-8008-1DE3771B904C
Select the "Settings" key to adjust the following settings.
. Audio File Playback Switch to the audio playback mode. This item is displayed only when the USB memory contains the audio files.
. Play Mode Select the "Normal" or "1 Track Repeat" play mode.
. 10 Key Search Select the "10 Key Search" key to open the number entry screen.
4-86 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Input the number to be searched and select the "OK" key. The specified folder/file will be played. . Display To adjust the image quality of the screen, select the preferred adjustment items. . DRC DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) automatically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers. . Audio Select the preferred language for audio. . Subtitle Select the preferred language for subtitle. . Display Mode Select the "Normal", "Wide", "Cinema" or "Full" mode.
Bluetooth® STREAMING AUDIO (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-36DEE379-B7D8-412E-A914-AB12F1AA9C61
Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth® Streaming Audio. If you have a compatible Bluetooth® device with streaming audio
(A2DP profile), you can set up the wireless connection between your Bluetooth® device and the in-vehicle audio system. This connection allows you to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth® device using your vehicle speakers. It also may allow basic control of the device for playing and skipping audio files using the AVRCP Bluetooth® profile. All Bluetooth® Devices do not have the same level of controls for AVRCP. Please consult the manual for your Bluetooth® Device for more details.
Once your Bluetooth® device is connected to the in-vehicle audio system, it will automatically reconnect whenever the device is present in the vehicle and you select Bluetooth® Audio from your audio system. You do not need to manually reconnect for each usage.
Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®
functions share the same frequency band (2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the commu-
nication and cause undesired noise. It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth® functions.
Regulatory information Y51D-V-E01-FCB79FE0-A27D-4893-B64B-E8C455A17F95
FCC Regulatory information: Y51D-V-E01-A3197C64-CA40-4E5E-A337-CA91AED88FBD
. CAUTION: To maintain compliance with FCC's RF exposure guidelines, use only the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.
. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1) This device may not cause interference and
2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device
IC Regulatory information: Y51D-V-E01-7292C37D-9376-4294-B3A0-EC332B057DFF
. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1) This device may not cause interference, and
2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-87
may cause undesired operation of the device.
. This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.
Bluetooth® trademark: GUID-398BB0F7-3FCC-4E2F-9409-C78C6D9CC2F0 Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.
SAA3009
Connecting procedure Y51D-V-E01-77DEA896-87F3-41AA-962E-56B65575DF4B
1. Push the SETTING button and select the "Bluetooth" key.
SAA2506
2. Select the "Connect Bluetooth" key.
4-88 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2507
3. A confirmation screen will be displayed. Select "No".
Note: Selecting "Yes" will only connect the hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth® device.
SAA3005
4. Choose a PIN code to use with the compatible Bluetooth® audio device using the number input screen (if so equipped). The PIN code will need to be entered into the Bluetooth® audio device after step 5. Select the "OK" key.
SAA3006
5. The standby message screen will appear. Operate the compatible Bluetooth® audio device. For the connecting procedure of the audio device, see the Bluetooth® audio instructions.
When the connecting is completed, the screen will return to the Bluetooth® setup display.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-89
DISC·AUX button: Y51D-V-E01-272E256D-C12D-4D2E-9146-907718D8134D
When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the system off and the Bluetooth® audio
device connected, the system will turn on.
If another audio source is playing and the Bluetooth® audio device is connected,
push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly until the display changes to the Bluetooth®
audio mode.
SAA2510
Audio main operation Y51D-V-E01-2125A06F-87EA-4421-A933-511A56EC271B
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position. Then, push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth® audio mode. If the system has been turned off while the Bluetooth® audio device was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the Bluetooth® audio device.
The ability to pause, change tracks, fast forward, rewind, randomize and repeat music may be different between devices. Some or all of these functions may not be supported on each device.
Next/Previous Track and Fast For-
ward/Rewind: Y51D-V-E01-7E1B256C-E4A0-41BB-8EAF-8A76E50D969E
When the or button is pushed for more than 1.5 seconds while a Bluetooth® audio file is being played, the Bluetooth®
audio device will play while forwarding or
rewinding. When the button is released, the Bluetooth® audio device will return to
normal play speed.
When the or button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while a Bluetooth®
audio file is being played, the next track or
the beginning of the current track on the Bluetooth® audio device will be played.
The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the Bluetooth® audio
play mode screen is shown on the display.
("Bluetooth audio" will be indicated on the
4-90 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
header of the screen.)
RANDOM (RDM), REPEAT (RPT): Y51D-V-E01-3A404C86-26D7-46D9-87F0-E64E13551D64
To change the play mode, push the RDM·RPT button repeatedly and the mode changes as follows. Normal ? Shuffle All Tracks ? Shuffle Group ? Repeat 1 Track ? Repeat All Tracks ? Repeat Group ? Normal
Operation keys: Y51D-V-E01-EF9DF40E-4D0D-4A4A-AA27-38A40AB9C6CD
To operate a Bluetooth® audio device, select a key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller.
Play Select the " " key to start playing when pausing. Select this key again to pause the audio play.
Pause Select the " " key to pause the Bluetooth® audio device. Select this key again to resume playing.
Play Mode: Y51D-V-E01-9AF06E8D-7869-4093-B73C-9EA78C67387C
The play mode setting display will appear when the "Menu" key is selected. Choose the preferred play mode from the
following items.
. Shuffle Choose "Shuffle OFF", "Shuffle All Tracks" and "Shuffle Group".
. Repeat Choose from "Repeat OFF", "Repeat 1 Track", "Repeat All Tracks" and "Repeat Group".
SAA2511
Bluetooth® settings Y51D-V-E01-73EE045D-E501-4A8A-937F-C97BEC936EC2
To set up the Bluetooth® device system to the preferred settings, push the SETTING button and select the "Bluetooth" key.
Bluetooth: Y51D-V-E01-38FF79ED-A6B3-4EBF-89D4-1E23E6F7357A
If this setting is turned off, the connection between the Bluetooth® devices and the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module will be canceled.
Connect Bluetooth: Y51D-V-E01-730F1803-E8C1-4F72-8B8B-A57EAEC41264
Connects to the Bluetooth® device. See "Connecting procedure" (P.4-88). Up to 5 devices can be registered.
Connected Devices: Y51D-V-E01-8FB8E53A-22B6-457E-95AE-CE4163136D7A
Registered devices are shown on the list. Select a Bluetooth® device from the list, the following options will be available.
. Select
Select "Select" to connect the selected device to the vehicle. If there is a different device currently connected, the selected device will replace the current device.
. Edit Rename the selected Bluetooth® device using the keypad displayed on the screen. (See "How to use touch screen (models with navigation system)" (P.46).)
. Delete Delete the selected Bluetooth® device.
Edit Bluetooth Info: Y51D-V-E01-A8739909-049A-4465-914C-0B4361F64E3E
Change the name broadcasted by this system over Bluetooth®. Change the PIN code that is entered when connecting a hands free device to this system.
Replace Connected Phone: Y51D-V-E01-9D71AEAD-C49F-4B32-9F2D-CD63F2CA6CEA
Replace the Bluetooth® connection with a connected Bluetooth® cellular phone. For details about Hands-Free Phone System,
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-91
see "Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models with navigation system)" (P.4-97).
WARNING
Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.
CAUTION
SAA2964
iPod® PLAYER OPERATION Y51D-V-E01-F464F5BD-ADD8-4CFA-96C1-265AA6B6A105
Connecting iPod® Y51D-V-E01-27167850-3592-492E-9D54-8F5C35BE9F32
Open the console lid and connect the iPod® cable to the USB connector. If compatible, the battery of the iPod® is charged while the connection to the vehicle. Depending on the version of the iPod®, the display on the iPod® shows an INFINITI or Accessory Attached screen when the connection is completed. When the iPod® is connected to the vehicle, the iPod® music library can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls.
4-92 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Do not force the USB device into the USB port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may damage the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port.
. Do not grab the USB port cover (if so equipped) when pulling the USB device out of the port. This could damage the port and the cover.
. Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable may damage the port.
Refer to your device manufacturer's owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device.
Compatibility Y51D-V-E01-D92A8014-9ACF-4AB0-80E9-05AC2A320604
The following models are available:
Models with navigation system: Y51D-V-E01-697A612E-5727-4B9F-906B-C873095B9FD8
. Fifth generation iPod® (version 1.2.3 or later)
. iPod Classic® (version 1.1.1 or later) . First generation iPod touch® (version
2.0.0 or later) . Second generation iPod touch® (firm-
ware version 1.2.3 or later) . First generation iPod nano® (firmware
version 1.3.1 or later) . Second generation iPod nano® (firm-
ware version 1.1.3 or later) . Third generation iPod nano® (firmware
version 1.1 or later) . Fourth generation iPod nano® (firmware
version 1.0.2 or later)
Models without navigation system: Y51D-V-E01-ABD61E38-1FC4-42B2-AF14-AA49412AB118
. Fifth generation iPod® (firmware version 1.3)
. First generation iPod Classic® (firmware version 1.1.2 PC)
. Second generation iPod Classic® (firmware version 2.0 PC)
. First generation iPod touch® (firmware version 2.1)
. Second generation iPod touch® (firmware version 2.1.1)
. First generation iPod nano® (firmware version 1.3.1)
. Second generation iPod nano® (firmware version 1.1.3)
. Third generation iPod nano® (firmware version 1.1 PC)
. Third generation iPhone® (firmware version 2.1)
Make sure that the iPod® version is updated.
Audio main operation Y51D-V-E01-E9F18D90-5F57-4FEA-BB66-53D355D891DD
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position. Then, push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.
If the system has been turned off while the iPod® was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will start the iPod®.
PLAY: Y51D-V-E01-9B06943B-C8E4-434C-BE52-7543D1835458
When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod® connected, the system will turn on. If another audio source is playing and the iPod® is connected, push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the iPod® mode.
Interface: Y51D-V-E01-40F52B3F-48D6-4D79-9782-7779476F2994
The interface for iPod® operation shown on
the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod® interface. Use the INFINITI controller
and the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod® with your favorite settings.
The following items can be chosen from the
menu list screen. For further information about each item, see the iPod® Owner's
Manual.
. Now Playing
. Playlists
. Artists
. Albums
. Songs
. Podcasts
. Genres
. Composers
. Audiobooks
. Shuffle Songs
. Play Mode
The following buttons shown on the screen are also available:
.
: returns to the previous screen.
.
: plays/pauses the music selected.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-93
Next/Previous Track and Fast Forward/Rewind:
Y51D-V-E01-578633FC-63C5-4CEE-B47A-97B9C75E57BA
When the or button is pushed for more than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the iPod® will play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released, the iPod® will return to the normal play speed. When the or button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod® will be played. The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the iPod® is playing.
REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM): Y51D-V-E01-16CC6529-93F7-4B3C-BFC8-C36276E922CA
When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:
NOS2652
SAA0451
CD/DVD/USB MEMORY CARE AND CLEANING
Y51D-V-E01-AFD007B6-8590-41CB-8881-07A8EE97E653
CD/DVD Y51D-V-E01-3FD7DD1C-B0E9-490C-BBDE-0979161CB528
. Handle a CD/DVD by its edges. Never touch the surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.
. Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used.
. To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion. Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for indus-
4-94 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
trial use. . A new disc may be rough on the inner
and outer edges. Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.
USB memory Y51D-V-E01-9B32B5D4-C5E4-4661-8A26-E2F071574C66
. Never touch the terminal portion of the USB memory.
. Do not place heavy objects on the USB memory.
. Do not store the USB memory in highly humid locations.
. Do not expose the USB memory to direct sunlight.
. Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory.
Refer to the USB memory Owner's Manual for the details.
JVH0049X
Models with navigation system
JVH0050X
Models without navigation system
1. Audio source switch 2. Menu control switch (models with
navigation system) or audio tuning switch (models without navigation system)
3. Back switch 4. Volume control switch
STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CONTROLS FOR AUDIO
Y51D-V-E01-6DEB79A8-6066-49D7-BD88-C32C08C649D6
Audio source switch Y51D-V-E01-E2B8F45E-9EA9-454B-8F13-5C747DDEC045
Push the audio source switch to change the mode to the available audio source.
Menu control switch (models with navigation system) or audio tuning switch (models without navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-F8CD61A1-655F-44E3-9A1B-4FD3FE752D69
While the display is showing a MAP (navigation systems only), STATUS or Audio screen, tilt the switch upward or downward to select a station, track, CD or folder. For most audio sources, tilting the switch up/ down for more than 1.5 seconds provides a different function than tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds.
AM and FM radio: Y51D-V-E01-7A6F2DCB-7EF7-46A3-A5DC-BE8163AA8260
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset station.
. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds will seek up or down to the next station.
. Pushing the menu control switch will show the list of preset stations.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio: Y51D-V-E01-2B625F98-C78D-4B74-9279-891E886C548A
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset channel.
. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds will go to the next or previous category.
. Pushing the menu control switch will show the XM Menu.
iPod®:
Y51D-V-E01-F06BA00C-835F-4A49-85EC-0EF40973CE9A
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5
seconds will increase or decrease the
track number.
. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds will skip to the next or previous index.
. Pushing the menu control switch will show the iPod® Menu.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-95
CD:
Y51D-V-E01-A4D728E5-7A1A-4D46-9F06-8E77781E5395
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5
seconds will increase or decrease the
track number.
. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5
seconds will increase/decrease the
folder number (if playing compressed
audio files).
. Pushing the menu control switch will
show the CD Menu.
DVD (models with navigation system): Y51D-V-E01-48268427-528E-45DB-A18F-F116512F98AE
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number.
. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds will increase or decrease the title number.
. Pushing the menu control switch will select an item from the DVD display.
. When the transparent operation menu appears, the switch will control the menu.
USB:
Y51D-V-E01-CCD1065C-75E6-4CE6-805F-F59C44110CD0
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5
seconds will increase or decrease the
track number.
. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5
seconds will increase/decrease the folder number . Pushing the menu control switch will show the USB Menu.
Bluetooth® Audio (models with navigation system):
Y51D-V-E01-6CDBA3C0-14D2-4044-A6CD-11153797070D
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number.
BACK switch (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-1162EFDC-1001-43BF-AB96-43B1216FD1FE
Push this switch to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection if it is not completed.
Volume control switches Y51D-V-E01-C821EE8A-EA24-4C82-8B88-2B3524190BB9
Push the upper (+) or lower (-) side switch to increase or decrease the volume.
ANTENNA Y51D-V-E01-AA6717FA-10E0-42FB-8732-159E42912C62
Window antenna Y51D-V-E01-F0F5E74C-1AB3-4913-82C2-E7CF1AB42BBC
The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window.
CAUTION
. Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it. This may cause poor reception or noise.
. When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna. Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth.
Satellite antenna GUID-85831D40-A181-4CE9-ABBB-9CD9F34F04FF
There is a satellite antenna on the rear part of the vehicle roof.
A buildup of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance. Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception.
4-96 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
Y51D-V-E01-E9BECCF4-3B65-43D2-8E0D-735F8E433350
When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your vehicle, be sure to observe the following cautions, otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the electronic control modules and electronic control system harness.
WARNING
. A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving.
. If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion, the hands-free cellular phone operational mode (if so equipped) is highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.
. If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so.
Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-6F0A1E2B-3E7A-4755-BFA2-5750A7CB5686
CAUTION
. Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules.
. Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in (20 cm) away from the electronic control system harness. Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness.
. Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer.
. Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body.
. For details, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer.
WARNING
. Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location. If you have to use a phone while driving, exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.
. If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so.
CAUTION
To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a phone after starting the engine.
Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an owner of a compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone, you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module. With Bluetooth® wireless technology, you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-97
Once a cellular phone is connected to the in-vehicle phone module, no phone connecting procedure is required anymore. Your phone is automatically connected with the in-vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle.
You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth® cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module. However, you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time.
The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands, so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible. For more details, see "INFINITI Voice Recognition system (models with navigation system)" (P.4-122).
Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System, refer to the following notes.
. Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth® functions share the same frequency band (2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the communication and cause undesired noise. It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN (WiFi) when using the Bluetooth® func-
tions.
. Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the invehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.
. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in-vehicle phone module. Please visit
www.InfinitiUSA.com/bluetooth for a recommended phone list.
. You will not be able to use a hands-free phone under the following conditions:
-- Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area.
-- Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves; such as in a tunnel, in an underground parking garage, behind a tall building or in a mountainous area.
-- Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed.
. When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud, it may be difficult to hear the other person's voice during a call.
. Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time.
4-98 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption.
. While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth® wireless connection, the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual.
. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning, please visit www.InfinitiUSA.com/bluetooth for troubleshooting help.
. Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers. Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise.
. Refer to the cellular phone Owner's Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone, battery charging, cellular phone antenna, etc.
. The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones.
. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller's voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes.
. If reception between callers is unclear, adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity.
REGULATORY INFORMATION Y51D-V-E01-960FA7AF-67C6-4877-AFE8-CDB80E5B3C7D
FCC Regulatory information Y51D-V-E01-5D0C62DF-8626-4ACF-9345-2456583B01E6
. CAUTION: To maintain compliance with FCC's RF exposure guidelines, use only the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.
. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1) this device may not cause interference and
2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device
IC Regulatory information Y51D-V-E01-6CFC19E3-BAD9-4AB0-8C1D-D0AD0C2C5543
. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
. This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.
Bluetooth® trademark GUID-2D3823AE-C955-4BD0-9305-08B0C0F9A06A Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and licensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.
VOICE COMMANDS Y51D-V-E01-C82FDBAB-C7FF-46F7-A200-E6AFB2EC17AD
You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System features using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system.
For more details, see "INFINITI Voice Recognition system (models with navigation system)" (P.4-122).
JVH0047X
CONTROL BUTTONS Y51D-V-E01-9B007571-3080-499C-844E-010DF9C11E78
*1 TALK / PHONE SEND button
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-99
JVH0473X
SAA2520
CONNECTING PROCEDURE Y51D-V-E01-0AB19846-AE5C-4A0C-9F99-267A23455265
1. Push the
button, and select the
"Connect Phone" key.
2. When a PIN code appears on the screen, operate the compatible Bluetooth® cellular phone to enter the PIN code (if so equipped).
If you have the phone corresponding to Bluetooth® Secure Simple Paring, the screen will change automatically when user select MY-CAR on the cellular phone device searching screen.
a. Touch [Yes] if the PIN code displayed on the cellular phone is the same value displayed screen.
b. Both vehicle system and mobile side approve operation on the screens will make Bluetooth® connection.
4-100 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner's Manual for the details. You can also visit
www.InfinitiUSA.com/bluetooth or call INFINITI Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on pairing INFINITI recommended cellular phones.
When the connection process is completed, the screen will return to the Phone menu display.
PHONE SELECTION Y51D-V-E01-B388C981-3742-4101-9797-34FA44AEA7DD
Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to
the system. To switch to connect another
cellular phone, push the
button and
select the "Connected Phones" key. The
registered cellular phones are shown on
the list. If you select a cellular phone that is
different from the one currently connected,
the newly selected phone will be con-
nected to the system.
QUICK DIAL Y51D-V-E01-F8E80B5A-7C98-4E86-A3CE-921ABF5E1A77
This vehicle has two phonebooks available for hands-free use. Depending on the phone, the system may automatically download the entire cell phone's phonebook into the "Phonebook". For the details about downloading a phonebook, see "Phone setting" (P.4-105). If a phonebook does not automatically download, the Quick Dial may be set for up to 1,000 entries. This phonebook allows the recording of a name to speak while using voice recognition.
JVH1509X
1. Push the
button and select the
"Quick Dial" key.
2. Select the "Add New" key at the top of the screen.
JVH1407X
3. Choose the method for entering the Quick Dial entry. For this example, select "Enter Number by Keypad".
4. Enter the digits and select the "OK" key. (See "How to use touch screen (models with navigation system)" (P.46).)
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-101
JVH1194X
5. Select the "Voicetag" key to record a name to speak when using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system.
6. Select the "Store" key and prepare to speak the name after the tone.
7. When the voicetag is successfully saved, select the "OK" key to save the Quick Dial entry.
8. After the Quick Dial entry is saved, it will show a screen that is ready to call the number. Press the BACK button to return to the Quick Dial.
There are different methods to input a phone number. Select one of the following
options instead of "Enter Number by Keypad" in step 3.
. Copy from Call History
The system will show a list of incoming, outgoing or missed calls that were downloaded from the connected cellular phone (depending on the phone's compatibility). Select one of these entries to save in the Quick Dial.
. Copy from the Phonebook
The system will show the connected cellular phone's phonebook that was downloaded (depending on the phone's compatibility). Select one of these entries to save in the Quick Dial.
JVH0480X
Editing the Quick Dial Y51D-V-E01-DCD8B817-3911-4504-B9DE-D58C13DF8656
1. Push the SETTING button and select the "Phone" key.
2. Select the "Edit Quick Dial" key. 3. Select the desired entry from the
displayed list. 4. Select the desired item to change.
4-102 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
tags allow easy dialing using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system. (See "INFINITI Voice Recognition system (models with navigation system)" (P.4122).)
To delete an entry, select the "Delete" key at step 3.
JVH0478X
The following editing items are available:
. Entry # Changes the displayed number of the selected entry.
. Name Edit the name of the entry using the keypad displayed on the screen.
. Number Edit the phone number using the keypad displayed on the screen.
. Type Select an icon from the icon list.
. Voicetag Confirm and store the voicetag. Voice-
JVH0479X
MAKING A CALL Y51D-V-E01-3BB32196-0AE0-4BE3-9E50-B6F4559F83CD
To make a call, follow this procedure.
1. Push the
button on the steering
wheel. The "PHONE" screen will appear
on the display.
2. Select the "Phonebook" key on the "PHONE" menu.
3. Select the desired entry from the list.
4. Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the correct number from the list.
There are different methods to make a call. Select one of the following options instead of "Phonebook" in step 2 above.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-103
. Quick Dial
Select an entry stored in the Quick Dial.
. Call History
Select an outgoing, incoming or missed call downloaded from your cell phone (depending on your phone's compatibility).
. Dial Number
Input the phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen. (See "How to use touch screen (models with navigation system)" (P.46).)
SAA2525
RECEIVING A CALL Y51D-V-E01-96225A79-E5D6-488C-BD03-CE33B487476D
When you hear a phone ring, the display will change to the incoming call mode. To receive a call, perform one of the following procedures listed below.
1. Select the "Answer" key.
2. Push the wheel.
button on the steering
There are some options available when receiving a call. Select one of the following displayed on the screen.
. Answer
Accept an incoming call to talk.
. Hold Call
Put an incoming call on hold.
. Reject Call
Reject an incoming call.
To finish the call, perform one of the following procedures listed below.
1. Select the "Hang up" key.
2. Push the wheel.
button on the steering
4-104 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Cancel Mute
This will appear after "Mute" is selected. Mute will be canceled. . Switch Call*
Select "Switch Call" to answer another incoming call. By selecting "Hang up", you can end a call and can speak to a caller who is on hold again.
* This function may not be usable, depending on the model of phone.
SAA3587
DURING A CALL Y51D-V-E01-3D66C91E-8364-4FF3-AA23-98671BCB35D6
There are some options available during a call. Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary.
. Hang up Finish the call.
. Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone.
. Mute Mute your voice to the person.
. Keypad Using the touch tone, send digits to the connected party for using services such as voicemail.
JVH0480X
PHONE SETTING Y51D-V-E01-79FAA1A1-6189-4BAB-93B5-0B421EDA5BC9
To set up the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System to your preferred settings, push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the "PHONE" key.
Edit Quick Dial Y51D-V-E01-D8141334-BE04-4E73-B76B-672B0835273B
To edit the Quick Dial, use the same procedure as described in "Quick Dial" (P.4-101).
Delete Quick Dial Y51D-V-E01-F32F8097-F478-499A-84E9-8FACDF341DDC
The Quick Dial entries can be deleted all at the same time or one by one.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-105
Download Phonebook Y51D-V-E01-8425FDB4-9F28-425A-B0DD-62A9A969076E
Download the contacts registered in a Bluetooth® cellular phone. Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone. The memory downloading procedure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cellular phone. See cellular phone Owner's Manual for details.
When "Auto Downloaded" is active, the system will automatically re-download the entries registered in the phone everytime it is paired with the vehicle, even after you delete the entries from your vehicle's Memory.
Volume & Ringtone Y51D-V-E01-5597E0AE-4A05-4738-AF19-E60E1AA48718
The following kinds of phone volume can
be set. Pushing the
button and
selecting the "Volume & Ringtone" key
can also operate the same settings.
. Vehicle Ringtone When this function is activated, a specific ringtone that is different from the cellular phone will sound when receiving a call.
Auto Downloaded Y51D-V-E01-1DD36181-E084-40DE-ABAE-2DF88F29EA94
When this item is activated, the phonebook of a hands-free phone is automatically downloaded at the same time that the hands-free phone is connected.
When this item is active, the system will automatically re-download the entries registered in the connected phone even if you attempt to delete the entries.
. Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing Call
To increase or decrease the volume, select the "Ringtone", "Incoming Call" or "Outgoing Call" key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller.
. Automatic Hold
When this function is activated, an incoming phone call is automatically held.
4-106 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Y51D-V-E01-10D9CC20-3284-4B7C-A4C8-DBC5CCFE183C
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom
The system fails to interpret the command correctly.
The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag.
Solution 1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See "INFINITI Voice Recognition system (models with navigation system)" (P.4-122).) 2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone. 3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle. 4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized. 5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately. 1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See "Quick Dial" (P.4-101).) 2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-107
Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM (models without navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-94795350-D61E-4B5C-8E2D-2086916B6439
WARNING
. Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location. If you have to use a phone while driving, exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.
. If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so.
CAUTION
To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a phone after starting the engine.
Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an owner of a Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone, you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module. With Bluetooth® wireless technology, you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket.
Once your cellular phone is paired to the in-vehicle phone module, no phone connecting procedure is required. Your phone is automatically connected with the invehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the "ON" position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle.
You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth® cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module. However, you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time.
When a call is active, the audio system and microphone (located in the ceiling in front of the RearView mirror) are used for the handsfree communications.
If the audio system is being used at the time, the audio mode will mute and will stay muted until the active call is ended.
The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands, so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible. Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System, refer to the following notes. . Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®
functions share the same frequency band (2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth®
4-108 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the communication and cause undesired noise. It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN (WiFi) when using the Bluetooth® functions.
. Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.
. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in-vehicle phone module.
. You will not be able to use a hands-free phone under the following conditions:
-- Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area.
-- Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves; such as in a tunnel, in an underground parking garage, behind a tall building or in a mountainous area.
-- Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed.
. When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud, it may be difficult to hear the other person's voice during a call.
. Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the "ON" position, it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time.
. Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption.
. While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth® wireless connection, the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual.
. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning, it is recommended to contact an INFINITI retailer.
. Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers. Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise.
. Refer to the cellular phone Owner's Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone, battery charging, cellular phone antenna, etc.
. The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones.
. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller's voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes.
. If reception between callers is unclear, adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity.
. This wireless hands free car kit is based on Bluetooth® technology,
-- Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz
-- Output Power: 4,14dBm E.I.R.P
-- Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/ 4DQPSK
-- Number of Channel: 79
-- This wireless equipment can't be used for any services related to safety because there is the possibility of radio interference.
REGULATORY INFORMATION Y51D-V-E01-0108D43F-6F67-46CD-9A79-160DCF6343BB
FCC Regulatory information GUID-FE67997D-D7E0-45AA-B323-FA394CE31A65
. CAUTION: To maintain compliance with FCC's RF exposure guidelines, use only the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.
. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1) this device may not cause interference and
2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device
IC Regulatory information GUID-72F3A1EB-8D08-420D-901A-F45E45F9700E
. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
. This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-109
Bluetooth® trademark GUID-40FEC177-F9BB-418F-8C5D-A418A96B3868 Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and licensed to Visteon Corporation.
JVH0134X
CONTROL BUTTONS Y51D-V-E01-9FC3AD2C-9921-4FCF-9E65-C04ACA561F77
1. PHONE SEND button Push the button to initiate a VR (Voice Recognition) session or answer an incoming call. You can also use the button to skip through system feedback and to enter commands during a call.
2. PHONE END button Push the button to cancel a VR session or end a call.
4-110 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM Y51D-V-E01-6BD0C7F8-99FB-4AD3-8FEB-3A84B1D7440A
You can also use the Bluetooth® handsfree phone system with Voice Recognition System.
INFO
. The available voice commands are only applicable to the relevant language set in the Language & Units setting screen. (See "How to use SETTING button" (P.416).)
. If the vehicle is in motion, some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.
Using system Y51D-V-E01-59C31E07-4B10-440D-BBCE-C44A1E2F26D0
Initialization: Y51D-V-E01-29DC8343-9B63-4716-BEFF-2DA44A55B9F2
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, Voice Recognition System is initialized, which may take up to one minute. When completed, the system is ready to accept voice commands. If the button on the steering wheel is pushed before the initialization completes, the system will not accept any command.
Before starting: Y51D-V-E01-03A4E585-E2BD-4616-8F3A-5C7AEEE62BFB
To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System, observe the
following:
. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible. Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands correctly.
. Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command.
. Speak a voice command within 5 seconds after the beep sound. If no voice command is given, the system will ask you for a number. If no further command is given, the session ends.
. Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words.
JVH0135X
SAA2574
Giving voice command: Y51D-V-E01-C5B60255-9AE0-4D31-B592-4A8AB3DF2354
1. Push and release the
button
located on the steering wheel.
2. A list of commands appears on the screen, and the system announces, "Please say a command after the beep. Available commands are: Call, Phonebook, Recent Calls, Connect Phone or Help".
3. After the tone sounds and the icon on
the screen changes from
to ,
speak a command. See the "List of
voice commands" (P.4-114) for the
voice command list. Speak "Call" for
example.
INFO
Voice commands cannot be recognized as long as the screen icon is not in the
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-111
command recognition mode .
4. The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands.
5. After the tone sounds, speak the phone number.
6. When you have finished speaking the phone number, the system repeats it back and announces the available commands.
7. After system responds, speak "Dial" and the system dials the spoken numbers.
Operating tips: Y51D-V-E01-1EF626DB-184F-4834-A7C1-74FD48B98B91
. Voice commands cannot be accepted
when the icon is .
. If the command is not recognized, the
system announces, "Please say again".
Repeat the command in a clear voice.
. Push the button or the BACK button
once to return to the previous screen.
. If you want to cancel the command,
push the
switch. The message
"Voice input is canceled" will be
announced. If you want to adjust the
volume of the system feedback, push
the volume control buttons [+] or [-] on
the steering wheel or use the audio
system volume knob while the system is making an announcement.
Voice Prompt Interrupt: GUID-94A43A09-FB1E-4CDF-80D3-7B49E884699E
While using the voice recognition system, the system voice can be interrupted to allow the user to speak commands. While the system is speaking, push the button on the steering wheel. The system voice will stop and a tone will be heard. After the tone, speak desired command (displayed on the touch-screen).
One Shot Call: GUID-AC9CB439-7789-4EBD-876E-280FB5DAC019
To use the system faster, you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu. For example, push the button and after the tone say, "Call Redial".
How to speak commands: Y51D-V-E01-29E9A3E4-15BA-44F7-93A8-C1D55DFB6540
The Voice Recognition System requires a certain way to speak voice commands. Speak normally and clearly in the direction of the microphone (located in front of the RearView mirror). Every digit of the number must be spoken individually and in a normal manner. The hands-free mode will work best when the telephone number is spoken in blocks of three to five digits. After each spoken block is terminated, the
4-112 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
system will repeat the three to five digits and wait for you to speak the next digit or block of digits required for the telephone number.
See "List of voice commands" (P.4-114) for the appropriate commands that can be spoken for the hands-free mode system.
Example:
In order to initiate a call, speak "Phonebook".
INFO
. If you are controlling the telephone system by voice command for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command, speak "Help". The system announces the available commands.
. When you speak numbers, you can speak both "zero" or "oh" for "0".
Personal vocabulary (voicetags): Y51D-V-E01-F8386A90-F7F1-4331-A3AA-B743C504B777
Voice Recognition System is equipped with the function called "voicetags", which can be associated with the phone number and name in the phonebook. Using the voice tag will automatically generate a speed dial to the registered number.
See "Phonebook registration" (P.4-116).
You can call the identified number using the following command: "Dial" followed by the voice tag.
Dialling a name with a voice tag: Y51D-V-E01-9D8CB807-639A-4876-9716-49209FF89C0C
It is possible to call up a name via a voice tag instead of a number, provided the name and number of your correspondent has been previously stored in the phonebook.
Dial via a voice tag, according to the following procedure.
1. Push the button.
2. The system replies "please say a command after the beep. Available commands are: Call, Phonebook, Recent Calls, Connect Phone or Help".
3. Give your instructions to the system by saying: "Dial John" for example ("John" must have been previously set as a voice tag for John's phone number) or "Dial One" if John is classified as one in the phonebook.
If the system cannot understand your command, repeat it according to the recommendations mentioned in "How to speak commands" (P.4-112).
4. If the given name (voice tag) is correct,
the phone system will dial the number registered for "John".
INFO
To end the voice command phase at any stage of the procedure, push the button once in order to activate the cancel command.
Manual command selection: Y51D-V-E01-0309E0C6-C82E-4D77-B812-1AC105377704
Commands can be selected manually. While the commands are displayed on the screen, select a command by operating the Tune switch, and then push the button. Once a command is manually selected, the voice command function is cancelled. To return to voice command mode, push the
button to cancel the current operation, and then perform the first procedure of voice command.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-113
List of voice commands: Y51D-V-E01-EA8104A6-E7D8-4FDC-AB42-F6C4CFA0E97D COMMAND "Call/Dial" "<name>" "Call/Dial" "Redial" "Call" "<number>" "Phonebook" "<name>" "Phonebook" "List Names" "Phonebook" "Transfer Entry" "Phonebook" "Delete Entry" "Connect Phone" "Add Phone" "Connect Phone" "Select Phone" "Connect Phone" "Delete Phone" "Connect Phone" "Bluetooth Off" "Connect Phone" "Replace Phone" "Connect Phone" "Delete Phone" "All Phones" "Connect Phone" "Delete Phone" "List Phones"
ACTION Dials the specified <name>. Dials the last number. Dials the specified <number>. Displays the specified <name> in the phonebook. Displays all the names in the phonebook. Transfers the phonebook data to the system. Deletes the phonebook registered in the system. Connects a cellular phone to the system. Selects a registered cellular phone. Deletes a registered cellular phone. Turns the Bluetooth® connection off. Changes the registered order of the cellular phones. Deletes all registered cellular phones. Selects a registered cellular phone and deletes it.
4-114 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2575
PAIRING PROCEDURE Y51D-V-E01-8A097253-2612-4507-B7AA-D774AA06E82D
Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered.
1. Push the
button on the steering
wheel. The system announces the
available commands.
2. Speak: "Connect Phone". The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands.
SAA2576
3. Speak: "Add Phone". The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset. INFO:
The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving.
SAA2577
4. When asked to enter a PIN code to connect a Bluetooth® cellular phone, enter the code "1234".
The code is always "1234" regardless of the number of phones paired.
The connecting procedure of a cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner's Manual for more information.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-115
book.
SAA2578
5. The system asks the user to speak a name for the phone.
Speak: "Yes". The system acknowledges the command and registers the cellular phone.
If the name is too long or too short, the system tells the user, then prompts the user for a name again.
Also, if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used, the system tells the user, then prompts the user for name again.
SAA2579
PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION Y51D-V-E01-61F5623B-C798-4FC6-8E61-115C1D7B3AF6
When the cellular phone is connected to the in-vehicle module, the data stored in the cellular phone such as phonebook, outgoing call logs, incoming call logs and missed call logs is automatically transferred and registered to the system.
The availability of this function depends on each cellular phone. The copying procedure also varies according to each cellular phone. See cellular phone Owner's Manual for more information.
Up to 1,000 phone numbers per registered cellular phone can be stored in the phone-
4-116 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2580
call. 5. Once the call has ended, press the
button on the steering wheel.
RECEIVING A CALL Y51D-V-E01-FC068B10-0544-4D4F-AE9D-B4CC445B4124
When the ring tone is heard, press the button on the steering wheel. Once the call has ended, press the button on the steering wheel.
NOTE: To reject a call when the ring tone is heard, press the button on the steering wheel.
SAA2581
MAKING A CALL Y51D-V-E01-73A4CF46-A60E-408D-8084-AB671C2CEF39
To make a call, follow the procedures below.
1. Push the
button on the steering
wheel. A tone will sound.
2. Speak: "Call". The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands.
3. Speak the registered person's name. The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands.
4. Speak: "Yes". The system acknowledges the command and makes the
DURING A CALL Y51D-V-E01-57A24977-8C89-4E27-9DCC-E0A47D668C0B
During a call there are several command options available. Press the button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands.
. "(digits)" -- Use the Send command to enter numbers during a call. For example, if directed to dial an extension by an automated system: Speak: "Sending one two three four." The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers. The system then ends the VR session and returns to the
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-117
call.
. "Mute on/off" -- Use the Mute command to mute the user's voice so the other party cannot hear it.
Use the mute command again to unmute the user's voice.
. "Transfer Handset" -- Use the Transfer Handset command to transfer the call from the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System to a cellular phone when privacy is desired. The system announces, "Transfer Handset. The call is transferred to the handset only." The system then ends the VR session.
The Transfer Call command can also be issued again to return to a hands-free call through the vehicle.
. "Help" -- The system announces the available commands.
NOTE:
If the other party ends the call or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on, the Mute feature may need to be reset to "off."
SAA2582
PHONE SETTINGS Y51D-V-E01-81E8CDA2-9A1A-4DD2-832D-8211DA2A6594
Call
Y51D-V-E01-5EB8A37C-70E8-484A-B406-954A273519BB
. (a name)
If there are entries stored in the Phone
Book, a number associated with a name and location can be dialed. See "Phonebook registration" (P.4-116) in
this section to learn how to store
entries. When prompted by the system, say the name of the phone book entry to call.
The system acknowledges the name. If
there are multiple locations associated with the name, the system asks the
4-118 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
user to choose the location.
Once the name and location are confirmed, the system begins the call.
. Number
When prompted by the system, speak the number to call.
. Redial
Use the Redial command to call the last number of outgoing calls. The system acknowledges the command, repeats the number and begins dialing. If a redial number does not exist, the system announces, "There is no number to redial" and ends the VR session.
. Callback
Use the Callback command to call the last number in incoming calls. The system acknowledges the command, repeats the number and begins dialing. If an incoming call number does not exist, the system announces, "There is no number to call back" and ends the VR session.
. Help
The system announces the available commands.
SAA2583
Phonebook Y51D-V-E01-AC096E90-20ED-4296-A6F2-B2316F3E9896
. (a name) Use the name command to seek the name and locations registered in the phonebook in alphabetical order. When the system acknowledges the alphabet the user spoke, the system announces all registered names and locations beginning with that alphabet. Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pressing a button on the steering wheel. The system ends the VR session.
. List Names
Use the List Names command to hear the names and locations registered in the phonebook. When the system acknowledges the command, the system announces all voicetags registered in the system.
Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pressing a button on the steering wheel. The system ends the VR session.
. Transfer Entry
Use the Transfer Entry command to transfer the phonebook data stored in a cellular phone to the system.
The system acknowledges the command and asks the user to initiate a transfer from the phone handset. The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via a Bluetooth® communication link.
The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner's Manual for more information. The system repeats the number and prompts the user for the next command. After entering numbers, choose "Store."
The system confirms the name, location
and number. The system then asks if the user would like to store another location for the same name. If the user does not wish to store another location, the system ends the VR session.
. Delete Entry
Use the Delete Entry command to delete a specific number or all numbers in the phonebook. The system announces the names of the phone numbers already stored in the system. The system then gives the option to delete a specific number or all numbers. Once the user chooses to delete a number or all numbers, the system asks the user to confirm.
. Help
The system announces the available commands.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-119
. Callback Use the Callback command to dial the last incoming call.
. Help The system announces the available commands.
SAA2584
Recent Calls Y51D-V-E01-BDECADAE-89D3-4CEF-8483-774A78AFE494
. Incoming Use the Incoming command to make a call viewing the list of incoming calls.
. Missed Use the Missed command to make a call viewing the list of missed calls.
. Outgoing Use the Outgoing command to make a call viewing the list of outgoing calls.
. Redial Use the Redial command to dial the last outgoing call.
4-120 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2585
Connect Phone Y51D-V-E01-8A0D442F-EB92-4C2E-BF6E-D1A47C2D5261
. Add Phone Use the Pair Phone command to connect a compatible phone to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System. When asked to enter a PIN code to connect a Bluetooth® cellular phone, enter the code "1234". The code is always "1234" regardless of the number of phones connected. Up to 5 phones can be connected. If the user tries to connect a sixth phone, the system announces that the user must first delete one phone or replace an
existing phone. If the user tries to connect a phone that has already been connected to the vehicle system, the system announces the name that the phone is already using. The connecting procedure will then be cancelled.
The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving.
. Select Phone
Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones connected with Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System are in the vehicle at the same time.
The system asks the user to name the phone and confirm the selection.
Once the selection is confirmed, the selected phone remains active until the ignition switch is turned OFF or a new phone is selected.
. Delete Phone
Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System. The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level. The system then gives the option to delete a specific phone, all phones or
listen to the list again. Once the user chooses to delete a phone or all phones, the system asks the user to confirm.
NOTE:
When the user deletes a phone, the associated phone book for that phone will also be deleted.
. Replace Phone Use the Replace Phone command to change the priority level of the active phone. The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth® phone is in the vehicle. The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). If the new priority level is already being used for another phone, the two phones will swap priority levels. For example, if the current priority levels are: Priority Level 1 = Phone A Priority Level 2 = Phone B Priority Level 3 = Phone C
and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1, then:
Priority Level 1 = Phone C Priority Level 2 = Phone B Priority Level 3 = Phone A . Bluetooth® On/Off Use the Bluetooth® On/Off command to turn on/off Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System. . Help
The system announces the available commands.
VOICE ADAPTATION MODE Y51D-V-E01-BF7CAE79-0787-4576-BDBA-E6286638D1A7
The Voice Adaptation mode allows up to two users with different dialects to train the system to improve recognition accuracy. By repeating a number of commands, the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system. The system is capable of storing a different voice adaptation model for each connected phone.
Training procedure Y51D-V-E01-93018274-51F6-430D-B12F-54422768653F
1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location.
2. Sit in the driver's seat with the engine running, the parking brake on, and the
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-121
transmission in Park.
3. Press the button.
4. Speak: "Help". The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands.
5. Speak: "Voice Adaptation". The system acknowledges the command and displays the voice adaptation mode screen.
6. Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically. If both memory locations are already in use, the system will prompt you to overwrite one. Follow the instructions provided by the system.
7. When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin, press the button.
8. The voice adaptation mode will be explained. Follow the instructions provided by the system.
9. When training is finished, the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded.
10. The system will ask you to say your name. Follow the instructions to register your name.
11. The system will announce that voice adaptation has been completed and the system is ready.
The voice adaptation mode will stop if:
. The
button is pressed in voice
adaptation mode.
. The vehicle is driven during voice adaptation mode.
. The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or LOCK position.
4-122 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM (models with navigation system)
Y51D-V-E01-9C9FE392-3403-4A2B-A32D-118563DC7354
INFINITI Voice Recognition allows handsfree operation of the Phone, Navigation, Information and Audio systems in one of two modes, Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode.
In Standard Mode, commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system. You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system. (See "INFINITI Voice Recognition standard mode" (P.4-123) for details.)
For advanced operation, you can use the
Alternate Command Mode. (See "INFINITI
Voice Recognition alternate command
mode" (P.4-134) for details.) When this
mode is active, an expanded list of
commands can be spoken after pushing
the TALK
switch, and the voice
command menu prompts are turned off.
Review the expanded command list, which
is available when this mode is active. Note
that in this mode the recognition success
rate may be affected as the number of
available commands and the ways of
speaking each command are increased.
To switch one mode to another, see each mode description later in this section.
To improve the recognition success rate
when Alternate Command Mode is active, try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode. Otherwise, it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance.
For the voice commands for the navigation system, refer to the Navigation System Owner's Manual of your vehicle.
INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION STANDARD MODE
Y51D-V-E01-4B8487D5-976D-4AA0-8F34-C3B1AB729D0C
The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated.
The Standard Mode enables you to complete the desired operation by simply following the prompts that appear on the display and also are announced by the system.
SAA3008
Activating Standard Mode Y51D-V-E01-2BA22B1B-D0B2-4CAE-940F-75A8F2B954B2
When the Alternate Command Mode is active, perform the following steps to switch to the Standard Mode. 1. Push the SETTING button on the instru-
ment panel. 2. Select the "Others" key. 3. Select the "Voice Recognition" key.
SAA2530
4. Select the "Alternate Command Mode" key.
5. The indicator turns off and the Standard Mode activates.
Displaying user guide Y51D-V-E01-C946835C-1461-41A1-9BB3-97A94EE5F2FF
If you use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it, you can display the User Guide for confirmation.
You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide, which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-123
SAA2531
1. Push the INFO button on the instrument panel.
2. Select the "Others" key. 3. Select the "Voice Recognition" key. 4. Select the "User Guide" key. 5. Select a preferred item. You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say "Help".
Available items: Y51D-V-E01-4E3AA338-AC25-4873-807D-E748406F3386
. Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system.
. Let's Practice Mode that allows practicing by following the instructions of the system voice.
. Using the Address Book Tutorial for entering a destination by using the Address Book.
. Finding a Street Address (if so equipped) Tutorial for entering a destination by street address.
. Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation.
. Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system.
Note that the Command List feature is only available when Alternate Command Mode is active.
4-124 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2532
Getting Started Y51D-V-E01-6A181665-18B7-42BA-95DF-EC99C7F3EA39
Before using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time, you can confirm how to use commands by viewing the Getting Started section of the User Guide.
1. Select the "Getting Started" key.
2. You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the INFINITI controller.
Tutorials on the operation of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system
If you choose "Using the Address Book", "Finding a Street Address" or "Placing Calls", you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using INFINITI
Voice Recognition.
SAA2534
SAA2533
Let's Practice Y51D-V-E01-7D2567E0-9C83-4334-92E1-D53E2F370B47
This mode helps learn how to use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system.
1. Select the "Let's Practice" key.
2. After the message screen appears,
push the TALK
switch on the
steering wheel.
3. Speak the displayed number after the tone. The evaluation screen will be displayed and the result can be confirmed.
Useful tips for correct operation Y51D-V-E01-3188AA6C-C93D-47DF-953B-230220F0E698
You can display useful speaking tips to help the system recognize your voice commands correctly.
Select "Help on Speaking" to start display.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-125
USING THE SYSTEM Y51D-V-E01-5E81D89F-C8CF-4D6D-BD66-54D31A01DF23
Initialization Y51D-V-E01-B86C7854-275F-4941-81CB-A3A6D12FE6CE
When the ignition switch is pushed to the
ON position, INFINITI Voice Recognition is
initialized, which can take up to one
minute. When completed, the system is
ready to accept voice commands. If the
TALK
switch is pushed before the
initialization completes, the display will
show the message: "System not ready." or
a beep sounds.
Before starting Y51D-V-E01-553337EB-04D2-4696-A13E-069A82076309
To get the best recognition performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition, observe the following:
. The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible. Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises (traffic noise and vibration sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice commands.
. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command.
. Speak in a natural conversational voice without pausing between words.
. If the air conditioner is set to "Auto", the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recognized more easily.
4-126 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA3001
Giving voice commands Y51D-V-E01-CD13145C-E7AD-4223-B3DD-6118CD20A2EC
1. Push the TALK
switch located on
the steering wheel.
2. A list of commands appears on the screen, and the system announces.
3. After the tone sounds and the icon on
the screen changes from
to ,
speak a command.
Selecting the "Practice" key will start the practice mode. See "Let's Practice" (P.4-125).
4. Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds until your desired operation is
completed.
Selecting the "Help" key can display the detailed information of the each command.
Operating tips: GUID-A9E67627-D73D-404F-AC2F-1AE62C9734C7
. Say a command after the tone.
. Commands that are available are always shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts. Commands other than those that are displayed are not accepted. Please follow the prompts given by the system.
. If the command is not recognized, the system announces, "Please say again". Repeat the command in a clear voice.
. Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen.
. To exit the voice recognition system, push and hold the TALK switch. The message, "Voice canceled" will be announced.
Voice prompt interrupt: GUID-B08C9647-C3B4-440B-8ACE-3D294CBB4361
To skip the voice guidance function and
give the command immediately, press the
TALK
switch to interrupt the system.
Remember to speak after the tone.
How to speak numbers: Y51D-V-E01-7CD20C30-F9FC-4335-B1D1-C001290787AC
INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands. Refer to the following examples.
General rule
Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (For example, if you would like to say 500, "five zero zero" can be used, but "five hundred" cannot.)
Examples
. 1-800-662-6200 -- "One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero"
Improving Recognition of Phone numbers
You can improve the recognition of phone numbers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers. For example, when you try to call 800-662-6200, say "eight zero zero" first, and the system will then ask you for the next three digits. Then, say "six six two". After recognition, the system will then ask for the last four digits. Say, "six two zero zero". Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recognition performance.
is included in the house number, it will not be recognized as the number "0 (zero)" even if you speak "oh" instead of "zero". Please speak "zero" for the number "0 (zero)", "oh" for the letter "o (oh)"
Send digits using dial tone: GUID-8D560EC0-DC9D-4917-B795-F7EDFCC730D4
. Press the TALK
switch during a
phone call.
. The menu will be launched and you will
be provided with the following gui-
dance: "Please say the digits to dial".
. After guidance, say the digits of the
number you want to send. After this,
the digits that have been recognized
will be read out.
. If you press the ENTER button on the
steering wheel or on the INFINITI con-
troller, the selected digits will be sent.
When speaking a house number, speak the number "0" as "zero". If the letter "o (Oh)"
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-127
Command List Y51D-V-E01-4C401238-9F04-45F6-94FB-BE522B236144
Category Command: Y51D-V-E01-1A3C67E6-5867-4B3C-96F6-AAFAD7C2CC45
Command
Action
Call (Optional)
Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either phonebook. Please say "Call" followed by a stored name.
Phone
Operates the Phone function.
Navigation
Operates the Navigation function. See the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual for the Navigation Command.
Information
Displays the vehicle Information function.
Audio
Operates the Audio function.
Help
Displays User Guide.
. Phone Command:
Command Dial Number Quick Dial Phonebook Call history
International Call Change Number
Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls Missed Calls
Action Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits. Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial. Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone. Makes a call to the incoming call number. Makes a call to the dialed number. Makes a call to the Missed calls number. Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken. Corrects the recognized phone number (available during phone number entry).
4-128 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Information Command:
Command Fuel Economy Maintenance Traffic Information Where am I?
. Audio Command:
Command AM FM XM CD
. General Commands
Command Go back Exit
Action Displays fuel economy information. Displays maintenance information. Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF. Displays your current location.
Action Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played. Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played. Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played. Starts to play a CD.
Action Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Cancels Voice Recognition
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-129
Voice command examples Y51D-V-E01-E9236375-2C5F-46C4-AE5F-757986DB7224
To use the INFINITI Voice Recognition function, speaking one command is sometimes sufficient, but at other times it is necessary to speak two or more commands. As examples, some additional basic operations by voice commands are described here.
For navigation system commands, see the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual.
SAA3001
Example 1 - Placing a call to the phone
number 800-662-6200: Y51D-V-E01-ED5CBB91-4C25-4E18-B6DB-5831150716F2
1. Push the TALK
switch located on
the steering wheel.
2. Speak "Phone" after the system announces.
3. Speak "Dial Number".
JVH0481X
4-130 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2537
4. Speak "8 0 0". Selecting the "Manual Controls" key switches the screen to the keypad to input the phone number manually.
SAA2538
5. The system announces, "Please say the next three digits or dial, or say change number."
6. Speak "6 6 2".
SAA2539
7. The system announces, "Please say the last four digits" or say change number.
8. Speak "6 2 0 0".
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-131
SAA2540
9. The system announces, "Dial or Change Number?"
10. Speak "Dial".
11. The system makes a call to 800-6626200.
Note:
Y51D-V-E01-97F5D0C6-2291-4D26-9572-B4EF4E5CC0F8
. You can also speak "800-662-6200"
(10 continuous digits) or "662-6200" (7
continuous digits), if the area code is
not necessary. However, the 3-3-4 digit
grouping is recommended for improved
recognition. (See "How to speak num-
bers" earlier in this section.)
. You can only say a phone number using the 3-3-4 grouping, 7 digits, and 10 digits using this command. Please use the "International Call" command for all other formats.
. If you say "Change Number" during phone number entry, the system will automatically request that you repeat the number using the 3-3-4 format. In this case please say the area code first and then follow the prompts.
. Do not add a "1" in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers.
. If the system does not recognize your command, please try repeating the command using a natural voice. Speaking too slow or too loudly may further decrease recognition performance.
SAA3001
Example 2 - Placing an international call to
the phone number 011-81-111-222-3333: Y51D-V-E01-0EF627E6-6403-4C3B-969A-0C042F1AA98D
1. Push the TALK
switch located on
the steering wheel.
2. Speak "Phone" after the system announces.
4-132 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
3. Speak "International Call".
JVH0481X
SAA2541
4. Speak "011811112223333".
SAA2542
5. Speak "Dial".
6. System makes a call to 011-81-111222-3333.
Note:
Y51D-V-E01-6F7C30D8-CE9A-47C7-9F61-71C8D7CFFBD1
Any digit input format is available in the
International Number input process.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-133
INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATE COMMAND MODE
Y51D-V-E01-252A70D3-AF37-41EF-98AB-08D7C8A24C16
The following section is applicable when Alternate Command Mode is activated.
When Alternate Command Mode is activated, an expanded list of commands can be used after pressing the TALK switch. In this mode, available commands are not fully shown on the display or prompted. Review the expanded command list when this mode is active. See examples of Alternate Command Mode screens.
Please note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased. To improve the recognition success rate, try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode. (See "Speaker adaptation function (for Alternate Command Mode)" (P.4-143).) Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned OFF and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance.
SAA2529
Activating Alternate Command Mode
Y51D-V-E01-EC14FB5E-BB69-40A6-BF45-74AD1DF521E6
When the Standard Mode is active, perform the following steps to switch to the Alternate Command Mode. 1. Push the SETTING button on the instru-
ment panel. 2. Highlight the "Others" key. 3. Highlight the "Voice Recognition" key.
SAA2543
4. Highlight the "Alternate Command Mode" key.
5. The confirmation message is displayed on the screen. Push the "OK" key to activate the Alternate Command Mode.
Displaying command list Y51D-V-E01-B3E48388-0DA0-48CD-9415-FF7102D7A250
If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command, perform the following procedure for displaying the voice command list (available only in Alternate Command Mode).
4-134 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2544
1. Push the INFO button on the instrument panel.
2. Select the "Others" key. 3. Select the "Voice Recognition" key. 4. Select the "Command List" key.
SAA2545
5. Select a category from the list.
SAA2546
6. Select an item. 7. If necessary, scroll the screen using the
INFINITI controller to view the entire list. 8. Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-135
Command list Y51D-V-E01-0C36E22C-DAA2-4259-88F1-7162E9847F28
See the separate Navigation System Owner's Manual for the Navigation Command.
Phone Commands: Y51D-V-E01-413BEDD3-9BEA-40CA-BC3B-6C8F860009AE
Command
Action
Dial Number
Makes a call to a spoken phone number.
Quick Dial
Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial.
Phonebook
Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone.
Call history
Incoming Calls
Makes a call to the incoming call number.
Outgoing Calls
Makes a call to the dialed number.
Missed Calls
Makes a call to the Missed calls number.
International Call
Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.
Call <name>
Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either Quick Dial or Phonebook. Please say "Call" followed by a stored name.
Change Number
Corrects the recognized phone number (available during phone number entry).
4-136 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Information Commands: Y51D-V-E01-7E2D464B-149D-4C2D-8DC8-639652514909
Command
Fuel Economy
Displays fuel economy information.
Maintenance
Displays maintenance information.
Tire Pressure (if so equipped)
Displays tire pressure information
Where am I?
Displays your current location.
Traffic Information
Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.
Weather Information
Displays weather information.
Weather Map
Displays a weather map.
Action
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-137
Audio Commands: Y51D-V-E01-9370ADED-021D-447F-A104-E502C4DF90B4
Command
Action
CD
Starts to play a CD.
FM
Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.
AM
Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.
XM
Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.
USB Bluetooth Audio
Turns on the USB memory. Turns on the Bluetooth® audio player.
4-138 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Help Commands: Y51D-V-E01-BF71CE18-9927-41C0-B470-E509EEB82953
Command
Action
Command List
Navigation Commands
Displays the navigation command list.
Phone Commands
Displays the phone command list.
Audio Commands
Displays the audio command list.
Information Commands Displays the information command list.
Help Commands
Displays the help command list.
User Guide
Displays the User Guide.
Speaker Adaptation
The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-139
General Commands: Y51D-V-E01-DF86E440-DBF8-4417-AA95-A54E25F512BD
Command
Action
Go back
Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen
Exit
Cancels Voice Recognition
4-140 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2547
Displaying user guide Y51D-V-E01-DAD00871-4E12-4B11-B41B-E9134452062A
You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide, which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands.
1. Push the INFO button on the instrument panel.
2. Select the "Others" key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button.
3. Highlight the "Voice Recognition" key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button.
4. Highlight the "User Guide" key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button.
5. Highlight an item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button.
Available items: Y51D-V-E01-0FBD63DC-AA15-40AD-BFCE-E5BD97F1D823
. Getting Started Describe the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system.
. Let's Practice Mode that allows practicing by following the instructions of the system voice.
. Using the Address Book Refer to Navigation System Owner's Manual.
. Finding a Street Address (if so equipped) Refer to Navigation System Owner's Manual.
. Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation.
. Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system.
. Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recognition settings.
. Adapting the System to Your Voice Tutorial adapting the system to your voice.
USING THE SYSTEM Y51D-V-E01-5AFFBC4E-A807-4D79-A8CF-7E0A29A3295F
Initialization Y51D-V-E01-4FB827EE-EFDB-4EE0-82F3-68F39B244844
When the ignition switch is pushed to the
ON position, INFINITI Voice Recognition is
initialized, which may take up to one
minute. When completed, the system is
ready to accept voice commands. If the
TALK
switch is pushed before the
initialization completes the display will
show the message: "System not ready."
or a beep sounds.
Before starting Y51D-V-E01-8728DB29-6DE0-4AEC-A3EA-B37F5DD00D39
To get the best performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition, observe the following.
. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible. Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands correctly.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-141
. When the air conditioner is in the AUTO mode, the fan speed decreases automatically for easy recognition.
. Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command.
. Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words.
SAA3001
4-142
Giving voice command Y51D-V-E01-033803BF-E542-48CB-8124-C6CD19F7B4B9
1. Push and release the TALK
switch
located on the steering wheel.
2. A list of commands appears on the screen, and the system announces, "Please say a command".
3. After the tone sounds and the icon on
the screen changes from
to ,
speak a command.
Operating tips: Y51D-V-E01-4575F58A-46EB-4D3C-8D2E-2025C39AAAAF
. Voice commands cannot be accepted when the icon is .
. The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting the menu control switch on the
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
steering wheel.
. If the command is not recognized, the system announces, "Please say again". Repeat the command in a clear voice.
. Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen.
. If you want to cancel the command, push and hold the TALK switch for 1 second. The message "Voice canceled" will be announced.
Voice prompt interrupt : GUID-E4FA6056-0B81-4FF2-B06F-9F0FBD94251A
To skip the voice guidance function and
give the command immediately, press the
TALK
switch to interrupt the system.
Remember to speak after the tone.
How to speak numbers: Y51D-V-E01-CA48C0DB-D168-42AC-90D0-23DFE506CDEA
INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands. Refer to the following examples.
General rule
Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (For example, if you would like to say 500, "five zero zero" can be used, but "five hundred" cannot.
Phone numbers
Speak phone numbers according to the following examples:
. 1-800-662-6200
-- "Dial one eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero."
Note 1: For the best voice recognition phone dialing results, say phone numbers as single digits.
Note 2: You cannot say 555-6000 as "five five five six thousands".
Note 3: When speaking a house number, speak the number "0" as "zero". If the letter "o (Oh)" is included in the house number, it will not be recognized as the number "0 (zero)" even if you speak "oh" instead of "zero". Please speak "zero" for the number "0 (zero)", "oh" for the letter "o (oh)".
Send digits using dial tone: GUID-016B5E14-04A4-4A8C-982B-DF9CEC3917D7
. Press the TALK
switch during a
phone call.
. The menu will be launched and you will
be provided with the following gui-
dance: "Please say the digits to dial".
. After guidance, say the digits of the
number you want to send. After this,
the digits that have been recognized will be read out.
. If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the INFINITI controller, the selected digits will be sent.
SAA2549
Speaker adaptation function (for Alternate Command Mode)
Y51D-V-E01-101C2043-4EA6-48BD-9CA2-89473AB42834
The voice recognition system has a function to learn the user's voice for better voice recognition performance. The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons.
Having the system learn the user's voice: Y51D-V-E01-8D2B3032-C38D-4124-BAB7-448F007269FC
1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the "Others" key.
2. Select the "Voice Recognition" key.
3. Select the "Speaker Adaptation" key.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-143
SAA2550
4. Select the user whose voice is memorized by the system.
5. Select the "Start Speaker Adaptation Learning" key.
SAA2551
6. Select a category to be learned by the system from the following list. . Phone Commands . Navigation Commands . Information Commands . Audio Commands . Help Commands The voice commands in the category are displayed.
7. Select a voice command and then push the ENTER button.
The voice recognition system starts.
SAA2552
8. The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone.
9. After the tone sounds and the icon on
the screen changes from
to ,
speak the command that the system
requested.
10. When the system has recognized the voice command, the voice of the user is learned.
Push the
switch or BACK button to
return to the previous screen.
If the system has learned the command correctly, the voice command status on the right side of the command turns from
4-144 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
"None" to "Stored".
SAA2553
Speaker Adaptation function settings: Y51D-V-E01-77C6A601-1D28-41AE-9289-B2A3A9899752
Edit User Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen. Delete Voice Data Resets the user's voice that the voice recognition system has learned. Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON, you can have the system learn the voice commands in succession, without selecting commands one by one.
Minimize voice feedback (for Alternate Command Mode)
Y51D-V-E01-47D826E1-4867-497B-A4DF-5C3658BFE059
To minimize the voice feedback from the system, perform the following steps.
1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel.
2. Select the "Others" key.
3. Select the "Voice Recognition" key.
4. Select the "Minimize Voice Feedback" key.
5. The setting is turned to ON and the voice guidance will now be reduced when using the Voice Recognition system.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-145
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Y51D-V-E01-AD6B5BD1-5F66-4880-B4BB-AABD3B4F264B
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom/error message The system fails to interpret the command correctly.
Solution 1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see "Command List" (P.4-128). 2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level. 3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on. NOTE: If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.
4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.
The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See "Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
the Quick Dial.
System (models with navigation system)" (P.4-97).)
2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.
4-146 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
5 Starting and driving
Precautions when starting and driving ................... 5-4 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................... 5-4 Three-way catalyst .......................................... 5-5 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ......... 5-5 Avoiding collision and rollover ........................ 5-8 Off-road recovery ............................................ 5-8 Rapid air pressure loss ................................... 5-9 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ................. 5-9 Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) driving safety precautions (AWD models) ............................ 5-10
Push-button ignition switch ................................. 5-10 Operating range for engine start function ........ 5-11 Push-button ignition switch operation ............. 5-11 Steering lock (if so equipped) ....................... 5-12 Push-button ignition switch positions ........... 5-12 Emergency engine shut off .............................. 5-13 Intelligent Key battery discharge .................. 5-13
Before starting the engine ................................... 5-14 Starting the engine ........................................... 5-14 Driving the vehicle ............................................ 5-15
Automatic transmission ................................ 5-15 Parking brake ...................................................... 5-20 INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ............................. 5-21
Standard mode ............................................. 5-21
Sport mode ................................................. 5-21 Snow mode ................................................. 5-21 Eco mode .................................................... 5-21 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) /Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) (if so equipped) ..................... 5-24 LDW system operation ................................... 5-25 Turning the LDW system ON/OFF .................... 5-26 How to enable/disable the LDW system ......... 5-27 LDP system operation .................................... 5-28 Turning the LDP system ON/OFF .................. 5-29 How to enable/disable the LDP system .......... 5-30 LDW/LDP system limitations .......................... 5-31 System temporarily unavailable ..................... 5-33 System malfunction ....................................... 5-33 System maintenance ................................... 5-34 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if so equipped) ....... 5-34 BSW system operation ................................ 5-36 Turning the BSW system ON/OFF ................. 5-37 How to enable/disable the BSW system ...... 5-38 BSW system limitations ................................. 5-39 BSW driving situations ................................ 5-40 System temporarily unavailable ..................... 5-43 System malfunction ....................................... 5-44 System maintenance ................................... 5-44
Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) (if so equipped) ....................................................... 5-45
BSI system operation ...................................... 5-46 Turning the BSI system ON/OFF ....................... 5-48 How to enable/disable the BSI system ............ 5-48 BSI system limitations .................................. 5-49 BSI driving situations ...................................... 5-50 System temporarily unavailable .................... 5-56 System malfunction ...................................... 5-56 System maintenance ....................................... 5-57 Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) (if so equipped) ....................................................... 5-58 BCI system operation ................................... 5-60 Turning the BCI system ON/OFF ....................... 5-63 How to enable/disable the BCI system ............ 5-64 BCI system limitations .................................. 5-66 System temporarily unavailable .................... 5-67 System malfunction ...................................... 5-68 System maintenance ....................................... 5-68 Cruise control (if so equipped) .......................... 5-69 Precautions on cruise control ....................... 5-69 Cruise control operations .............................. 5-69 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped) ....................................................... 5-71 How to select the cruise control mode .......... 5-73 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ......... 5-73 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode ................................................ 5-90
Distance Control Assist (DCA) (if so equipped) ... 5-94 DCA system operation ................................. 5-96 Turning the DCA system ON/OFF ................. 5-99 How to enable/disable the DCA system ..... 5-100 DCA system display and indicators .............. 5-101 DCA system limitations ................................ 5-101 System temporarily unavailable ................... 5-105 System malfunction ..................................... 5-107 System maintenance ................................. 5-107
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) (if so equipped) .................................................. 5-108
FEB system operation ................................ 5-110 Turning the FEB system ON/OFF ................... 5-111 FEB system limitations .............................. 5-112 System temporarily unavailable ................... 5-113 System malfunction ..................................... 5-114 System maintenance ................................. 5-114 Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) (if so equipped) .................................................. 5-115 PFCW system operation ............................. 5-117 Turning the PFCW system ON/OFF ................ 5-118 PFCW system limitations .............................. 5-121 System temporarily unavailable ................... 5-122 System malfunction ..................................... 5-122 System maintenance ................................. 5-123 Break-in schedule .......................................... 5-124 Fuel efficient driving tips ................................ 5-124 Increasing fuel economy ................................. 5-125
Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) ..................................................... 5-126 Parking/parking on hills .................................... 5-127 Power steering ................................................ 5-128 Brake system .................................................. 5-129
Braking precautions ...................................... 5-129 Parking brake break-in .................................. 5-129 Brake assist .................................................... 5-130 Brake assist .................................................. 5-130 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .................. 5-130 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ............... 5-131 Active trace control (if so equipped) ............ 5-132 Rise-up and build-up ..................................... 5-132 Brake force distribution .............................. 5-132
Hill Start Assist system ..................................... 5-133 Cold weather driving ......................................... 5-134
Freeing a frozen door lock ......................... 5-134 Antifreeze .................................................... 5-134 Battery ...................................................... 5-134 Draining of coolant water .......................... 5-134 Tire equipment .......................................... 5-134 Special winter equipment ......................... 5-134 Driving on snow or ice ................................. 5-134 Engine block heater (if so equipped) ......... 5-135 Active noise cancellation ................................ 5-136
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING
Y51D-V-E01-5E9F6826-E366-4CA8-A25F-30A9D8D41D04
WARNING
. Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.
. Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured. Keep the car locked, with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use, and prevent children's access to car keys.
EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) Y51D-V-E01-BD7897F9-A61E-41DB-ADF1-D5A23F7D7029
WARNING
. Do not breathe exhaust gases; they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.
. If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle, drive with all windows fully open, and have the vehicle inspected immediately.
. Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage.
. Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time.
. Keep the trunk lid closed while driving, otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment. If you must drive with the trunk lid open, follow these precautions:
1) Open all the windows.
2) Set the
air recirculation to off
and the fan control to high to
circulate the air.
. If electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body, follow the manufacturer's recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle.
. The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever:
-- The vehicle is raised for service.
-- You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment.
-- You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system.
-- You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system, underbody, or rear of the vehicle.
5-4 Starting and driving
THREE-WAY CATALYST Y51D-V-E01-7B30066F-F327-4FBC-9926-F97EA49A5335
The three-way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.
WARNING
. The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep people, animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components.
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.
CAUTION
. Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three-way catalyst's ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants.
. Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel
flow into the three-way catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do not keep driving if the engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected. Have the vehicle inspected promptly. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the threeway catalyst.
. Do not race the engine while warming it up.
. Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
Y51D-V-E01-7446E60A-99AE-4231-B060-531A4A4212AC
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction,
Starting and driving 5-5
the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
Additional information Y51D-V-E01-E2788307-A48C-48C5-80A6-AA66F3015BBF
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, the TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire.
. The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while driving).
5-6 Starting and driving
. The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.
. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears in the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off.
The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.
. Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle's operation and the outside temperature. Do not reduce the tire pressure after driving because the tire pressure rises after driving. Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower
tire inflation pressure. This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature, check the tire pressure for all four tires. . You can also check the pressure of all tires (except the spare tire) on the display screen. The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position. See "TIRE PRESSURE information" (P.4-12). For additional information, see "Low tire pressure warning light" (P.2-15) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.63).
WARNING
. If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates or LOW PRESSURE information is displayed on the monitor screen while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire fail-
ure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated, it is recommended you consult an INFINITI retailer.
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for these services.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.
CAUTION
. The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow.
. Do not place metalized film or any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors, and the TPMS will not function properly.
Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. Some examples are: . Facilities or electric devices using simi-
lar radio frequencies are near the vehicle. . If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle.
. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle.
Low tire pressure warning light may illuminate in the following cases.
. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and tire without TPMS.
. If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID has not been registered.
. If the wheel is not originally specified by INFINITI.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
Starting and driving 5-7
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-
OVER
Y51D-V-E01-047D32A6-0EE4-4F7F-B9F8-E8B12A40EE94
WARNING
Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident.
Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, high speed cornering, or sudden steering maneuvers, because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover, particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to
5-8 Starting and driving
slide sideways. Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs (including prescription or over-thecounter drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the "Seat belts" (P.1-10) and also instruct your passengers to do so.
Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt.
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY Y51D-V-E01-F5A6BE1D-A9F3-43EF-861B-3D13D68A61FE
If driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface. Maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Do not apply the brakes.
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.
4. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced.
6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface. When all tires are on the road surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane.
. If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road.
RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Y51D-V-E01-16543328-232A-49F0-A2DA-1929AFAB3A39
Rapid air pressure loss or a "blow-out" can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway speeds.
Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage. See "Wheels and tires" (P.8-32).
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or "blows-out" while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.
WARNING
The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure. Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury.
. The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire.
. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.
. Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal.
. Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.
3. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible.
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle.
6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see "Changing a flat tire" (P.6-4).
DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND DRIVING
Y51D-V-E01-13296C69-D1F5-4782-BD1E-984365D4687A
WARNING
Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination, delays reaction time and impairs judgement. Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others. Additionally, if you are injured in an accident, alcohol can increase the severity of the injury.
INFINITI is committed to safe driving. However, you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol. Remember, drinking and driving don't mix! And that is true for drugs, too (over-thecounter, prescription, and illegal drugs).
Starting and driving 5-9
Don't drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.
INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (AWD models)
Y51D-V-E01-08E06FA9-D35F-46BB-B430-9A69FFC70C4E
WARNING
. Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires, even with Intelligent AWD engaged. Accelerating quickly, sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control.
. Always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread pattern on all four wheels. Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully.
. This vehicle is not designed for offroad (rough road) use. Do not drive on sandy or muddy roads that tires may get stuck in.
. For AWD equipped vehicles, do not attempt to raise two wheels off the
5-10 Starting and driving
ground and shift the transmission to any D (Drive) or R (Reverse) position with the engine running. Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
. Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer, (such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing), or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground. Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
. When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface, do not spin the wheel excessively.
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Y51D-V-E01-38A89CFD-17FC-46DB-99D0-3B34CBA9539B
WARNING
Do not operate the push-button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency. (The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds.) If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven, this could lead to a crash and serious injury.
Before operating the push-button ignition switch, be sure to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
SSD0659
Key, to push the ignition switch to start the engine.
. The trunk area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, rear parcel shelf, inside the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may function.
SSD1021
OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION
Y51D-V-E01-6030EAE0-2A71-404A-8C29-FAFDB2EEFD37
The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range.
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system's operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION
Y51D-V-E01-9B8FACA2-29C9-4240-8C27-D00044FE6E2A
When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch position will change as follows:
. Push center once to change to ACC. . Push center two times to change to ON. . Push center three times to change to
OFF. (No position illuminates.) . Push center four times to return to ACC. . Open or close any door to return to
LOCK during the OFF position. If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, the push-button ignition switch cannot be
Starting and driving 5-11
turned from the LOCK position.
Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display between the speedometer and tachometer. (See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-21).)
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to LOCK until the shift lever is moved to the P (Park) position.
When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward the LOCK position, proceed as follows:
1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position.
2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position. The ignition switch position indicator will not illuminate.
3. Open the door. The ignition switch will change to the LOCK position.
The shift lever can be moved from the P (Park) position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed.
STEERING LOCK (if so equipped) GUID-9922DFC4-09F9-4894-AEC7-F19395815E1B
In order for the steering wheel to be locked, it must be turned about 1/8 of a right or left turn from the straight up position.
To lock the steering wheel, push the ignition switch to the OFF position. To unlock the steering wheel, push the ignition switch. If the steering lock release malfunction indicator appears on the vehicle information display, push the push-button ignition switch again while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left. (See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-21).)
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS
Y51D-V-E01-2229A0DC-A631-4E4A-A7EC-3313996B03AA
LOCK (Normal parking position) Y51D-V-E01-E2F507CB-64CA-4F58-89D1-B22BC61E9D0F
The ignition switch can only be locked in this position.
The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key.
ACC (Accessories) Y51D-V-E01-5A3655C9-DAC6-49A0-A52C-85946FA4D08D
This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio, when the engine
is not running.
ACC has a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position after a period of time under the following conditions:
. all doors are closed. . shift lever is in P (Park). The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur:
. any door is opened. . shift lever is moved out of P (Park). . ignition switch changes position.
ON (Normal operating position) Y51D-V-E01-D069FD06-4A4C-4C0D-9E4B-ADF4B3227F3C
This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories.
ON has a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position, if the vehicle is not running, after some time under the following conditions:
. all doors are closed. . shift lever is in P (Park). The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur:
. any door is opened. . shift lever is moved out of the P (Park)
position.
5-12 Starting and driving
. ignition switch changes position.
OFF
Y51D-V-E01-947259CA-5798-448F-A988-0028B6E8B42E
The engine can be turned off in this
position.
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the shift lever is moved to the P (Park) position.
CAUTION
Do not leave the vehicle with the pushbutton ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended period. This can discharge the battery.
EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF Y51D-V-E01-B97EFA74-7631-43F4-BB12-722169CB72A8
To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving, perform the following procedure:
. Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or
. Push and hold the push-button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds.
SSD0860
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE
Y51D-V-E01-881AEDE4-EC8A-459A-A547-0DBF545170CF
If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged, or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation, start the engine according to the following procedure:
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
2. Firmly apply the foot brake.
3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)
4. Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds. The engine will start.
After step 3 is performed, when the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch position will change to ACC.
NOTE: . When the ignition switch is pushed to
the ACC or ON position or the engine is started by the above procedures, the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears on the vehicle information display even if the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. To turn off the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator, touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again.
. If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears, replace the battery as soon as possible. (See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.8-26).)
Starting and driving 5-13
BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE
Y51D-V-E01-07A09103-0621-4AD1-9346-3CE162BEDDB5
. Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear.
. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, coolant, brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible, or at least whenever you refuel.
. Check that all windows and lights are clean.
. Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition. Also check tires for proper inflation.
. Lock all doors. . Position seat and adjust head re-
straints. . Adjust inside and outside mirrors. . Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-
gers to do likewise. . Check the operation of warning lights
when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. (See "Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders" (P.2-11).)
5-14 Starting and driving
STARTING THE ENGINE
Y51D-V-E01-15E689F6-66C8-4808-987F-20991B32D7B4
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
The starter is designed not to operate unless the shift lever is in either of the above positions.
3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position. Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine.
To start the engine immediately, push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position. . If the engine is very hard to start in
extremely cold weather or when restarting, depress the accelerator pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the floor) and while holding, crank the engine. Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts. . If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded, depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it. Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF. After
cranking the engine, release the accelerator pedal. Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push-button ignition switch to start the engine. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedure.
CAUTION
Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again, otherwise the starter could be damaged.
4. Warm-up
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting. Do not race the engine while warming it up. Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first, especially in cold weather. In cold weather, keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start.
When racing the engine up to 4,000 rpm (VK56VD engine) or 4,500 rpm (VQ37VHR engine) or more under no load condition, the engine will enter the fuel cut mode.
5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever to the P (Park) position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
In preparation for the next engine start, the engine may have a slightly delayed shutoff after pushing the ignition switch to the OFF position, depending on the driving conditions (VK56VD engine models).
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of electro-
nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.
DRIVING THE VEHICLE
Y51D-V-E01-3ADAC877-F0EE-4EEE-B344-6B3344CBF91D
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Y51D-V-E01-658E6FAE-D0C8-4287-8C2F-7C3405FB31DD
The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmission control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation.
Shown on the following pages are the recommended operating procedures for this transmission. Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment.
Starting the vehicle Y51D-V-E01-4DAD59A5-630D-4CAA-B791-6073B0B64774
After starting the engine, fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the shift lever button before shifting the shift lever to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode position. Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the shift lever.
This automatic transmission model is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P (Park) to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON.
The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P (Park) position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position.
1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the shift lever button to shift into a driving gear.
2. Release the parking brake and foot brake, then gradually start the vehicle in motion.
WARNING
. Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or manual shift mode. Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed. Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident.
. Cold engine idle speed is high, so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up.
. Never shift to either P (Park) or R (Reverse) position while the vehicle is moving forward and P (Park) or D (Drive) position while the vehicle is reversing. This could cause an accident or damage the transmission.
. Do not downshift abruptly on slippery
Starting and driving 5-15
roads. This may cause a loss of control.
CAUTION
. Except in an emergency, do not shift to the N (Neutral) position while driving. Coasting with the transmission in the N (Neutral) position may cause serious damage to the transmission.
. To avoid possible damage to your vehicle; when stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should be used for this purpose.
5-16 Starting and driving
WARNING
Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage.
Shift lever To move the shift lever,
SSD0973
: Push the button while depressing the brake pedal,
: Push the button,
: Just move the shift lever.
Shifting Y51D-V-E01-41D731C7-80D2-4187-9850-D9937B0D67A0
After starting the engine, fully depress the brake pedal and shift the shift lever from P (Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode position.
Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R (Reverse). All other positions can be selected without pushing the button.
CAUTION
Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and the transmission is in the P (Park) position.
P (Park) position: Y51D-V-E01-F7112F84-B4DC-42FF-BAAF-071602CB6FBF
Use this position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from the N (Neutral) position or any drive position to the P (Park) position. Apply the parking brake. When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake first, then move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.
CAUTION
Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped.
R (Reverse): Y51D-V-E01-5BBEB2A5-9023-4550-95C0-53D9342B4C88
Use this position to back up. Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from the P (Park) position, the N (Neutral) position or any drive position to the R (Reverse) position.
N (Neutral): Y51D-V-E01-7C434B32-54B2-46F4-87EC-792C655B2A71
Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The engine can be started in this position. You may shift to the N (Neutral) position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving.
D (Drive): Y51D-V-E01-E97AC6AB-B7A0-48E0-9627-FB767E968728
Use this position for all normal forward driving.
SSD1099
Paddle shifters (if so equipped)
Manual shift mode Y51D-V-E01-BF0A9AA6-6CFA-4D8F-90F4-568EAE9C1B74
When the shift lever is in the manual shift gate, the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode. Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the shift lever up or down, or pulling the right-side or leftside paddle shifter (if so equipped).
When shifting up, move the shift lever to the + (up) side or pull the right-side paddle
shifter (+) *A (if so equipped). The
transmission shifts to the higher range.
When shifting down, move the shift lever to the - (down) side or pull the left-side
paddle shifter (-) *B (if so equipped). The
transmission shifts to the lower range.
When canceling the manual shift mode, return the shift lever to the D (Drive) position. The transmission returns to the normal driving mode.
When you pull the paddle shifter while in the D (Drive) position, the transmission will shift to the upper or lower range temporarily. The transmission will automatically return to the D (Drive) position after a short period of time. If you want to return to the D (Drive) position manually, pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1.5 seconds.
In the manual shift mode, the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter.
Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:
M1
? /
M2
? /
M3
? /
M4
? /
M5
? /
M6
? /
M7
M7 (7th): Y51D-V-E01-8818CEC9-1012-4A12-B8E7-064863D22707
Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds.
M6 (6th) and M5 (5th): Y51D-V-E01-EC16CB55-FA2E-46EC-A526-85DDADC329C2
Use these positions when driving up long slopes, or for engine braking when driving down long slopes.
Starting and driving 5-17
M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd): Y51D-V-E01-248C4169-C665-4573-A2F9-788C7CEBED44
Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades.
M1 (1st): Y51D-V-E01-D6AC9016-E401-43B2-B128-AA47889CE0F2
Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow, or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades.
. Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7th gear. This reduces fuel economy.
. Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession.
. In the manual shift mode, the transmission may not shift to the selected gear or may automatically shift to the other gear. This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control.
. When the transmission does not shift to the selected gear, the Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator light (on the vehicle information display) will blink and the buzzer will sound.
5-18 Starting and driving
. In the manual shift mode, the transmission automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop. When accelerating again, it is necessary to shift up to the desired range.
Accelerator downshift -- In D (Drive) position --
Y51D-V-E01-542E1187-7AE3-48BD-B45E-F631844299CE
For passing or hill climbing, fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear, depending on the vehicle speed.
Fail-safe Y51D-V-E01-B4B41F66-217F-4211-9BB6-5500BD56819F
When the fail-safe operation occurs, note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition.
If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions, such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe system may be activated. This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly. In this case, push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds. Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position. The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition. If it does not return to its
normal operating condition, have the transmission checked and repaired, if necessary. It is recommended you visit a an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SSD0974
Shift lock release Y51D-V-E01-4CBF5E46-C9E6-41B4-940F-F90ECD96A65E
If the battery charge is low or discharged, the shift lever may not be moved from the P (Park) position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pushed.
To move the shift lever, perform the following procedure:
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Remove the shift lock cover *A using a
suitable tool.
4. Push down the shift lock *B as
illustrated.
5. Push the shift lever button *C and
move the shift lever to N (Neutral)
position *D while holding down the
shift lock.
Push the ignition switch to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel (if so equipped). Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location.
For models with a steering wheel lock mechanism: If the battery is discharged completely, the steering wheel cannot be unlocked. Do not move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked.
If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park), have the automatic transmission system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Adaptive Shift Control (ASC) GUID-2BE0D0DF-855C-4440-8D03-E1AE9EF912E9
The adaptive shift control system automatically operates when the transmission is in the "D" (drive) position and selects an appropriate gear depending on the road conditions such as uphill, downhill or curving roads.
Control on uphill and curving roads: GUID-9F5734E6-2F6C-4CB3-8BE7-B412E0433748
A low gear is maintained that suits the degree of the slope or curve to allow smooth driving with a small number of shifts.
Control on downhill roads: GUID-E38D9608-C5AE-47FF-81F3-C77A3D1D4450
The adaptive shift control system shifts to a low gear that suits the degree of the slope, and uses the engine braking to reduce the number of times that the brake must be used.
Control on winding roads: GUID-707C61D1-8F07-4BBD-BAF7-D61B5A87C9DC
A low gear is maintained on continuous curves that involve repeated acceleration and deceleration, so that smooth acceleration is available instantly when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
NOTE: . Adaptive shift control may not operate
when the transmission oil temperature is low immediately after the start of driving or when it is very hot. . During some driving situations, hard braking for example, the adaptive shift control may automatically operate. The transmission may automatically shift to a lower gear for engine braking. This increases engine speed but not vehicle
Starting and driving 5-19
speed. Vehicle speed is controlled by the accelerator pedal when the vehicle is in the Adaptive shift control mode.
. When the adaptive shift control operates, the transmission sometimes maintains a lower gear for a longer period of time than when adaptive shift control is not operating. Engine speed will be higher for a specific vehicle speed while ASC system is operating than when ASC is not operating.
PARKING BRAKE
Y51D-V-E01-C6728743-9B18-47D2-8752-6DFF42B12BAC
WARNING
. Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving. Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident.
. Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle.
. Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake. When parking, be sure the parking brake is fully engaged.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
SPA2331
To apply: Fully depress the parking brake
pedal *1 .
To release:
1. Firmly apply the foot brake *2 . 2. Depress the parking brake pedal *1
and the parking brake will be released.
3. Before driving, be sure the brake warning light goes out.
5-20 Starting and driving
INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR
Y51D-V-E01-C0EEA0E7-8281-43A9-B50B-279933178972
SSD1024
INFINITI Drive Mode Selector Four driving modes can be selected by using the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector, STANDARD, SPORT, ECO and SNOW. NOTE: . When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
selects a mode, the mode may not switch quickly. This is not a malfunction. . Select the STANDARD mode for normal driving.
STANDARD MODE Y51D-V-E01-2A69D9CF-8968-4411-B1B1-678B5A8E1A41
Recommended for normal driving. Turn the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector to the position. "STANDARD" appears in the vehicle information display for 2 seconds.
SPORT MODE Y51D-V-E01-12F87C14-3739-48A8-BB8F-4BD7B2C4BCBD
Adjusts the engine and transmission points to enhance performance. If the vehicle is equipped with the active trace control system, the amount of brake control provided by active trace control is reduced. (See "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system" (P.5-131).) Turn the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector to the SPORT position. "SPORT" appears in the vehicle information display for 2 seconds.
NOTE:
In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may be reduced.
SNOW MODE Y51D-V-E01-2CF0CF99-743E-4A2F-B896-63241986BC6D
Used on snowy roads or slippery areas. When the SNOW mode is activated, engine output is controlled to avoid wheel spin. Turn the SNOW mode off for normal driving. Turn the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector to the SNOW position. "SNOW" appears in the vehicle information display for 2 seconds.
ECO MODE Y51D-V-E01-83A58480-0586-4801-B32F-A1E3F28863D3
Adjusts engine and transmission points to enhance fuel economy.
NOTE:
Selecting this drive mode will not necessarily improve fuel economy as many driving factors influence its effectiveness.
Operation Y51D-V-E01-9412D164-939D-4D3B-8652-D9F79E95161C
Turn the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector to the ECO position. "ECO" appears in the vehicle information display for 2 seconds and the ECO drive indicator light illuminates on the instrument panel.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed within the range of economy drive, the ECO drive indicator light illuminates in green. When the accelerator pedal is depressed above the range of economy drive, the color of the ECO drive indicator light changes to orange. For ECO pedal system equipped models see "ECO pedal system" (P.5-22).
The ECO drive indicator light will not illuminate in the following cases:
. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
Starting and driving 5-21
. When the vehicle speed is below 3 MPH (4.8 km/h) or over 90 MPH (144 km/h).
. When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (if so equipped) is operated.
ECO pedal system (if so equipped) Y51D-V-E01-B5B27020-9063-4D1B-930D-616910390508
Helps assist the driver to improve fuel economy by increasing the reaction force of the accelerator pedal. When the ECO drive indicator light is blinking or turns orange, the ECO pedal system increases the reaction force of the accelerator pedal.
5-22 Starting and driving
SSD1041
When the ECO drive indicator illuminates in green, the accelerator reaction force is normal. When the ECO drive indicator light is blinking or turns orange, the ECO pedal system increases the reaction force of the accelerator pedal.
The ECO pedal system may not vary accelerator reaction force under the following conditions:
. When the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) or R (Reverse) position.
. When Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) is being operated.
If the ECO pedal system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. The ECO pedal
system will not vary the reaction force of the accelerator pedal.
When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is rotated from the ECO mode to another mode (STANDARD, SPORT or SNOW) while the ECO pedal system is operating, the ECO pedal system continues to operate until the pedal is released.
If the accelerator pedal is depressed quickly, the ECO pedal system will not increase the reaction force of the acceleration pedal. The ECO pedal system is not designed to prevent the vehicle from accelerating.
Adjusting the ECO pedal system reaction
force:
Y51D-V-E01-465F7B5E-45A3-47D1-BD61-5BB28191CCCB
The ECO pedal system reaction force can be
adjusted. The reaction force setting will be
maintained until the setting is changed
even if the engine is turned off.
Setting ECO pedal reaction force: Y51D-V-E01-767EFC07-15ED-4E70-B9F6-033A640C3066
1. Push the SETTING button *1 and high-
light the ECO DRIVE key on the display
using the INFINITI controller. Then push
the ENTER button *2 .
2. Highlight the ECO pedal key and push
the ENTER button *2 .
SSD0939 SSD1001
SSD1025
3. To set the reaction force of the ECO pedal system, highlight "Standard" or "Soft".
4. To turn off the ECO pedal system, highlight the OFF key, select ON and
push the ENTER button *2 . When the
ECO pedal system is tuned off, the accelerator will operate normally.
Starting and driving 5-23
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) /LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) (if so equipped)Y51D-V-E01-B38D282D-E381-4226-9B23-062B3E7AA6E8
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW and LDP systems could result in serious personal injury or death.
. The LDW and LDP systems will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. The LDP system may activate if you change lanes without first activating your turn signal or, for example, if a construction zone directs traffic to cross an existing lane marker. If this occurs, you may need to apply corrective steering to complete your lane change.
. Because the LDP system may not activate under the road, weather, and lane marker conditions described in this section, it may not activate every time your vehicle begins to leave its lane and you will need to apply corrective steering.
. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system
-- warns the driver with a warning light and chime that the vehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane.
. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system
-- warns the driver with a warning light and chime, and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane by applying the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time).
JVS0691X
The LDW and LDP systems use a camera *A
installed behind the windshield to monitor the lane markers of your traveling lane.
5-24 Starting and driving
*1 LDP ON indicator light/LDW indicator
light (on the instrument panel)
*2 Center display *3 Warning systems switch *4 Dynamic driver assistance switch *5 Center multi-function control panel
LDW SYSTEM OPERATION GUID-0B5C42DA-838E-4E22-804B-0A56CB6C1D4C
The LDW system operates above approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and when the lane markings are clear. If the vehicle approaches either the left or right side of the traveling lane, the LDW indicator light (orange) on the instrument panel will flash and a warning chime will sound. NOTE: The LDW system is not designed to warn when you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The LDW system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off.)
JVS0692X
Starting and driving 5-25
(BSW) systems at the same time.
*1 Warning systems switch *2 Warning systems ON indicator light
TURNING THE LDW SYSTEM ON/OFF Y51D-V-E01-2391B14F-5202-4D89-899F-8F7E17F895CD
The warning systems switch *1 is used to
turn on and off the LDW system when it is activated using the settings menu on the
5-26 Starting and driving
JVS0694X
center display. See "How to enable/disable the LDW system" (P.5-27). When the warn-
ing systems switch *1 is turned off, the warning systems ON indicator light *2 on
the switch is off.
The warning systems switch *1 will turn on
and off the LDW and Blind Spot Warning
SSD0939
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDW
SYSTEM
GUID-5D4D0FCE-7292-4390-BC0D-D7430B968B9A
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the LDW system.
1. Push the SETTING button *1 and high-
light the "Driver Assistance" key on the
display using the INFINITI controller.
Then push the ENTER button *2 .
2. Highlight the "Driver Assistance Warn-
ings" key, and push the ENTER button
*2 .
JVS0473X
3. Highlight the "Lane Departure Warning" key, select ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) and push the ENTER button
*2 .
SSD1001
Starting and driving 5-27
LDP SYSTEM OPERATION Y51D-V-E01-D11B0416-778F-476C-9CAA-E313B05913FE
The LDP system operates above approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and when the lane markings are clear.
If the vehicle approaches either the left or right side of the traveling lane, the LDW indicator light (orange) on the instrument panel will flash and a warning chime will sound. Then, the LDP system will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.
NOTE: . The LDP system is not designed to work
when you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The LDP system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off.)
. The LDP braking assist will not operate or will stop operating and only a warning chime will sound under the following conditions.
-- When the brake pedal is depressed.
-- When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary for the vehicle to
change lanes.
-- When the accelerator pedal is depressed while brake control assist is provided.
-- When the ICC, DCA, BSI, BSW, PFCW or FEB warnings sound.
-- When the hazard warning flashers are operated.
-- When driving on a curve at a high speed.
. While the LDP system is operating, you may hear a sound of brake operation. This is normal and indicates that the LDP system is operating properly.
5-28 Starting and driving
*1 LDP ON indicator light (green) (on the
instrument panel)
*2 Center display *3 Dynamic driver assistance switch *4 Center multi-function control panel
JVS0695X
TURNING THE LDP SYSTEM ON/OFF GUID-C0D5B7BC-EAF6-41B2-BBC4-9646B3E234ED
To turn on the LDP system, push the
dynamic driver assistance switch *3 on
the steering wheel after starting the engine. The LDP ON indicator light (green)
*1 on the instrument panel will illuminate.
Push the dynamic driver assistance switch
*3 again to turn off the LDP system. The LDP ON indicator light (green) *1 will turn
off.
The dynamic driver assistance switch *3 is
used for the LDP, Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) and Distance Control Assist (DCA) systems.
When the dynamic driver assistance switch
*3 is pushed, the BSI and DCA systems
will also turn on or off simultaneously. The LDP system can be individually set to on or
off on the center display *2 and using the center multi-function control panel *4 .
If the system is set to off, the system will not turn on even if the dynamic driver
assistance switch *3 is pushed to on. To
set the system to on or off on the center display, see "How to enable/disable the LDP system" (P.5-30).
Starting and driving 5-29
SSD0939
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDP
SYSTEM
GUID-FBDC2F4D-6267-44BE-AA3B-4567F2E2FBE3
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the LDP system.
1. Push the SETTING button *1 and high-
light the "Driver Assistance" key on the
display using the INFINITI controller.
Then push the ENTER button *2 .
2. Highlight the "Dynamic Assistance Set-
tings" key, and push the ENTER button
*2 .
SSD1002
3. To enable/disable the LDP system, highlight the "Lane Departure Prevention" key, select ON or OFF and push
the ENTER button *2 .
For the BSI and DCA systems, see "Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)" (P.5-45) and "Distance Control Assist (DCA)" (P.5-94).
5-30 Starting and driving
SSD1001
LDW/LDP SYSTEM LIMITATIONS GUID-843EFC91-1B87-4CDA-9F36-AD77531DBED2
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the LDW and LDP systems. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The system will not operate at speeds below 45 MPH (70 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane markers.
. The LDP system is primarily intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways. It may not detect the lane markers in certain roads, weather or driving conditions.
. Do not use the LDP system under the following conditions as it may not function properly:
-- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
-- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow, etc.
-- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
-- When there is a lane closure due to road repairs.
-- When driving in a makeshift or temporary lane.
-- When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.
-- When driving without normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).
-- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
. The camera may not detect lane markers in the following situations and the LDW and LDP systems may not operate properly.
-- On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers, lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly, yellow painted lane markers, nonstandard lane markers, or lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.
-- On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable.
-- On roads where there are sharp curves.
-- On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road repairs. (The LDW and LDP systems could detect these items as lane markers.)
-- On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.
-- When the vehicle's traveling direction does not align with the lane marker.
-- When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range.
-- When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit.
-- When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.
-- When strong light enters the lane camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
Starting and driving 5-31
-- When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
. Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.
5-32 Starting and driving
*1 LDP ON indicator light (green) (on the
instrument panel)
*2 Warning systems ON indicator light *3 Dynamic driver assistance switch
JVS0693X
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-
ABLE
Y51D-V-E01-0B0A10AE-593E-4626-BBFE-8D84CAD69C22
Condition A:
Under the following conditions, a beep will
sound and the LDP system will be canceled
automatically. The LDP ON indicator light
(green) *1 will blink, and the LDP system
cannot be activated:
. When the VDC system (except TCS function) or ABS operates.
. When the VDC system is turned off.
. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned to the SNOW mode.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
turn off the LDP system. Push the dynamic
driver assistance switch *3 again to turn
the LDP system back on.
Condition B:
LDW system: If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 1048F (408C)) and then the LDW system is turned on, the LDW system may be deactivated automatically, and the warning systems ON
indicator light *2 on the switch will blink.
LDP system: If the vehicle is parked in
direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 1048F (408C)) and then the LDP system is turned on, the LDP system will be turned off automatically, a beep will sound and the
LDP ON indicator light (green) *1 will blink.
The LDW and LDP systems are not available until the conditions no longer exist.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the LDW system will resume automatically.
For the LDP system, push the dynamic
driver assistance switch *3 again to turn
the LDP system back on.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION GUID-A19868D5-0845-40E5-97AC-78BE064C3804
LDW system: When the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically, and the LDW indicator light (orange) will illuminate.
LDP system: When the LDP system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a beep will sound, and the LDW indicator light (orange) will illuminate.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the
LDW indicator light (orange) continues to illuminate, have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Starting and driving 5-33
JVS0691X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Y51D-V-E01-1AE0B264-9E99-4E16-A13F-E0CF9B775F22
The lane camera unit *A for the LDW/LDP
systems is located above the inside mirror.
To keep the proper operation of the LDW/ LDP systems and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean. . Do not attach a sticker (including
transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit. . Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the cam-
5-34 Starting and driving
era unit's capability of detecting the lane markers.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. It is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer if the camera unit is damaged due to an accident.
BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (if so equipped)
GUID-E1F9C1C9-F229-4389-B62F-62C36E6BBEBB
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the BSW system could result in serious injury or death.
. The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the BSW system.
. There is a limitation to the detection capability of the radar. Not every moving object or vehicle will be detected. Using the BSW system under some road, ground, lane marker, traffic or weather conditions could lead to improper system operation. Always rely on your own operation to avoid accidents.
The BSW system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes.
JVS0707X
The BSW system uses radar sensors *A
installed near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles in an adjacent lane.
SSD1030
Detection zone The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.
Starting and driving 5-35
*1 Side indicator light *2 BSW system warning light *3 Center display *4 Warning systems switch *5 Center multi-function control panel
5-36 Starting and driving
JVS0708X
BSW SYSTEM OPERATION Y51D-V-E01-32E603AE-BDF4-490E-B5AC-9FF1A64159F4
The BSW system operates above approximately 20 MPH (32 km/h).
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
detection zone, the side indicator light *1
illuminates.
If the turn signal is then activated, the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. The side indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone.
NOTE: . The side indicator light illuminates for a
few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
. The brightness of the side indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light.
. If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal, then only the side indicator light flashes and no chime sounds. For additional information, refer to "BSW driving situations" (P.5-40).
*1 Warning systems switch *2 Warning systems ON indicator light
TURNING THE BSW SYSTEM ON/OFF GUID-237C3B6E-4FBE-4E48-9FE7-24642C5971DE
The warning systems switch *1 is used to
turn on and off the BSW system when it is activated using the settings menu on the
center display. See "How to enable/disable the BSW system" (P.5-38). When the warn-
ing systems switch *1 is turned off, the warning systems ON indicator light *2 on
the switch is off.
The warning systems switch *1 will turn on
and off the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and BSW systems at the same time.
JVS0694X
Starting and driving 5-37
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSW
SYSTEM
GUID-450348FF-AE1B-4C34-945D-99612FAF06E1
The BSW system can be turned off perma-
nently using the center display.
5-38 Starting and driving
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system.
1. Push the SETTING button *1 and high-
light the "Driver Assistance" key on the display using the INFINITI controller.
Then push the ENTER button *2 .
2. Highlight the "Driver Assistance Warnings" key, and push the ENTER button
*2 .
SSD0939
SSD1001
JVS0473X
3. Highlight the "Blind Spot Warning" key, select ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled)
and push the ENTER button *2 .
BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS GUID-5C0A3FF6-99F4-4B33-8083-A4C5C2476DDB
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the BSW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The BSW system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.
. The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate BSW when certain objects are present such as:
-- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
-- Vehicles such as motorcycles, low height vehicles, or high ground clearance vehicles.
-- Oncoming vehicles.
-- Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate from a stop.
-- A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle.
-- A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.
-- A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly.
-- A vehicle that passes through the detection zone quickly.
. The radar sensor's detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider lane, the radar sensors may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the radar sensors may
detect vehicles driving two lanes away. . The radar sensors are designed to ignore
most stationary objects, however objects such as guardrails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operation condition. . The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles: -- Severe weather
-- Road spray
-- Ice/frost/snow build-up on the vehicle
-- Dirt build-up on the vehicle
. Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.
. Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
Starting and driving 5-39
BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS GUID-DBB18BEE-F8CC-41F7-8850-648DD8EE6C2C Indicator on Indicator off Indicator flashing
5-40 Starting and driving
JVS0737X
Illustration 1 Approaching from behind
Another vehicle approaching from
behind
GUID-0B5D0C58-B5A3-490D-8491-F5232994544F
Illustration 1: The side indicator light
illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection
zone from behind in an adjacent lane.
JVS0738X
Illustration 2 Approaching from behind Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn signal, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect
vehicles which are approaching rapidly from behind.
. If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.
zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.
JVS0739X
Illustration 3 Overtaking another vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle GUID-85261155-35A5-4342-90B2-A3CCC16FC5F9
Illustration 3: The side indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 3 seconds.
The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly.
JVS0740X
Illustration 4 Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE: . When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together. . The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly.
. If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection
Starting and driving 5-41
JVS0741X
Illustration 5 Entering from the side
Entering from the side GUID-CF13B001-E801-4BEE-BF7C-8C68378A45CD
Illustration 5: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side.
JVS0742X
Illustration 6 Entering from the side Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turn signal, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect a
vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone.
. If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.
5-42 Starting and driving
*1 BSW system warning light (orange)
JVS0710X
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-
ABLE
Y51D-V-E01-96B4C4EA-DE72-44A7-840F-25C8167EECC1
When radar blockage is detected, the
system will be turned off automatically, a
beep will sound and the BSW system
warning light (orange) *1 will blink. The
system is not available until the conditions
no longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.
If the BSW system warning light (orange)
*1 continues to blink, have the system
checked. It is recommended you visit an
INFINITI retailer for this service.
Starting and driving 5-43
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Y51D-V-E01-6263365D-39A8-4B44-9991-3BAF2F5D73CE
When the system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a beep will sound and the BSW system warning light (orange) will illuminate. Action to take: Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the BSW system warning light continues to illuminate, have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
5-44 Starting and driving
JVS0480X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE GUID-83F177FD-6648-418A-9899-7B01B8D6BD58
The two radar sensors *1 for the BSW
system are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
ent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
Radio frequency statement GUID-7A5D3FED-9BFE-4BEF-B9DD-6F7F9C79D6BF
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-310 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz -- 24.25GHz
Field Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/m peak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3 m
The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment. Such modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION® (BSI) (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-AE691347-2F2F-4CF9-A4BB-8C5C984C5366
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the BSI system could result in serious injury or death.
. The BSI system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the BSI system.
. There is a limitation to the detection capability of the radar. Not every moving object or vehicle will be detected. Using the BSI system under some road, ground, lane marker, traffic or weather conditions could lead to improper system operation. Always rely on your own operation to avoid accidents.
JVS0734X
The BSI system uses radar sensors *A
installed near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles in an adjacent lane. In addition to the radar sensors, the BSI
system uses a camera *B installed behind
the windshield to monitor the lane markers of your traveling lane.
SSD1030
Detection zone The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated.
This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3 m) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3 m) sideways.
The BSI system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes, and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.
Starting and driving 5-45
*1 Side indicator light *2 BSI ON indicator light (green)/BSI
system warning light (orange)
*3 Center display *4 Dynamic driver assistance switch *5 Center multi-function control panel
5-46 Starting and driving
JVS0703X
BSI SYSTEM OPERATION GUID-ECCA794C-8F52-4331-B3D1-C1C7954BE65F
The BSI system operates above approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h).
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
detection zone, the side indicator light *1
illuminates.
If the turn signal is then activated, the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. The side indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone.
If the BSI system is ON and your vehicle approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light flashes. Then the BSI system slightly applies the brakes to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane. The BSI system operates regardless of turn signal usage.
NOTE: . Warning and system application of the
brakes will only be activated if the side indicator light is already illuminated when your vehicle approaches a lane marker. If another vehicle comes into the detection zone after your vehicle has crossed a lane marker, no warning
or system application of the brakes will be activated. (See "BSI driving situations" (P.5-50).)
. The BSI system is typically activated earlier than the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system when your vehicle is approaching a lane marker.
*1 BSI ON indicator light (green) *2 Center display *3 Dynamic driver assistance switch *4 Center multi-function control panel
JVS0705X
Starting and driving 5-47
TURNING THE BSI SYSTEM ON/OFF GUID-02F8EEC3-AA33-4F7E-AC99-3F8D37069371
To turn on the BSI system, push the
dynamic driver assistance switch *3 on
the steering wheel after starting the engine. The BSI ON indicator light (green)
*1 on the instrumental panel will illumi-
nate.
Push the dynamic driver assistance switch
*3 again to turn off the BSI system. The BSI ON indicator light (green) *1 will turn
off.
The dynamic driver assistance switch *3 is
used for the BSI, Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) and Distance Control Assist (DCA) systems. When the dynamic driver
assistance switch *3 is pushed, the LDP
and DCA systems will also turn on or off simultaneously. The BSI system can be individually set to on or off on the center
display *2 .
If the system is set to off, the system will not turn on even if the dynamic driver
assistance switch *3 is pushed to on. To
set the system to on or off on the center display, see "How to enable/disable the BSI system" (P.5-48).
5-48 Starting and driving
SSD0939
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSI SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-7FAF8BCB-7D1B-4C60-8E45-9C397B4F24BF
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSI system.
1. Push the SETTING button *1 and high-
light the "Driver Assistance" key on the display using the INFINITI controller.
Then push the ENTER button *2 .
2. Highlight the "Dynamic Assistance Settings" key, and push the ENTER button
*2 .
SSD1001
BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS GUID-0685AC7B-A996-40A3-9ACF-9C09F0C16E2B
WARNING
SSD1002
3. Highlight the "Blind Spot Intervention" key, select ON (enabled) or OFF (dis-
abled) and push the ENTER button *2 .
For the LDP and DCA systems, see "Lane Departure Warning (LDW) /Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.5-24) and "Distance Control Assist (DCA)" (P.5-94).
Listed below are the system limitations for the BSI system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The BSI system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.
. The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate BSI when certain objects are present such as:
-- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
-- Vehicles such as motorcycles, low height vehicles, or high ground clearance vehicles.
-- Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate from a stop.
-- Oncoming vehicles.
-- A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle.
-- A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.
-- A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly.
-- A vehicle that passes through the detection zone quickly.
. The radar sensor's detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider lane, the radar sensors may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away.
. The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects, however objects such as guardrails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operation condition.
. The camera may not detect lane markers in the following situations and the BSI system may not operate properly.
-- On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellow painted lane markers; nonstandard lane markers; lane markers
Starting and driving 5-49
covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.
-- On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable.
-- On roads where there are sharp curves.
-- On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road repairs.
-- On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.
-- When the vehicle's traveling direction does not align with the lane markers.
-- When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range.
-- When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of a lane camera unit.
-- When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if aiming is not adjusted properly.
-- When strong light enters a lane camera unit. (For example: light
5-50 Starting and driving
directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
-- When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example: when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
. Do not use the BSI system under the following conditions because the system may not function properly.
-- During bad weather. (For example: rain, fog, snow, etc.)
-- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow, etc.
-- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
-- When there is a lane closure due to road repairs.
-- When driving in a makeshift or temporary lane.
-- When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.
-- When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).
-- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
. Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS GUID-B2D19108-644E-40C2-A3ED-177B876F77E1
Indicator on
Indicator off
Indicator flashing
JVS0737X
Illustration 1 Approaching from behind
Another vehicle approaching from behind
Y51D-V-E01-7BD4E907-8AB7-4465-9DFB-FE8C1CFC0C8C
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane.
JVS0738X
Illustration 2 Approaching from behind Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn signal, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
JVS0760X
Illustration 3 Approaching from behind Illustration 3: If the BSI system is on and your vehicle approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light flashes. Then the BSI system slightly applies the brakes to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane.
NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect
vehicles which are approaching rapidly from behind.
. If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection
Starting and driving 5-51
zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.
JVS0739X
Illustration 4 Overtaking another vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle Y51D-V-E01-83D26A68-4FBD-4C29-B43E-C40887122F65
Illustration 4: The side indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 3 seconds.
JVS0740X
Illustration 5 Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
5-52 Starting and driving
. The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly.
. If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.
JVS0761X
Illustration 6 Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 6: If the BSI system is on and your vehicle approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light flashes. Then, the BSI system slightly applies the brakes on the appropriate side to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane.
NOTE: . When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together.
JVS0741X
Illustration 7 Entering from the side
Entering from the side Y51D-V-E01-53F2824B-F010-420C-8EBD-1494B649A0C6
Illustration 7: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side. NOTE: The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone.
Starting and driving 5-53
JVS0742X
Illustration 8 Entering from the side Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the side indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice.
NOTE:
If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when another vehicle is detected.
JVS0761X
Illustration 9 Entering from the side Illustration 9: If the BSI system is on and your vehicle approaches the lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light flashes. Then, the BSI system slightly applies the brakes on the appropriate side to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane.
JVS0742X
Illustration 10 Entering from the side Illustration 10: The BSI system will not operate if your vehicle is on a lane marker when another vehicle enters the detection zone. In this case only the BSW system operates.
NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect a
vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone.
. If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other
5-54 Starting and driving
vehicle is detected. . BSI braking will not operate or will stop
operating and only a warning chime will sound under the following conditions. -- When the brake pedal is depressed. -- When the vehicle is accelerated
during BSI system operation. -- When steering quickly -- When the ICC, DCA, PFCW or FEB
warnings sound. -- When the hazard warning flashers
are operated. -- When driving on a curve at a high
speed.
*1 BSI ON indicator light (green)/BSI
system warning light (orange)
JVS0710X
Starting and driving 5-55
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-
ABLE
Y51D-V-E01-BCB965FD-668A-45F0-B379-B81097129CFD
. Under the following conditions, a chime
will sound, the BSI ON indicator light
(green) *1 will blink and the BSI
system will be turned off automatically.
The BSI system will not be available
until the conditions no longer exist.
-- When the VDC system (except TCS function) or ABS operates.
-- When the VDC system is turned off.
-- When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned to the SNOW mode.
Action to take:
Turn off the BSI system and turn it on again when the above conditions no longer exist.
. Under the following conditions, the BSI
system will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound and the BSI system
warning light (orange) *1 will blink.
The BSI system is not available until the
conditions no longer exist.
-- When the camera detects that the interior temperature is high (over approximately 1048F (408C)).
-- When radar blockage is detected.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as
5-56 Starting and driving
splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, turn the BSI system off and turn it on again.
If the BSI system warning light (orange) *1
continues to blink even after the BSI system is turned on again, stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position and turn the engine off. Check for and remove objects obscuring the radar sensors on the rear bumper, and restart the engine.
If the BSI system warning light (orange) *1
continues to blink, have the BSI system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Y51D-V-E01-C7FB4764-0BE7-4C90-B8C9-2019CD0D1E1E
When the BSI system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound and the BSI system warning light (orange) will illuminate.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position, turn
the engine off and restart the engine.
If the warning light (orange) continues to illuminate, have the BSI system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
JVS0476X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE GUID-36CD113E-176C-4520-BBC1-78233F95CEDF
The two radar sensors *1 for the BSI
system are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
ent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
The lane camera unit *2 for BSI system is
located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of BSI and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean.
. Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.
. Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit's capability of detecting the lane markers.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. It is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer if the camera unit is damaged
due to an accident.
Radio frequency statement GUID-F05EF691-9BFB-4B6C-AB4F-188183845234
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-310 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference. 2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz -- 24.25GHz Field Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/m peak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3 m The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment. Such modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
Starting and driving 5-57
BACK-UP COLLISION INTERVENTION (BCI) (if so equipped)
GUID-BE227AB2-8AEF-4A45-BF0C-22A840D61ACD
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the BCI system could result in serious injury or death.
. The BCI system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure, is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects and does not provide full brake power. When backing out of parking spaces, always use the inside and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move. Never rely solely on the BCI system.
. There is a limitation to the detection capability of the radar or the sonar. Using the BCI system under some road, ground, traffic or weather conditions could lead to improper system operation. Always rely on your own operation to avoid accidents.
JVS0735X
The BCI system uses radar sensors *A
installed on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an approaching vehicle
and sonar sensors *B to detect objects in
the rear.
The BCI system can help alert the driver of an approaching vehicle or objects behind the vehicle when the driver is backing out of a parking space.
5-58 Starting and driving
JVS0173X JVS0736X
The radar sensors *A detect an approach-
ing vehicle from up to approximately 49 ft
(15 m) away. The sonar sensors *B detect
stationary objects behind the vehicle up to
approximately 4.9 ft (1.5 m). Refer to the
illustration for approximate zone coverage
areas *C .
*1 Side indicator light *2 BCI system indicator *3 Center display *4 BCI switch *5 Center multi-function control panel
JVS0696X
Starting and driving 5-59
the driver's foot is on the accelerator pedal, the system pushes the accelerator upward before applying the brake. If you continue to accelerate, the system will not engage the brake.
JVS0173X
BCI SYSTEM OPERATION GUID-88165032-7AEC-45BA-8A43-9AB63D6B2AB5
When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the BCI system operates.
If the radar detects a vehicle approaching from the side or the sonar detects close stationary objects behind the vehicle, the system gives visual and audible warnings. If the driver does not apply the brakes, the system automatically applies the brake for a moment when the vehicle is moving backwards. After the automatic brake application, the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pressure. If
5-60 Starting and driving
JVS0197X
BCI ON indicator When the shift lever is placed in the R (Reverse) position, the BCI ON indicator appears in the vehicle information display.
If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from the side, the system chimes (once),
the side indicator light on the side of the approaching vehicle flashes and a yellow
rectangular frame *A appears on the
center display.
Side indicator light
SSD1028
Illustration 1
JVS0172X
Center display
JVS0477X
Illustration 2
JVS0173X
Starting and driving 5-61
NOTE: . In the case of several vehicles ap-
proaching in a row (illustration 1) or from the opposite direction (illustration 2), a chime may not be sounded by the BCI system after the first vehicle passes the sensors.
. The sonar system chime indicating there is an object behind the vehicle has a higher priority than the BCI chimes (once) indicating an approaching vehicle. If the sonar system detects an object behind the vehicle and the BCI system detects an approaching vehicle at the same time, the following indications are provided:
-- The sonar system chime sounds
-- The side indicator light on the side of the approaching vehicle flashes, and
-- A yellow rectangular frame appears in the display.
JVS0477X
If an approaching vehicle or object behind the vehicle is detected when your vehicle is
backing up, a red frame *A will appear on
the display and the system will chime three times. Then, the brakes will be applied momentarily. After the automatic brake application, the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pressure.
If the driver's foot is on the accelerator pedal, the system moves the accelerator pedal upward before the braking is applied. However, if you continue to accelerate, the system will not engage the brakes.
The BCI system does not operate if the object is very close to the bumper.
5-62 Starting and driving
*1 BCI system indicator *2 Center display *3 BCI switch *4 Center multi-function control panel
JVS0699X
BCI switch
JVS0174X
TURNING THE BCI SYSTEM ON/OFF GUID-C7024080-5749-4A97-A7B0-DD3DEB98597A
The BCI system automatically turns on every time the engine is started.
The BCI system can be turned off temporarily by pushing the BCI switch.
Starting and driving 5-63
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BCI
SYSTEM
GUID-D1966DFF-10FA-4DEA-B0D2-7FDD45EB3A6C
The BCI system can be turned off perma-
nently using the center display.
JVS0182X
BCI OFF indicator The BCI OFF indicator appears on the vehicle information display. When the shift lever is placed in the R (Reverse) position again, the BCI system is turned on.
SSD0939
5-64 Starting and driving
Example
SSD1001
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BCI system.
1. Push the SETTING button *1 and high-
light the "Driver Assistance" key on the display using the INFINITI controller.
Then push the ENTER button *2 .
JVS0471X
2. Highlight the "Back-up Collision Intervention" key, select ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) and push the ENTER
button *2 .
Starting and driving 5-65
BCI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS GUID-023650E7-A10B-49DB-9E8A-D2B898E751EB
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the BCI system. Failure to operate the
5-66 Starting and driving
JVS0479X
vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . Always check your surroundings and
turn to check what is behind you before backing up.
. The radar sensors detect approaching (moving) vehicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as:
-- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals or child operated toy vehicles
-- A vehicle that passing at speeds greater than approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h)
. The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations:
-- Illustration a. When a vehicle parked next to you obstructs the beam of the radar sensor.
-- Illustration b. When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space.
-- Illustration c. When the vehicle is parked on inclined ground.
-- Illustration d. When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle's parking lot aisle.
-- Illustration e. When the angle formed by your vehicle and approaching vehicle is small.
. The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar sensors to detect other vehicles:
-- Severe weather
-- Road spray
-- Ice/frost/dirt build up on the vehicle
. Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar sensors to detect other vehicles.
. The sonar sensors detect stationary objects behind the vehicle. The sonar sensor may not detect:
-- Small or moving objects
-- Wedge-shaped objects
-- Object close to the bumper (less than approximately 1 ft (30 cm))
-- Thin objects such as rope, wire and chain, etc.
. The brake engagement by the BCI system is not as effective on a slope as it is on flat ground. When on a steep slope the system may not function properly.
. Do not use the BCI system under the following conditions because the system may not function properly.
-- When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).
-- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
. Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
JVS0700X
*1 Vehicle information display
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-
ABLE
GUID-E290FE26-91AB-4203-ABA4-9CEF50F94CF7
Under the following conditions, a chime
will sound and "BCI NOT AVAILABLE"
warning will appear in the vehicle informa-
tion display *1 , and the BCI system will be
turned off automatically.
. If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 1048F (408C)).
. When side radar blockage is detected.
Turn off the BCI system and turn it on again when the above conditions no longer exist.
Starting and driving 5-67
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION GUID-AE11F121-372A-4CDE-BB16-40F12BE39306
If the BCI system malfunctions, it will turn off automatically, a chime will sound and "BCI MALFUNCTION" warning will appear in
the vehicle information display *1 .
Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location and place the shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
5-68 Starting and driving
JVS0480X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Y51D-V-E01-D1226349-BD2C-45E4-A69E-A2AB56D76D9A
The two radar sensors *1 for the BCI
system are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
ent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
Radio frequency statement Y51D-V-E01-4A59161A-12A7-4BA5-9BD6-D1CFCB8C27DA
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-310 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz -- 24.25GHz
Field Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/m peak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3 m
The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment. Such modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-23AAF2E8-96D4-4088-8FC4-E0EA618F6140
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL Y51D-V-E01-C80C843B-C941-4617-9A6B-8ACA08B59C74
. If the cruise control system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. The SET indicator on the vehicle information display will then blink to warn the driver.
. If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the cruise control system will be canceled automatically.
. If the SET indicator blinks, turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. The SET indicator may sometimes blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the COAST/ SET, ACCELERATE/RESUME or CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise control system, perform the steps below in the order indicated.
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions:
. when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed
. in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed
. on winding or hilly roads
. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)
. in very windy areas
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.
SSD0941
1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch 2. COAST/SET switch 3. CANCEL switch 4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch
CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS Y51D-V-E01-FB0B9100-C99C-4A9C-A4E2-8F0F55B5FB3C
The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. To turn on the cruise control, push the MAIN switch on. The CRUISE indicator will come on. To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed, push the
Starting and driving 5-69
COAST/SET switch and release it. (The CRUISE SET indicator will come on in the instrument panel.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.
. To pass another vehicle, depress the accelerator pedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this happens, drive without the cruise control.
To cancel the preset speed, follow any of these methods:
1. Push the CANCEL button. The SET indicator will go out.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicator will go out.
3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position. The SET indicator will go out.
4. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will go out.
. If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCELERATE/RESUME or COAST/SET switch and reset at the cruising speed, the cruise control will
5-70 Starting and driving
disengage. Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again.
. The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 7 MPH (12 km/h) below the set speed.
. If you move the shift lever to N (Neutral) position, the cruise control will be canceled.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following methods:
. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push and release the COAST/SET switch.
. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch. When the vehicle attains the speed you desire, release the switch.
. Push, then quickly release the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following methods:
. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switch and release it.
. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed.
. Push, then quickly release the COAST/ SET switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and release the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC) (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-E12DEF9F-F1BA-4CEB-86DE-36755D88029A
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the ICC system could result in serious injury or death.
. ICC is not a collision avoidance or warning device. For highway use only and it is not intended for congested areas or city driving. Failure to apply the brakes could result in an accident.
. Always observe posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them.
. Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode. Read and understand the Owner's Manual thoroughly before using the cruise control. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle's speed in emergency situations. Do not use cruise control except in appropriate road and traffic conditions.
. In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, a warning chime will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead. Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision
could occur.
The ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you within the speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed can be selected by the driver between 20 to 90 MPH (32 to 144 km/h).
The vehicle travels at a set speed when the road ahead is clear.
The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise control modes.
. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: For maintaining a selected distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the preset speed.
. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode: For cruising at a preset speed.
Starting and driving 5-71
*1 Displays and indicators *2 ICC switches *A MAIN (ON·OFF) switch
5-72 Starting and driving
JVS0711X
Push the MAIN switch *A to choose the
cruise control mode between the vehicleto-vehicle distance control mode and the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.
Once a control mode is activated, it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode. To change the mode, push the MAIN
switch *A once to turn the system off. Then push the MAIN switch *A again to turn the
system back on and select the desired cruise control mode.
Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display.
For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, see "Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode" (P.5-73).
For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, see "Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode" (P.5-90).
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE
Y51D-V-E01-8FBC4AFD-22C3-46CC-855D-F92C37DF0F5C
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the ICC system automatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle's speed (up to the set speed), or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear.
HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE CONTROL MODE
GUID-D014CCE1-5061-40B0-90FC-7B565C27A02C
Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Y51D-V-E01-A118E9F7-859B-4F56-99C3-0CC1D7D06EF6
To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode *1 , quickly push and release the MAIN switch *A .
Selecting the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode
GUID-D49D3F80-6831-48B8-82CE-9002459B544C
To choose the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode *2 , push and hold the MAIN switch *A for longer than approxi-
mately 1.5 seconds. See "Conventional
SSD0976
(fixed speed) cruise control mode" (P.5-90).
Starting and driving 5-73
JVS0462X
The system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction.
If the radar sensor *A detects a slower
moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance.
The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes (up to approximately 40% of vehicle braking power) if necessary.
The detection range of the sensor is approximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.
5-74 Starting and driving
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode operation
Y51D-V-E01-C783084C-2815-4955-98EF-A68E28DCDCF8
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is designed to maintain a selected distance and reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle ahead; the system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC system can only apply up to approximately 40% of the vehicle's total braking power. This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action.
The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed is below approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and a vehicle is not detected ahead. The system will also disengage when the vehicle goes
above the maximum set speed.
See "Approach warning" (P.5-82).
The following items are controlled in the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:
. When there are no vehicles traveling ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver. The set speed range is between approximately 20 and 90 MPH (32 and 144 km/h).
. When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode adjusts the speed to maintain the distance, selected by driver, from the vehicle ahead. The adjusting speed range is up to the set speed. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system. The system will cancel once it judges a standstill with a warning chime.
. When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up to the set speed.
The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles. You
must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion.
SSD0254
When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead, the ICC system will adjust the speed to maintain the distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway, the ICC system will accelerate and maintain the speed up to the set speed. Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed.
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have to manually control the vehicle speed.
Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead, this system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.
Starting and driving 5-75
the set speed.
4. DISTANCE switch:
Changes the vehicle's following distance: . Long . Middle . Short 5. MAIN switch:
Master switch to activate the system
SSD0977
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode switches
Y51D-V-E01-3C61E979-EEE0-480F-8EF4-A69230D7B716
The system is operated by a MAIN switch and four control switches, all mounted on the steering wheel. 1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally. 2. COAST/SET switch: Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed incrementally. 3. CANCEL switch: Deactivates the system without erasing
5-76 Starting and driving
SSD0978
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode display and indicators
Y51D-V-E01-3D4E4E23-512E-40D3-9C13-5A43F40028C3
The display is located between the speedometer and tachometer. 1. MAIN switch indicator:
Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON. 2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you. 3. Set distance indicator: Displays the selected distance between vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch.
4. Indicates your vehicle 5. Set vehicle speed indicator:
Indicates the set vehicle speed. For Canadian models, the speed is displayed in km/h. 6. ICC system warning light (orange): The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the ICC system.
SSD0979
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, the indicators come on as illustrated to check for a burned-out bulb, and it turns off when the engine is started.
SSD0980
Operating vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Y51D-V-E01-A0DAC4CC-ACB5-4F36-9CA1-9CE958681752
To turn on the cruise control, quickly push
and release the MAIN switch *A on. The
MAIN switch indicator, set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on and in a standby state for setting.
Starting and driving 5-77
SSD0981
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switch and release it. (Vehicle ahead detection indicator, set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.
5-78 Starting and driving
SSD0982
When the COAST/SET switch is pushed under the following conditions, the system cannot be set and the ICC indicators will blink for approximately 2 seconds:
. When traveling below 20 MPH (32 km/h) and the vehicle ahead is not detected
. When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or manual shift mode
. When the parking brake is applied . When the brakes are operated by the
driver
SSD0983
When the COAST/SET switch is pushed under the following conditions, the system cannot be set.
A warning chime will sound and the ICC indicators will blink.
. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned to the SNOW mode (To use the ICC system, turn the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector to a mode other than the SNOW mode, push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC and reset the ICC switch by pressing the MAIN switch again.) For details about the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector, see "INFINITI Drive
Mode Selector" (P.5-21).
. When the VDC system is off (To use the ICC system, turn on the VDC system. Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC system and reset the ICC switch by pushing the MAIN switch again.)
For details about the VDC system, see "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system" (P.5-131).
. When ABS or VDC (including the traction control system) is operating
. When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC system, make sure the wheels are no longer slipping. Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC system, and reset the ICC system by pushing the MAIN switch again.)
*1 System set display with vehicle ahead *2 System set display without vehicle
ahead
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions. The ICC system maintains the set vehicle speed, similar to standard cruise control, as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead.
The ICC system displays the set speed.
Vehicle detected ahead: GUID-A1C06878-3E63-4DB8-A336-AE3A7658AF0A
When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed
SSD0984
of a slower vehicle ahead. The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance.
NOTE: . The stop lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the ICC system. . When the brake operates, a noise may be heard and/or vibration may be felt. This is not a malfunction.
When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on. The ICC system will also display the set
Starting and driving 5-79
speed and selected distance.
Vehicle ahead not detected: GUID-39964E07-D6C4-4494-9588-243AD7B40AEF
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC system then maintains the set speed.
When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.
If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation, the system controls the distance to that vehicle.
When a vehicle is no longer detected under approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), the system will be canceled.
SSD0985
When passing another vehicle, the set speed indicator will flash when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed. The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open. When the pedal is released, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system, you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly.
How to change the set vehicle speed
Y51D-V-E01-1933CC86-F314-42E7-887B-171F145279F1
To cancel the preset speed, use any of these methods:
. Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle speed indicator will go out.
. Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speed indicator will go out.
. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the MAIN switch indicator and set vehicle speed indicator will go out.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following methods:
. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push and release the COAST/SET switch.
. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch. The set vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 MPH (5 km/h for Canada).
. Push, then quickly release the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by approximately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).
5-80 Starting and driving
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following methods:
. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switch and release it.
. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. The set vehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5 MPH (5 km/h for Canada).
. Push, then quickly release the COAST/ SET switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).
To resume the preset speed, push and release the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 20 MPH (32 km/h).
SSD0986
How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead
Y51D-V-E01-478034E0-1738-403B-8E26-9EBF5E8DD002
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time depending on the traffic conditions.
Each time the DISTANCE switch *A is
pushed, the set distance will change to long, middle, short and back to long again in that sequence.
Starting and driving 5-81
. The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the distance.
. If the engine is stopped, the set distance becomes "long". (Each time the engine is started, the initial setting
5-82 Starting and driving
becomes "long".)
JVS0082M
Approach warning Y51D-V-E01-75B5DA38-C209-4E02-89D4-2FDDC4ADBC31
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:
. The chime sounds. . The vehicle ahead detection and set
distance indicator blink. The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some examples are:
. When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing
. When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing
. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound when:
. Your vehicle approaches other vehicles that are parked or moving slowly.
. The accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding the system.
NOTE:
The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the radar sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle or on the side of the road. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor may detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on winding roads, narrow roads, hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve. In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle.
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some damage).
Automatic cancellation Y51D-V-E01-D7CD8156-4FA2-46D2-A8EA-E7D5CA7F9CD6
A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled.
. When the vehicle ahead is not detected and your vehicle is traveling below the speed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)
. When the system judges the vehicle is at standstill
. When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or manual shift mode
. When the parking brake is applied . When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
is turned to the SNOW mode . When the VDC system is turned off . When ABS or VDC (including the trac-
tion control system) operates . When distance measurement becomes
impaired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor . When a wheel slips . When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode limitations
Y51D-V-E01-C712CA46-F1DA-4C8D-AA1F-94E1C58C147F
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the ICC system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The system is primarily intended for use on straight, dry, open roads with light traffic. It is not advisable to use the
system in city traffic or congested areas.
. This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions. This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
. As there is a performance limit to the distance control function, never rely solely on the ICC system. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visibility in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal, depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles.
. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system. The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill and sound a warning chime. To prevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal.
. Always pay attention to the operation of
Starting and driving 5-83
the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance. The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode of the ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles (following distance) or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances.
. The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid accidents, never use the ICC system under the following conditions:
-- On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves
-- On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow, etc.
-- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
-- When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor
-- On steep downhill roads (the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes)
-- On repeated uphill and downhill roads
5-84 Starting and driving
-- When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration
. In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking. You may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal. Always stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section.
The radar sensor will not detect the following objects:
. Stationary and slow moving vehicles . Pedestrians or objects in the roadway . Oncoming vehicles in the same lane . Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel
lane The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore, if the sensor cannot detect the reflection from the vehicle ahead, the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance.
The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals:
. When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor's visibility
. When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle
The ICC system is designed to automatically check the sensor's operation within the limitation of the system. When the sensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the system will automatically be canceled. If the sensor is covered with ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC system may not detect them. In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead. Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly.
The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead.
A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator
SSD0252
and sounding the chime. The driver may have to manually control the proper distance away from vehicle traveling ahead.
Starting and driving 5-85
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually
5-86 Starting and driving
SSD0253
control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.
*1 Warning light and display (example) *2 MAIN (ON·OFF) switch
JVS0712X
SSD0988
System temporarily unavailable Y51D-V-E01-DD346E6B-125C-4B76-A270-1C0E094EAC5D
Condition A: Y51D-V-E01-822C0622-F81B-426A-8D38-383675EDBE68
Under the following conditions, the ICC system is automatically canceled. The chime will sound and the system will not be able to be set.
. When the VDC is turned off . When the ABS or VDC operates . When a tire slips . When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
is turned to the SNOW mode . When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted
Starting and driving 5-87
Action to take: GUID-844048AF-112A-43D3-BFED-BA9D40E62897
When the conditions listed above are no
longer present, turn the system off using
the MAIN switch *2 . Turn the ICC system
back on to use the system.
off. When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor area of the front bumper and restart the engine. If the "FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION" warning continues to be displayed, have the ICC system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
5-88 Starting and driving
JVS0481X
Condition B: Y51D-V-E01-9D471C73-135F-450B-9A0F-F22B5F8A3601
When the radar sensor area of the front bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the ICC system is automatically canceled.
The chime sounds and the ICC system warning light (orange) will come on and the "FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION" warning will appear.
Action to take: GUID-7FBABBFB-D9B4-4B82-B180-864BB44AA62B
If the warning light comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position and turn the engine
conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SSD0979
Condition C: Y51D-V-E01-C833DAAE-4CDA-432F-888A-FFB2B9E8E466
When the ICC system is not operating properly, the chime sounds and the ICC system warning light (orange) will come on.
Action to take: GUID-ECF28F41-40C4-4CCE-B287-699E3651DBDE
If the warning light comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, resume driving and set the ICC system again.
If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on, it may indicate that the ICC system is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal
JVS0462X
System maintenance Y51D-V-E01-E195BDE8-05E3-48C8-880A-3100E46CB318
The sensor for the ICC system *A is located
behind the lower grille of the front bumper. To keep the ICC system operating properly, be sure to observe the following: . Always keep the sensor area of the front
bumper clean. . Do not strike or damage the areas
around the sensor. . Do not cover or attach stickers or similar
objects on the front bumper near the sensor area. This could cause failure or malfunction.
Starting and driving 5-89
. Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. It is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer before customizing or restoring the front bumper.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modification not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE
Y51D-V-E01-A9EC93DD-FFA0-4726-8E89-FEF742A6C8D8
This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.
WARNING
. In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead, as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.
. Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur.
. Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display.
. Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode when driving under the following conditions:
-- when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed
-- in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed
-- on winding or hilly roads
-- on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)
-- in very windy areas
. Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.
5-90 Starting and driving
3. Cruise system warning light:
Comes on if there is a malfunction in the cruise control system.
SSD0990
SSD0991
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control switch
Y51D-V-E01-7B7DAA66-0A50-4690-83A8-899BAE09F974
1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally.
2. COAST/SET switch:
Sets the desired cruise speed, reduces speed incrementally.
3. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed.
4. MAIN switch:
Master switch to activate the system.
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode display and indica-
tors
Y51D-V-E01-D7618F09-A63A-4184-A33D-A008354F0F13
The display is located between the speed-
ometer and tachometer.
1. MAIN switch indicator:
Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.
2. Cruise set switch indicator:
Displays while the vehicle speed is controlled by the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode of the ICC system.
Starting and driving 5-91
SSD0992
Operating conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode
Y51D-V-E01-AB41F88C-AA9C-4F75-B164-8999900B5DF5
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the
MAIN switch *A for longer than about 1.5
seconds.
When pushing the MAIN switch on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display and the MAIN switch indicator are displayed on the vehicle information display. After you hold the MAIN switch on for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the ICC system display goes out. The MAIN switch indicator stays lit. You can
5-92 Starting and driving
now set your desired cruising speed. Pushing the MAIN switch again will turn the system completely off.
When the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position, the system is also automatically turned off.
To use the ICC system again, quickly push and release the MAIN switch (vehicle-tovehicle distance control mode) or push and hold it (conventional cruise control mode) again to turn it on.
When the Distance Control Assist (DCA) system is on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode cannot be turned on even though the MAIN switch is pushed and held.
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, turn off the DCA system. See "Distance Control Assist (DCA)" (P.5-94).
CAUTION
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, make sure to turn the MAIN switch off when not using the ICC system.
SSD0993
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switch and release it. (The SET indicator will come on in the display.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.
. To pass another vehicle, depress the accelerator pedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills. If this happens, manually maintain vehicle speed.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the
following methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch. The SET indicator will turn off.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicator will turn off.
3. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the MAIN switch indicator and SET indicator will turn off.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following three methods:
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push and release the COAST/SET switch.
2. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RESUME set switch. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, release the switch.
3. Push, then quickly release the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following three methods:
1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switch and release it.
2. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed.
3. Push, then quickly release the COAST/ SET switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and release the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).
System temporarily unavailable Y51D-V-E01-6261B5E2-E00B-4FC7-A965-A632DF071762
A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled.
. When the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed
. When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or manual shift mode
. When the parking brake is applied. . When the VDC operates (including the
traction control system) . When a wheel slips
JVS0715X
Warning light Y51D-V-E01-72526CC3-E5EC-44B6-9285-C81F69E550BE
When the system is not operating properly, the chime sounds and the system warning light (orange) will come on.
Action to take: GUID-3B2F2200-4E20-496A-B6BE-336F8D317A7D
If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, resume driving and then perform the setting again.
If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on, it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is recom-
Starting and driving 5-93
mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST (DCA) (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-3CE128E2-BCA6-4BD7-93DE-2E19DE898352
WARNING
5-94 Starting and driving
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the DCA system could result in serious personal injury or death.
. Always drive carefully and attentively when using the DCA system. Read and understand the Owner's Manual thoroughly before using the DCA system. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle's speed in emergency situations. Do not use the DCA system except in appropriate road and traffic conditions.
. This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. As there is a performance limit to the distance control function, never rely solely on the DCA system. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visibility in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal, depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles.
. Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually decelerate to maintain the proper following distance. The DCA system may not be able to decelerate the vehicle under some circumstances.
. This system only brakes and moves the accelerator pedal upward to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead. Acceleration should be operated by the driver.
. The DCA system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles.You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead.
. The DCA system automatically decelerates your vehicle to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead. Manually brake when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance upon sudden brak-
ing by the vehicle ahead or when a vehicle suddenly appears in front of you. Always stay alert when using the DCA system.
. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system. The system will cancel with a warning chime once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill. To prevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal.
JVS0462X
The DCA system is intended to assist the driver in keeping a following distance from the vehicle ahead traveling in the same lane and direction.
If the radar sensor *A detects a slower
moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance.
The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes (up to approximately 40% of vehicle braking power) if necessary.
The detection range of the sensor is approximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.
Starting and driving 5-95
*1 Indicators (on the vehicle information
display)
*2 Center display *3 Dynamic driver assistance switch *4 Center multi-function control panel
5-96 Starting and driving
JVS0713X
DCA SYSTEM OPERATION Y51D-V-E01-BBFF18C8-F6D6-460E-BCE4-A6C2E00F50FA
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the DCA system could result in serious personal injury or death.
. When the vehicle ahead detection indicator light is not illuminated, system will not control the vehicle or warn the driver.
. Never place your foot under the brake pedal. Your foot may be caught when the system controls the brake.
. Depending on the position of the accelerator pedal, the system may not be able to assist the driver to release the accelerator pedal appropriately.
The DCA system brakes and moves the accelerator pedal upward according to the distance from and the relative speed of the vehicle ahead to help assist the driver in maintaining a following distance. The system will decelerate as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. However, the DCA system can only apply up to
approximately 40% of the vehicle's total braking power. If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance between vehicles may become closer because the DCA system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If this occurs, the DCA system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action.
See "Approach warning" (P.5-98).
*1 System set display with a vehicle
ahead
*2 System set display without a vehicle
ahead
The DCA system helps assist the driver to keep a following distance to the vehicle ahead by braking and moving the accelerator pedal upward in the normal driving condition.
When a vehicle ahead is detected:
The vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on.
SSD0997
When the vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead:
. If the driver's foot is not on the accelerator pedal, the system activates the brakes to decelerate smoothly as necessary. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system.
. If the driver's foot is on the accelerator pedal, the system moves the accelerator pedal upward to assist the driver to release the accelerator pedal.
Starting and driving 5-97
When brake operation by the driver is required:
The system alerts the driver by a warning chime and blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator. If the driver's foot is on the accelerator pedal after the warning, the system moves the accelerator pedal upward to assist the driver to switch to the brake pedal.
NOTE: . The stop lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the DCA system. . When the brake operates, a noise may be heard.
Overriding the system:
The following driver's operation overrides the system operation.
. When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal even further while the system is moving the accelerator pedal upward, the DCA system control of the accelerator pedal is canceled.
. When the driver's foot is on the accelerator pedal, the brake control by the system is not operated.
. When the driver's foot is on the brake pedal, neither the brake control nor the alert by the system operates.
. When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is set, the DCA system will be cancelled.
Approach warning Y51D-V-E01-FD14D541-F912-40CF-BF9D-2032B0C17A84
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the driver with the chime and DCA system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:
. The chime sounds. . The vehicle ahead detection indicator
blinks. The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some examples are:
. When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing
. When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing
. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle
The warning chime will not sound when your vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly.
NOTE:
The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the radar sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle or on the side of the road. This may cause the DCA system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor may detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on winding roads, narrow roads, hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve. In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle.
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some damage).
5-98 Starting and driving
*1 DCA system switch indicator (on the
vehicle information display)
*2 Center display *3 Dynamic driver assistance switch *4 Center multi-function control panel
JVS0714X
TURNING THE DCA SYSTEM ON/OFF GUID-7228F1CA-0902-4061-AC97-F91A79BF6150
To turn on the DCA system, push the
dynamic driver assistance switch *3 on
the steering wheel after starting the
engine. The DCA system switch indicator
*1 in the vehicle information display will
appear. Push the dynamic driver assis-
tance switch *3 again to turn off the DCA
system. The DCA system switch indicator
*1 will turn off.
The system will start to operate after the
vehicle speed is above approximately 3
MPH (5 km/h).
The dynamic driver assistance switch *3 is
used for the Lane Departure Prevention
(LDP), Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) and
DCA systems. When the dynamic driver
assistance switch *3 is pushed, the LDP
and BSI systems will also turn on or off
simultaneously. The DCA system can be
individually set to on or off on the center
display *2 and using the center multifunction control panel *4 . If the system is
set to off, the system will not turn on even
if the dynamic driver assistance switch *3
is pushed to on. To set the system to on or
off on the display, see "How to enable/
disable the DCA system" (P.5-100).
Starting and driving 5-99
When the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is operating, the DCA system will not operate. (To use the DCA system, turn the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode off, then push the dynamic
driver assistance switch *3 .)
For details about the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, see "Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)" (P.5-71). When the engine is turned off, the system is automatically turned off.
5-100 Starting and driving
SSD0939
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE DCA SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-5799BCB9-C68B-4C95-B07A-BD20129D5533
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the DCA system.
1. Push the SETTING button *1 and high-
light the "Driver Assistance" key on the display using the INFINITI controller.
Then push the ENTER button *2 .
2. Highlight the "Dynamic Assistance Settings" key, and push the ENTER button
*2 .
SSD1001
DCA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS Y51D-V-E01-B04160A4-4E97-484F-B700-2A0B402937B4
WARNING
SSD1002
3. Highlight the "Distance Control Assist" key, select ON (enabled) or OFF (dis-
abled) and push the ENTER button *2 .
For the LDP and BSI systems, see "Lane Departure Warning (LDW) /Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.5-24) and "Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)" (P.5-45).
SSD0994
DCA SYSTEM DISPLAY AND INDICA-
TORS
Y51D-V-E01-E190DFD9-BC47-47A2-A56E-F99466E70A9F
The display is located between the speed-
ometer and tachometer.
1. DCA system switch indicator:
Indicates that the dynamic driver assistance switch is ON.
2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you.
3. DCA system warning light (orange):
The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the DCA system.
Listed below are the system limitations of the DCA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions. Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
. The DCA system will not apply brake control while the driver's foot is on the accelerator pedal.
. As there is a performance limit to the distance control function, never rely solely on the DCA system. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visibility in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal, depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles.
Starting and driving 5-101
. The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid accidents, never use the DCA system under the following conditions:
-- On roads with sharp curves
-- On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow, etc.
-- On off-road surfaces such as on sand or rock, etc.
-- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
-- When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor
-- On steep downhill roads (frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes)
-- On repeated uphill and downhill roads
. In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking. You may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal. Always stay alert and avoid using the DCA system
5-102 Starting and driving
when it is not recommended in this section.
The radar sensor will not detect the following objects:
. Stationary and slow moving vehicles . Pedestrians or objects in the roadway . Oncoming vehicles in the same lane . Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel
lane The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals:
. When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor's visibility
. When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle
The detection zone of the sensor is limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the system to operate.
A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane. If this occurs, the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime. The driver may have to manually control the proper distance
SSD0252
away from vehicle traveling ahead.
Starting and driving 5-103
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the system to work inappropriately.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the
5-104 Starting and driving
vehicle traveling ahead.
SSD0253
*1 Warning light and indicators *2 Dynamic driver assistance switch
JVS0716X
SSD0996
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Y51D-V-E01-C2F02DCC-A04C-4CB7-B62B-557CB51933B0
Condition A:
Under the following conditions, the DCA system is automatically canceled. The chime will sound and the DCA system switch indicator will blink. The system will not be able to be set.
. When the VDC system is off (To use the DCA system, turn on the VDC, then push the dynamic driver assistance switch.) For details about the VDC system, see "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-
Starting and driving 5-105
tem" (P.5-131).
. When the VDC or ABS (including the traction control system) operates
. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned to the SNOW mode (To use the DCA system, turn the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector to a mode other than the SNOW mode, then turn on the dynamic
driver assistance switch *2 .)
For details about the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector, see "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.5-21).
. When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted
Action to take:
When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the system off with the
dynamic driver assistance switch *2 . Turn
the DCA system back on to use the system.
JVS0482X
Condition B:
When the radar sensor area is covered with dirt or is obstructed, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the DCA system is automatically canceled.
The chime sounds and the DCA system warning light (orange) will come on and the "FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION" warning will appear.
Action to take:
If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position and turn the engine off. When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted, clean the sensor area and restart the engine. If the "FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION" warning continues to be displayed, have the DCA system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
5-106 Starting and driving
vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SSD0999
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION GUID-E2469733-5018-49E4-B937-EF55B3C247E5
Condition:
When the DCA system is not operating properly, the chime sounds and the system warning light ("CRUISE" orange) will come on.
Action to take:
If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, and turn on the DCA system again.
If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on, it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning. Although the
JVS0462X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Y51D-V-E01-623BFC0B-BC28-42A4-B74C-109E1E5A5B56
The sensor for the DCA system *A is
located behind the lower grille of the front bumper.
The DCA system is designed to automatically check the sensor's operation. When the sensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the system will automatically be canceled. If the sensor is covered with ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the DCA system may not detect them. In these instances, the DCA system may not be able to decelerate the vehicle properly. Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly.
Starting and driving 5-107
To keep the DCA system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the sensor area of the front bumper clean.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor.
. Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front bumper near the sensor area. This could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. It is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer before customizing or restoring the front bumper.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modification not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING (FEB) (if so equipped)
GUID-2F7FD6C3-E85C-47A5-AE39-3DBAEBCA2691
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the FEB system could result in serious injury or death.
. The FEB system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for the driver's attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness or dangerous driving techniques.
. The FEB system does not function in all driving, traffic, weather and road conditions.
The FEB system can assist the driver when there is a risk of a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane.
5-108 Starting and driving
JVS0462X
The FEB system uses a radar sensor *A
located behind the lower grille of the front bumper to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane.
*1 Indicators and warnings (on the vehi-
cle information display)
*2 Center display *3 FEB system warning light (on the
instrument panel)
*4 Center multi-function control panel
JVS1057X
Starting and driving 5-109
FEB SYSTEM OPERATION GUID-420AF242-75C3-4BA7-8970-ABF11446C538
The FEB system operates at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).
If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the FEB system will provide the first warning to the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator in the vehicle information display and providing an audible warning. In addition, the FEB system pushes the accelerator pedal up. If the driver releases the accelerator pedal, then the system applies partial braking.
If the driver applies the brakes quickly and forcefully after the warning, and the FEB system detects that there is still the possibility of a forward collision, the system will automatically increase the braking force.
If a forward collision is imminent and the driver does not take action, the FEB system issues the second visual (flashing) and audible warning and automatically applies harder braking.
NOTE:
The vehicle's stop lights come on when braking is performed by the FEB system.
Depending on vehicle speed and distance
to the vehicle ahead, as well as driving and roadway conditions, the system may help the driver avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate the consequences of a collision should one be unavoidable.
If the driver is handling the steering wheel, accelerating or braking, the FEB system will function later or will not function.
The automatic braking will cease under the following conditions:
. When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary to avoid a collision.
. When the accelerator pedal is depressed.
. When there is no longer a vehicle detected ahead.
If the FEB system has stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will remain at a standstill for approximately 2 seconds before the brakes are released.
5-110 Starting and driving
TURNING THE FEB SYSTEM ON/OFF GUID-A42C1E90-24F7-4F85-9947-BBA9FEF304BF
Perform the following steps to turn the FEB system on or off.
*1 FEB system warning light (on the
instrument panel)
*2 Center display *3 Center multi-function control panel *A SETTING button *B ENTER button
JVS0718X
Starting and driving 5-111
system. When the FEB system is turned off, the PFCW system is also turned off.
FEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS GUID-6524042F-DF58-47D2-AF5F-95A0DF1E6940
WARNING
SSD1001
1. Push the SETTING button *A and high-
light the "Driver Assistance" key on the display using the INFINITI controller.
Then push the ENTER button *B .
JVS0471X
2. Highlight the "Forward Emergency Braking" key, select ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) and push the ENTER
button *B .
When the FEB system is turned off, the FEB
system warning light (orange) *1 illumi-
nates.
NOTE:
The FEB system will be automatically turned ON when the engine is restarted. The PFCW system is integrated into the FEB system. There is not a separate selection in the display for the PFCW
Listed below are the system limitations for the FEB system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The FEB system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.
. The radar sensor does not detect the following objects:
-- Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in the roadway
-- Oncoming vehicles
-- Crossing vehicles
. The radar sensor has some performance limitations. If a stationary vehicle is in the vehicle's path, the FEB system will not function when the vehicle is driven at speeds over approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h).
5-112 Starting and driving
. The radar sensor may not detect a vehicle ahead in the following conditions:
-- Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering the radar sensor.
-- Interference by other radar sources.
-- Snow or road spray from traveling vehicles.
-- If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g. motorcycle)
-- When driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves.
. In some road or traffic conditions, the FEB system may unexpectedly push the accelerator pedal up or apply partial braking. When acceleration is necessary, continue to depress the accelerator pedal to override the system.
. Braking distances increase on slippery surfaces.
. The system is designed to automatically check the sensor's functionality, within certain limitations. The system may not detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as ice, snow, stickers, for example. In these cases, the system may not be able to warn the driver
properly. Be sure that you check, clean and clear the sensor area regularly.
. Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.
JVS0719X
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-
ABLE
GUID-5E199467-E00D-431D-A583-A3894C7FF09D
Condition A GUID-090CACA9-6767-468F-B224-C5FE95EAE9F9
When the radar sensor picks up interfer-
ence from another radar source, making it
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the
FEB system is automatically turned off. The
FEB system warning light (orange) *1 will
illuminate.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the FEB system will resume automatically.
Starting and driving 5-113
Condition B GUID-438B786E-2D85-430E-96B3-43C88718E6F4
When the sensor area is covered with dirt or is obstructed, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the FEB system is automatically turned off. The FEB system
warning light (orange) *1 will illuminate
and the "FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) *1 comes on,
stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position and turn the engine off. Clean the radar cover on lower grille with a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the FEB system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Condition C GUID-FD42DCFA-47CD-49B6-866F-21F53FC3FB9E
When the accelerator pedal actuator detects that the internal motor temperature is high, the FEB system is automatically turned off. The FEB system warning light
(orange) *1 will illuminate.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the FEB system will resume automatically.
Condition D GUID-47843D2E-3000-4CCF-A37A-C8F25FF77D7B
When VDC system is OFF, the FEB brake will not operate. In this case only visible and audible warning operates. The FEB system warning light (orange) will illuminate.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the FEB system will resume automatically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION GUID-7D7D0FFA-122B-4206-9DD1-2EAC6D589A26
If the FEB system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, the FEB system warning light
(orange) *1 will illuminate.
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) *1 illumi-
nates, stop the vehicle in a safe location and place the shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the FEB system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
JVS0462X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE GUID-EDA806CF-1E75-424C-B82F-5E27DF01A141
The sensor *A is located behind the lower
grille of the front bumper.
To keep the system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the sensor area of the front bumper clean.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor.
. Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front bumper near the sensor area. This could cause failure or malfunction.
5-114 Starting and driving
. Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. It is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer before customizing or restoring the front bumper.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modification not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (PFCW) (if so equipped)
GUID-E16EBFC9-86E4-4AF2-A874-66BD9CBA69F5
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the PFCW system could result in serious injury or death.
. The PFCW system helps warn the driver before a collision but will not avoid a collision. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
The PFCW system can help alert the driver when there is a sudden braking of a second vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle ahead in the same lane.
Starting and driving 5-115
JVS0462X
The PFCW system uses a radar sensor *A
located behind the lower grille of the front bumper to measure the distance to a second vehicle ahead in the same lane.
5-116 Starting and driving
*1 Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on
the vehicle information display)
*2 Center display *3 FEB system warning light (on the
instrument panel)
*4 Center multi-function control panel
JVS0720X
PFCW SYSTEM OPERATION GUID-E1DD3ECB-B8F2-4EE6-8A2D-7BBA3B69F1BE
The PFCW system operates at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).
If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, the PFCW system will warn the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator, and sounding an audible alert.
JVS0294X
Starting and driving 5-117
TURNING THE PFCW SYSTEM ON/
OFF
GUID-6584F42D-8702-48C1-98F9-40DDEBE30531
Perform the following steps to turn the
PFCW system on or off.
*1 FEB system warning light (on the
instrument panel)
*2 Center display *3 Center multi-function control panel *A SETTING button *B ENTER button
5-118 Starting and driving
JVS0718X
SSD1001
1. Push the SETTING button *A and high-
light the "Driver Assistance" key on the display using the INFINITI controller.
Then push the ENTER button *B .
JVS0471X
2. Highlight the "Forward Emergency Braking" key, select ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) and push the ENTER
button *B .
When the PFCW system is turned off, the
FEB system warning light (orange) *1
illuminates.
NOTE:
The PFCW system is integrated into the FEB system. There is not a separate selection in the display for the PFCW system. When the FEB is turned off, the PFCW system is also turned off.
Illustration A
JVS0295X
Starting and driving 5-119
Illustration B
JVS0296X
5-120 Starting and driving
Illustration C
JVS0297X
JVS0298X
Illustration D
PFCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS GUID-4EACAEAA-1408-437E-B78D-A426FCBF1240
-- Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in
WARNING
the roadway -- Oncoming vehicles
Listed below are the system limitations for the PFCW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The PFCW system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.
-- Crossing vehicles
. (Illustration A) The PFCW system does not function when a vehicle ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as a motorcycle.
. The radar sensor may not detect a vehicle ahead in the following conditions:
. The radar sensor does not detect the following objects:
-- Snow or heavy rain
-- Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering the radar sensor
-- Interference by other radar sources
-- Snow or road spray from travelling vehicles.
-- Driving in a tunnel
. (Illustration B) When the vehicle ahead is being towed.
. (Illustration C) When the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close, the beam of the radar sensor is obstructed.
. (Illustration D) When driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves.
. The system is designed to automatically check the sensor's functionality, within certain limitations. The system may not detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as ice, snow, stickers, for example. In these cases, the system may not be able to warn the driver properly. Be sure that you check, clean and clear the sensor area regularly.
. Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.
Starting and driving 5-121
JVS0719X
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-
ABLE
GUID-6F36EA6D-10B8-4960-90C5-863BFF17E610
Condition A GUID-3B11995B-5353-4367-ABE9-D5529C80D5FE
When the radar sensor picks up interfer-
ence from another radar source, making it
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the
PFCW system is automatically turned off.
The FEB system warning light (orange) *1
will illuminate.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the PFCW system will resume automatically.
Condition B GUID-3F0016CE-D2A0-4490-9D28-647E519DC6D4
When the sensor area is covered with dirt or is obstructed, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the PFCW system is automatically turned off. The FEB system
warning light (orange) *1 will illuminate
and the "FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) *1 comes on,
stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position and turn the engine off. Clean the radar cover on lower grille with a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the PFCW system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION GUID-208ECE34-4AEA-40A7-85EC-EBB12769E540
If the PFCW system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, the FEB system warning light
(orange) *1 will illuminate.
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) *1 illumi-
nates, stop the vehicle in a safe location
and place the shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the PFCW system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
5-122 Starting and driving
JVS0462X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE GUID-CCA86A2F-681F-4310-9FAC-9A1508974F97
The sensor *A is located behind the lower
grille of the front bumper.
To keep the system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the sensor area of the front bumper clean.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor.
. Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front bumper near the sensor area. This could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. It is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer before customizing or restoring the front bumper.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modification not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Starting and driving 5-123
BREAK-IN SCHEDULE
Y51D-V-E01-2249F48B-385B-4D71-BC10-1043B0481870
CAUTION
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle. Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance.
. Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the engine over 4,000 rpm.
. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.
. Avoid quick starts. . Avoid hard braking as much as possi-
ble.
5-124 Starting and driving
FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS
GUID-1DF28709-02A5-4AD3-AB92-E5902EB616D8
Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle.
1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal application. . Avoid rapid starts and stops. . Use smooth, gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible. . Maintain constant speed while commuting and coast whenever possible.
2. Maintain constant speed. . Look ahead to try and anticipate and minimize stops. . Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops. . Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency.
3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at higher vehicle speeds. . Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load. . Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more efficient to use A/C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerody-
namic drag. . Recirculating the cool air in the cabin
when the A/C is on reduces cooling load.
4. Drive at economical speeds and distances. . Observing the speed limit and not exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (where legally allowed) can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag. . Maintaining a safe following distance behind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking. . Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced braking and smooth acceleration changes. . Select a gear range suitable to road conditions.
5. Use cruise control. . Using cruise control during highway driving helps maintain a steady speed. . Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains.
6. Plan for the shortest route. . Utilize a map or navigation system to determine the best route to save time.
7. Avoid idling. . Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30-60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions.
8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads. . Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting.
9. Winter warm up. . Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy. . Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start-up to effectively circulate the engine oil before driving. . Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling.
10. Keeping your vehicle cool. . Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible.
. When entering a hot vehicle, opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster, resulting in reduced demand on your A/C system.
INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY
Y51D-V-E01-1588CA13-BA81-4DF3-B5D2-ECE86C6E9368
. Keep your engine tuned up. . Follow the recommended scheduled
maintenance. . Keep the tires inflated to the correct
pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy.
. Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy.
. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil. (See "Engine oil and oil filter recommendation" (P.10-7).)
Starting and driving 5-125
INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-1AAB6C12-0451-4A5D-9321-14244FF57EE4
SSD0336
The AWD warning light is located in the meter. The AWD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. It turns off soon after the engine is started. If any malfunction occurs in the Intelligent
5-126 Starting and driving
AWD system while the engine is running, the warning light will come on.
The warning light may blink rapidly (about twice per second) while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to high power train oil temperature. The driving mode may change to two-wheel drive. If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation, stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately. Then if the light goes off after a while, you can continue driving.
A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pull off the road in a safe area, and idle the engine. Check that all tire sizes are the same, tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn.
If the warning light is blinking after the above operation, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
WARNING
. For AWD equipped vehicles, do not attempt to raise two wheels off the
ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running. Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
. Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing) or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground. Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
CAUTION
. Do not operate the engine on a free roller when any of the wheels are raised.
. If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the
AWD system. Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. If the warning light remains on after the above operation, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. The power train may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking.
PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
Y51D-V-E01-42DA8129-93DE-4DEE-B288-140B31DDEE66
WARNING
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.
. Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended.
. Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents.
SD1006MA
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
. Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission placed into P (Park). Failure to do so could cause the vehicle
Starting and driving 5-127
to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident.
. Make sure the automatic transmission shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal.
1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.
. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: *1
Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb.
. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: *2
Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb.
. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO
CURB: *3
Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move
5-128 Starting and driving
away from the center of the road if it moves.
4. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
POWER STEERING
Y51D-V-E01-13F641F0-368A-48A0-9D8E-2887231D757B
WARNING
If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work. Steering will be harder to operate.
The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, to assist steering. If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, you will still have control of the vehicle. However, much greater steering effort is needed, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.
BRAKE SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-86A44992-7267-42A5-98A1-F79018080BEF
BRAKING PRECAUTIONS Y51D-V-E01-306DF583-15A7-4F2E-A62C-BF5322FC38D7
The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still have braking at two wheels.
Vacuum assisted brakes Y51D-V-E01-78C52DD3-F84F-4DBD-A69F-5E2253E57FCE
The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However, greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer.
When the brake pedal is depressed slowly and firmly, you may hear a clicking noise and feel a slight pulsation. This is normal and indicates that the Brake Assist System is operating.
Wet brakes Y51D-V-E01-4164933E-9063-4069-9B0B-00C0D135CBA1
When the vehicle is washed or driven through water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking.
To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the
vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly.
PARKING BRAKE BREAK-IN Y51D-V-E01-8D2FFD7C-4467-45F7-A514-CBBDEBD1F7FB
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the best braking performance.
This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Using the brakes Y51D-V-E01-CBE6144D-573B-4C4C-8A27-7992EBD125D3
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving. This will cause overheating of the brakes, wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage.
To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating, reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
. While driving on a slippery surface, be careful when braking, accelerating or downshifting. Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident.
. If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. Braking will be harder.
Starting and driving 5-129
BRAKE ASSIST
Y51D-V-E01-F6785775-3925-43E5-BB5B-DA5F01739940
BRAKE ASSIST Y51D-V-E01-3F9393D9-D02F-4462-8A83-9E9A6FD7B50A
When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force.
WARNING
The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) Y51D-V-E01-AD17D48C-F86A-4373-A36D-8D191DFD4848
WARNING
. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques. It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal
5-130 Starting and driving
surfaces even with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longer on rough, gravel or snow covered roads, or if you are using tire chains. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is responsible for safety.
. Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness.
-- When replacing tires, install the specified size of tires on all four wheels.
-- When installing a spare tire, make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label. See "Tire and loading information label" (P.1014).
-- For detailed information, see "Wheels and tires" (P.8-32).
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By pre-
venting each wheel from locking, the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces.
Using the system Y51D-V-E01-5E51FABB-C166-46FD-896A-2D2AFBB568C6
Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.
WARNING
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may result in increased stopping distances.
Self-test feature Y51D-V-E01-9FAB00BB-F2BE-4168-BD75-236754B398C1
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a "clunk" noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and
does not indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.
If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-test or while driving, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Normal operation Y51D-V-E01-97EC20E5-32E3-4D14-80B0-197E7EAA54F0
The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h).
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating. This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving.
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-4A9596A2-6386-4C22-A04D-18A64B158580
The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system helps to perform the following functions.
. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle.
. Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (traction control function).
. Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions:
-- understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input)
-- oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions).
The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations.
When the VDC system operates, the VDC warning light in the instrument panel
flashes so note the following:
. The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path.
. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood. This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly.
. Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.
See "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light" (P.2-18).
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the
VDC warning light
illuminates in the
instrument panel. The VDC system auto-
matically turns off.
The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system. The VDC off indicator light illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off. When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system, the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel. The VDC warning light flashes if this occurs. All other VDC functions are off, except for rise-up and build-up and brake force distribution, and the VDC warning
Starting and driving 5-131
light will not flash. The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position.
See "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light" (P.2-18) and "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light" (P.2-20).
The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a "clunk" noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction.
ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-B5B4CBB7-02DE-42E3-B478-AAEA8DEBF723
This system senses driving based on the driver's steering and acceleration/braking patterns, and controls brake pressure at individual wheels to help smooth vehicle response.
When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is set to the "SPORT" mode, the amount of brake control provided by active trace control is reduced.
When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system, the active trace control
5-132 Starting and driving
system is also turned off.
If the active trace control is not functioning properly, the Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system warning light illuminates in the instrument panel.
RISE-UP AND BUILD-UP Y51D-V-E01-87710884-81A9-4A5A-9076-A774904FE42D
The system gradually adjusts braking power during normal braking to help provide an enhanced brake feel.
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION Y51D-V-E01-5B46CABC-FBC6-4BB8-9C50-B12A7A558D2E
During braking while driving through turns, the system optimizes the distribution of force to each of the four wheels depending on the radius of the turn.
WARNING
. The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully.
. The active trace control (if so equipped), rise-up and build-up and brake force
distribution systems may not be effective depending on the driving condition. Always drive carefully and attentively.
. Do not modify the vehicle's suspension. If suspension parts such as shock absorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheels are not INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly. This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance, and the VDC warning light may illuminate.
. If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors and calipers are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate.
. If engine control related parts are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC warning light may illuminate.
. When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate. Do not drive on these types of
roads.
. When driving on an unstable surface
such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or
ramp, the VDC warning light
may
illuminate. This is not a malfunction.
Restart the engine after driving onto a
stable surface.
. If wheels or tires other than the INFINITI recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate.
. The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road.
HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-B2E44199-DFC9-456A-A2F7-D14ECC3D735F
WARNING
. Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a hill. Always drive carefully and attentively. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death.
. The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury.
. The hill start assist system may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions. Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury.
The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill.
The hill start assist system will operate automatically under the following conditions:
. The transmission is shifted to a forward or reverse gear.
. The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake.
The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and the hill start assist system will stop operating completely.
The hill start assist system will not operate when the transmission is shifted to the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position or on a flat and level road.
Starting and driving 5-133
COLD WEATHER DRIVING
Y51D-V-E01-001CE61A-44FC-4E4D-95F7-8EE61107147D
FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK Y51D-V-E01-5EBECC5D-B5CD-4CE7-A4D7-6E52DD8EBEEC
To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent Key system.
ANTIFREEZE Y51D-V-E01-7CABC06B-2D45-45D5-A042-B13E6F03CC5E
In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 328F (08C), check antifreeze to assure proper winter protection. For additional information, see "Engine cooling system" (P.8-9).
BATTERY Y51D-V-E01-48005E45-813C-44A5-8D41-9521223F2001
If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should be checked regularly. For additional information, see "Battery" (P.8-17).
DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER Y51D-V-E01-A0F702CC-5DF7-4D12-BDDC-B53438BDF4C1
If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze, drain the cooling system, including the engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle. For details, see "Engine cooling system" (P.8-9).
5-134 Starting and driving
TIRE EQUIPMENT Y51D-V-E01-B6FA169D-58DD-435F-9AD5-F0E503886684
SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement. However, the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITI recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It is recommended you consult an INFINITI retailer for the tire type, size, speed rating and availability information.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.
Tire chains may be used. For details, see "Tire chains" (P.8-39).
For all-wheel drive Y51D-V-E01-52FA104E-DAD0-44AC-B200-A57E40801427
If you install snow tires, they must also be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT Y51D-V-E01-FD3A51BB-C337-4BB2-A247-49F856B8CB20
It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter:
. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades.
. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support.
. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.
. Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank.
DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE Y51D-V-E01-66431155-62BF-4354-8807-8F4097602234
WARNING
. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain), very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on. The vehicle will have much less traction or "grip" under these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded.
. Whatever the condition, drive with caution. Accelerate and slow down with care. If accelerating or downshifting too fast, the drive wheels will lose even more traction.
. Allow more stopping distance under these conditions. Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement.
. Allow greater following distances on slippery roads.
. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try not to brake while on the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers.
. Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads.
. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle. Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so equipped)
Y51D-V-E01-F270A1FF-C9B0-43A5-AB8A-F0C23F1ADF65
Engine block heaters are used to assist in cold temperature starting.
The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 208F (-78C) or lower.
To use the engine block heater Y51D-V-E01-79B81556-127B-4048-8AA9-6FD28CD83F1B
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord.
3. Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.
4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.
5. The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on outside temperatures, to properly warm the engine coolant. Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on.
6. Before starting the engine, unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts.
WARNING
. Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2pronged adapter. You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection.
. Disconnect and properly store the engine block heater cord before starting the engine. Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury.
. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-VAC outlet. Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury.
Starting and driving 5-135
ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION
Y51D-V-E01-4BC683C5-0584-4514-A0FB-514E96846B22
. Do not change or modify speakers including the woofer and any audio related parts such as the amplifier.
. Do not make any modification including sound deadening or modifications around the microphones or speakers.
This system uses microphones *1 located
inside the vehicle to detect engine booming sound. The system then automatically produces a muted engine booming sound
through the speakers *2 and woofer *3 (if
so equipped) to reduce engine booming sound.
5-136 Starting and driving
SAA3004
NOTE: To operate the active noise cancellation system properly: . Do not cover the speakers or woofer. . Do not cover the microphones.
6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch ............................... 6-2 Roadside assistance program ................................ 6-2 Emergency engine shut off .................................. 6-3 Flat tire ............................................................... 6-3
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ......... 6-3 Changing a flat tire ......................................... 6-4
Jump starting ........................................................ 6-9 Push starting ...................................................... 6-11 If your vehicle overheats ..................................... 6-12 Towing your vehicle .......................................... 6-13
Towing recommended by INFINITI ................ 6-14 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ....... 6-15
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH
Y51D-V-E01-09C9882C-8E70-4713-8807-D4CA17DB80BA
. Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on.
The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position.
When an impact that could activate the supplemental air bags is detected, the hazard warning flasher lights blink automatically. If the hazard warning flasher switch is pushed, the hazard warning flashers will turn off.
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
Y51D-V-E01-607A6196-FD87-446A-AE94-F5E9906886A3
In the event of a roadside emergency, Roadside Assistance Service is available to you. Please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Information Booklet (Canada) for details.
SIC2574
Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will flash.
WARNING
. If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road.
. Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic.
WARNING
Do not turn the hazard warning flasher switch to off until you can make sure that it is safe to do so. Also, the hazard flasher warning may not blink automatically depending on the force of impact.
Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving.
6-2 In case of emergency
EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF
Y51D-V-E01-63E297C5-4018-4F40-92EF-3B211665C34B
To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving, perform the following procedure:
. Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or
. Push and hold the push-button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds.
FLAT TIRE
Y51D-V-E01-6C3D919A-CD26-4BC0-9CF9-2EC5F910E687
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
Y51D-V-E01-BFEA3614-E51F-4536-91BF-65C5324E7C3E
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare. When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light. This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For more details, see "Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders" (P.2-11) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.5-5).
WARNING
. If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates or LOW PRESSURE information is displayed on the monitor screen while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as
possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible.
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for these services.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
In case of emergency 6-3
. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.
CHANGING A FLAT TIRE Y51D-V-E01-7DC62245-C197-46D2-A590-2F8EFA714154
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions below.
Stopping the vehicle Y51D-V-E01-C8BD7909-E246-4314-8B03-44AE22872067
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic.
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
4. Turn off the engine.
5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance.
6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle.
WARNING
. Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the automatic transmission into P (Park).
. Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This is hazardous.
. Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait for professional road assistance.
MCE0001A
Blocking wheels Y51D-V-E01-4A169BFB-2170-457B-BD05-FE37E61C1616
Place suitable blocks *1 at both the front
and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up.
WARNING
Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury.
6-4 In case of emergency
JVE0356X
Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire
Y51D-V-E01-0BEFC529-EB0A-438D-A226-A026984E213D
WARNING
SCE0882
Getting the spare tire and tools Y51D-V-E01-AB7BE0E7-F938-449F-AD80-100312B4783F
Raise the trunk floor cover *1 using the tab *A .
Remove jacking tools located inside the trunk as illustrated.
Remove the cap *2 holding the spare tire.
. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands.
. Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles. The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change.
. Use the correct jack-up points. Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.
. Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary.
. Never use blocks on or under the jack.
. Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack, as it may cause the vehicle to move. This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials.
. Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
In case of emergency 6-5
Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instructions.
6-6 In case of emergency
CE1089-A
Jack-up point 1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up
point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point. Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown. Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown.
The jack should be used on level firm ground.
2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground.
3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above. Remove the wheel nuts, and then remove the tire.
SCE0504
SCE0661
Installing the spare tire Y51D-V-E01-93A81664-5ADD-41C9-883F-F248D6F75255
The T-type spare tire is designed for emergency use. (See specific instructions under the heading "Wheels and tires" (P.832).)
1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub.
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight.
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the
sequence illustrated (*1 , *2 , *3 , *4 , *5 ) until they are tight.
In case of emergency 6-7
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground. Then, with the wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated. Lower the vehicle completely.
WARNING
. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off. This could cause an accident.
. Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts. This could cause the nuts to become loose.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).
. As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench. Wheel nut tightening torque: 80 ft-lb (108 N·m)
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be
6-8 In case of emergency
tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval.
. Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.
COLD pressure:
After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar.
SCE0883
5. Securely store the flat tire and jacking equipment in the vehicle.
6. Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the damaged tire.
7. Close the trunk.
WARNING
. Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use. Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop.
. The T-type spare tire and small size spare tire are designed for emergency use. See specific instructions under the heading "Wheels and tires" (P.8-32).
JUMP STARTING
Y51D-V-E01-781C1C30-AAC3-4DAF-8D44-D7D3051FE996
To start your engine with a booster battery, the instructions and precautions below must be followed.
WARNING
. If done incorrectly, jump starting can lead to a battery explosion, resulting in severe injury or death. It could also damage your vehicle.
. Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery. Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery.
. Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns. If the fluid should come into contact with anything, immediately flush the contacted area with water.
. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.
. The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle.
. Whenever working on or near a battery, always wear suitable eye protectors (for example, goggles or industrial safety spectacles) and remove rings, metal bands, or any other jewelry. Do not lean over the battery when jump starting.
. Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery. It could explode and cause serious injury.
. Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan. It could come on at any time. Keep hands and other objects away from it.
In case of emergency 6-9
VK56VD engine
6-10 In case of emergency
VQ37VHR engine
WARNING
Always follow the instructions below. Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury.
SCE0886 SCE0884
1. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle *A , position the two vehicles (*A and *B ) to bring their batteries
into close proximity to each other.
Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.
2. Apply parking brake. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems (light, heater, air conditioner, etc.).
3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so equipped). Cover the battery with a
firmly wrung out moist cloth *C to
reduce explosion hazard.
4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence
as illustrated (*1 ? *2 ? *3 ? *4 ).
For models with a steering wheel lock mechanism: If the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned. Supply power using jumper cables before pushing the ignition switch
and disengaging the steering lock.
CAUTION
. Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (-) to body ground (as illustrated) - not to the battery.
. Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that clamps do not contact any other metal.
5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
*A and let it run for a few minutes.
6. Keep the engine speed of the booster
vehicle *A at about 2,000 rpm, and
start the engine of the vehicle being
jump started *B .
7. After starting your engine, carefully disconnect the negative cable and then
the positive cable (*4 ? *3 ? *2 ? *1 ).
8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid.
9. Put the battery cover on.
PUSH STARTING
Y51D-V-E01-5E7499C6-92EE-4262-B9B9-83F939236178
Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.
CAUTION
. Automatic transmission models cannot be push-started or tow-started. Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage.
. Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged.
. Never try to start the vehicle by towing it; when the engine starts, the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds. If the engine does not start right away, push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again.
In case of emergency 6-11
IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS
Y51D-V-E01-9ECDEC9C-D91E-43BE-8956-65EFDD4A98EF
CAUTION
. Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats. Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire.
. To avoid the danger of being scalded, never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot. When the radiator cap is removed, pressurized hot water will spurt out, possibly causing serious injury.
. Do not open the hood if steam is coming out.
If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal noise, etc., take the following steps: 1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,
apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. Do not stop the engine. 2. Turn off the climate control. Open all the windows, move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high
speed. 3. If engine overheating is caused by
climbing a long hill on a hot day, run the engine at a fast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm) until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal. 4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood. (If steam or coolant is escaping, turn off the engine.) Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen. 5. Open the engine hood.
WARNING
If steam or water is coming from the engine, stand clear to prevent getting burned.
6. Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is running. The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water. If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run, stop the engine.
WARNING
Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or get caught in, engine belts or the engine cooling fan. The engine cooling fan can start at any time.
7. After the engine cools down, check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running. Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary. Have your vehicle repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
6-12 In case of emergency
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
Y51D-V-E01-7FD19792-7E5A-41B4-A8FD-4D1A4B9EB1E8
When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in Canada) and local regulations for towing must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are available from an INFINITI retailer. Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, INFINITI recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions.
used. . Always attach safety chains before tow-
ing.
For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle (RV), see "Flat towing" (P.10-20).
WARNING
. Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed.
. Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck.
CAUTION
. When towing, make sure that the transmission, axles, steering system and powertrain are in working condition. If any unit is damaged, dollies must be
In case of emergency 6-13
tion. This may damage the steering lock mechanism.
SCE0788
Two-wheel drive models
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI
Y51D-V-E01-23FDC964-71B4-4D54-A9E0-DE67373C2DF7
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models Y51D-V-E01-9E0EF578-3514-4B10-979D-D236953F941A
INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving (rear) wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated.
backward), as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission. If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised, always use towing dollies under the rear wheels.
. When towing rear wheel drive models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies: Push the ignition
CAUTION
switch to the ACC or ON position, and secure the steering wheel in a straight-
. Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground (forward or
ahead position with a rope or similar device. For models with a steering wheel lock mechanism: Never secure the steering wheel by selecting the LOCK posi-
6-14 In case of emergency
All-wheel drive models
Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
Y51D-V-E01-928888E2-FAEA-4E7E-AE79-B757A84827C9
INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.
CAUTION
Never tow Intelligent AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.
SCE0488
VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck vehicle)
Y51D-V-E01-59A30A56-ED09-42A6-BC18-EAAD249D68F3
WARNING
To avoid vehicle damage, serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle:
. Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure.
. Tow chains or cables must be attached only to main structural members of the vehicle.
. Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle.
. Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer's instructions.
. Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle. Never pull at an angle.
. Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point.
In case of emergency 6-15
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery. Always follow the manufacturer's instructions for the recovery device.
Rocking a stuck vehicle Y51D-V-E01-F72ACA55-5696-41CC-8BC5-2F62ECE3C3B9
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use the following procedure:
1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system.
2. Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions.
3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires.
4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward. . Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and D (Drive). . Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion. . Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D. . Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55 km/h).
5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional towing
6-16 In case of emergency
service to remove the vehicle.
7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior ................................................... 7-2 Washing ......................................................... 7-2 Waxing ........................................................... 7-2 Removing spots .............................................. 7-3 Underbody ..................................................... 7-3 Glass .............................................................. 7-3 Wheels ........................................................... 7-3 Chrome parts .................................................... 7-4 Tire dressing ..................................................... 7-4
Cleaning interior ................................................ 7-4 Air fresheners .................................................. 7-5 Moonroof sunshade ...................................... 7-5 Floor mats .................................................... 7-6 Seat belts ..................................................... 7-7
Corrosion protection ........................................... 7-8 Most common factors contributing to vehicle corrosion .......................................... 7-8 Environmental factors influence the rate of corrosion ..................................................... 7-8 To protect your vehicle from corrosion ............. 7-8
CLEANING EXTERIOR
Y51D-V-E01-61244B6B-856E-4C02-A149-32D53D2458C8
In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. To protect the paint surface, wash your vehicle as soon as you can: . after a rainfall to prevent possible
damage from acid rain . after driving on coastal roads . when contaminants such as soot, bird
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface . when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area. When it is necessary to park outside, park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover. Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover.
7-2 Appearance and care
WASHING Y51D-V-E01-89C768C5-665E-4332-B537-059AF9E0DABC
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.
CAUTION
. Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent. Some car washes, especially brushless ones, use some acid for cleaning. The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This could affect their appearance, and also could cause them not to function properly. Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used.
. Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap, strong chemical detergents, gasoline or solvents.
. Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot, as the surface may become water-spotted.
. Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, such as washing mitts. Care must
be taken when removing caked-on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged.
Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water.
Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors, hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open. Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt.
Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.
WAXING Y51D-V-E01-FDECF156-7849-4E3B-9508-4112D8244F1D
Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing is recommended to remove builtup wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax.
An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choosing the proper product.
. Wax your vehicle only after a thorough
washing. Follow the instructions supplied with the wax.
. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish.
Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.
REMOVING SPOTS Y51D-V-E01-E8B74468-BCE5-4709-9D00-2285EB5AF58E
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining. Special cleaning products are available at an INFINITI retailer or any automotive accessory stores.
UNDERBODY Y51D-V-E01-7716E8ED-9E43-4D83-A6F6-497E61851D28
In areas where road salt is used in winter, the underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension. Before the winter period and again in the spring, the underseal must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.
GLASS Y51D-V-E01-08906C72-395B-4C0D-AB51-77874E33DDFB
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could damage the electrical conductors, radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements.
WHEELS Y51D-V-E01-86BF7C1F-D7AC-4955-A781-342F1840AEDE
Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance. . Clean the inner side of the wheels when
the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed. . Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.
. INFINITI recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter.
CAUTION
Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels.
Aluminum alloy wheels Y51D-V-E01-FBDB2630-0B4E-48F5-A670-4D29933E3E16
Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution, especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used. Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed.
CAUTION
Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels: . Do not use a cleaner that uses strong
acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels. . Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot. The wheel temperature should be the same as
Appearance and care 7-3
ambient temperature.
. Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied.
CHROME PARTS Y51D-V-E01-0094087B-0A17-4FF2-9C41-F31A14D3D6BC
Clean chrome parts regularly with a nonabrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.
TIRE DRESSING Y51D-V-E01-049714D9-BD47-419F-9036-9C9F29D765E3
INFINITI does not recommend the use of tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint.
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the following precautions:
. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil-based tire dressing.
. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult to remove).
7-4 Appearance and care
. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread/grooves.
. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manufacturer.
CLEANING INTERIOR
Y51D-V-E01-5EAC8407-7781-4E05-920D-B9F833E99438
Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth.
Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather.
Before using any fabric protector, read the manufacturer's recommendations. Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material.
Use a cloth dampened only with water, to clean the meter and gauge lens.
WARNING
Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors. This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
CAUTION
. Never use benzine, thinner, or any similar material.
. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens.
. Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens. Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction.
. Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may damage the leather's natural finish.
. Only use fabric protectors approved by INFINITI.
. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It may damage the lens cover.
AIR FRESHENERS Y51D-V-E01-6145786E-8E5A-423A-A3C5-028C5AD788FF
Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, take the following precautions:
. Hanging-type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface.
. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the vents. These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces.
Carefully read and follow the manufacturer's instructions before using air fresheners.
MOONROOF SUNSHADE Y51D-V-E01-299A0628-F514-44B1-8BF0-28E35F8D687B
The moonroof sunshade is made from a suede material.
Clean the suede material as follows:
CAUTION
To help prevent damaging the sunshade while cleaning:
. Do not rub the material with a cloth. Doing so can damage the surface of the material or cause a stain to spread.
. Never use benzine, thinner or any similar chemical to clean the suede. This may discolor the sunshade and damage the surface.
. Clean water based stains by patting the surface with a clean soft cloth dampened in warm water. Press a clean dry cloth onto the surface to remove as much dampness as possible and then let air dry.
. Clean oil based stains by patting the surface with a clean soft cloth dampened in warm water. Press a clean dry cloth onto the surface to remove as much dampness as possible and then let air dry.
Appearance and care 7-5
FLOOR MATS Y51D-V-E01-7EBEC747-2285-4A16-B3E7-D47C43B29BF3
WARNING
To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision, injury or death:
. NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position or install them upside down or backwards.
. It is recommended that you use only genuine INFINITI floor mats specifically designed for use in your vehicle model and model year. See your INFINITI retailer for more information.
. Properly position the mats in the floorwell using the floor mat positioning hook. See "Floor mat installation" (P.76).
. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with pedal operation.
. Periodically check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.
. After cleaning the vehicle interior, check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.
The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior. Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn.
SAI0050
Floor mat installation Y51D-V-E01-D9CDBE08-03DE-4459-9F04-93DA3AC654D3
Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat positioning hook(s). The number and shape of the floor mat positioning hook(s) for each seating position varies depending on the vehicle.
When installing genuine INFINITI floor mats, follow the installation instructions provided with the floor mat and the following:
1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell so that the mat grommet holes are aligned with the hook(s).
7-6 Appearance and care
2. Secure the grommet holes into the hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat is properly positioned.
3. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with pedal operation. With the ignition in the OFF position and the shift lever in the P (Park) position, fully apply and release all pedals. The floor mat must not interfere with pedal operation or prevent the pedal from returning to its normal position. It is recommended you see an INFINITI retailer for details about installing the floor mats in your vehicle.
SAI0051
Positioning hooks The illustration shows the location of the floor mat positioning hooks.
SEAT BELTS Y51D-V-E01-2D317E9D-E485-4E01-BEF8-63AE0061A86C
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. Allow the belts to dry completely before using them.
See "Seat belts" (P.1-10).
WARNING
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or chemi-
cal solvents to clean the seat belts, since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing.
Appearance and care 7-7
CORROSION PROTECTION
Y51D-V-E01-7C9F6819-C67C-4001-ADB4-4331407552AC
MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION
Y51D-V-E01-E979CBFD-D47E-46D2-AB44-0988347AF315
. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other areas.
. Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents.
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION
Y51D-V-E01-C2F6F55B-7D15-4DC8-A7A4-CB5B62B9E8C9
Moisture Y51D-V-E01-12E981E2-C1A4-4D98-9FBC-150933E5F21D
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle, and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.
Relative humidity Y51D-V-E01-64711E0F-757E-409A-B8A7-2864F3659D0F
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity, especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt is used.
Temperature Y51D-V-E01-EA28CD9A-484D-45B8-B7CF-AC2A62B65F06
A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated.
Air pollution Y51D-V-E01-CB81F8AB-C2B9-4F0F-BD74-30B3EB1BA3D5
Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces.
TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION
Y51D-V-E01-88825C6B-922A-4901-8950-E810E911CD7E
. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean.
. Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible.
. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation.
. Check the underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as possible.
CAUTION
. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
. Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.
In winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically.
For additional protection against rust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, it is recommended you consult an INFINITI retailer.
7-8 Appearance and care
8 Do-it-yourself
Maintenance precautions .................................... 8-2 Engine compartment check locations ..................... 8-4
VK56VD engine .............................................. 8-4 VQ37VHR engine ............................................... 8-6 Engine cooling system ........................................... 8-9 Checking engine coolant level ......................... 8-10 Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-11 Engine oil ............................................................ 8-11 Checking engine oil level .............................. 8-12 Changing engine oil and filter ....................... 8-12 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ...................... 8-15 Power steering fluid .......................................... 8-15 Brake fluid ........................................................ 8-16 Brake fluid ...................................................... 8-16 Window washer fluid ........................................... 8-16 Battery ................................................................ 8-17 Jump starting ................................................ 8-19 Variable voltage control system ........................... 8-19 Drive belts ........................................................ 8-19 Spark plugs ...................................................... 8-20 Replacing spark plugs ..................................... 8-20
Air cleaner ....................................................... 8-21 Windshield wiper blades ..................................... 8-22
Cleaning ........................................................ 8-22 Replacing .................................................... 8-22 Brakes ................................................................ 8-23 Self-adjusting brakes .................................. 8-23 Brake pad wear warning ................................ 8-23 Fuses .................................................................. 8-24 Engine compartment ................................... 8-24 Passenger compartment .............................. 8-26 Intelligent Key battery replacement ..................... 8-26 Lights ............................................................... 8-29 Headlights ..................................................... 8-30 Exterior and interior lights ............................. 8-30 Wheels and tires ................................................. 8-32 Tire pressure ............................................... 8-32 Tire labeling ................................................ 8-36 Types of tires .............................................. 8-38 Tire chains .................................................. 8-39 Changing wheels and tires .......................... 8-39
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
Y51D-V-E01-239C92D7-82C6-4E8E-B4CA-4F36484B9DCB
When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle. The following are general precautions which should be closely observed.
WARNING
. Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
. Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs.
. Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
. Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
. If you must work with the engine running, keep your hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans, belts and any other moving parts.
8-2 Do-it-yourself
. It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. before working on your vehicle.
. Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle.
. If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage, be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape.
. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands.
. Keep smoking materials, flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery.
. Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan. It may come on at any time without warning, even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running. To avoid injury, always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan.
. Because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for service of the fuel filter or fuel lines.
CAUTION
. Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot. Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down.
. Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant. Improperly disposed engine oil, coolant, and/or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment. Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid.
This "8. Do-it yourself" section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform. A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also available. (See "Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information" (P.10-24).) You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions, and could affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt about any servicing, it is recom-
mended you have it done by an INFINITI retailer.
Do-it-yourself 8-3
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS
Y51D-V-E01-40355A41-7F10-4734-AE5E-6CAA3DAE4D37
VK56VD ENGINE Y51D-V-E01-E9D8FF24-AD48-40B9-8D74-62D279278F91
To remove the engine compartment cover,
unhook the clips *1 located as illustrated. Loosen the bolts *A and then pull the
cover upward.
8-4 Do-it-yourself
SDI2569
1. Battery 2. Fuse/fusible link holder 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Window washer fluid reservoir 6. Power steering fluid reservoir 7. Air cleaner 8. Radiator filler cap 9. Engine coolant reservoir 10. Engine oil dipstick 11. Drive belts 12. Fuse/fusible link holder
SDI2538
Do-it-yourself 8-5
VQ37VHR ENGINE Y51D-V-E01-624AD3D6-4034-4C42-96DA-D1FCECFC3235
To remove the engine compartment cover, unhook the clips located as illustrated.
8-6 Do-it-yourself
SDI2551
Type A GUID-5752B3A4-D8FF-4961-9160-5090555FCE31
1. Fuse/fusible link holder 2. Battery 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Window washer fluid reservoir 6. Power steering fluid reservoir 7. Air cleaner 8. Radiator filler cap 9. Engine coolant reservoir 10. Engine oil dipstick 11. Drive belts
JVC0538X
Do-it-yourself 8-7
8-8 Do-it-yourself
Type B GUID-CA2406D1-CA97-4C99-9B20-6F21F956C6CA
1. Fuse/fusible link holder 2. Battery 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Window washer fluid reservoir 6. Power steering fluid reservoir 7. Air cleaner 8. Radiator filler cap 9. Engine coolant reservoir 10. Engine oil dipstick 11. Drive belts
JVC0539X
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-662E477D-FA0C-4DA9-8B55-B58B05C7E362
The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide yearround anti-freeze and coolant protection. The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary.
WARNING
. Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Wait until the engine and radiator cool down. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. See precautions in "If your vehicle overheats" (P.6-12).
. The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap. To prevent engine damage, use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap.
CAUTION
. Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling system and cause
damage to the engine, transmission and/or cooling system.
. When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide antifreeze protection to -348F (-378C). If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate following the directions on the container. If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, follow the coolant manufacture's instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to -348F (-378C). The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system.
. The life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) , including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/
Coolant (green), or the use of nondistilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant. Refer to the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section of this manual for more details.
Do-it-yourself 8-9
Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant.
If the cooling system requires coolant frequently, have it checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
JVM0651X
CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Y51D-V-E01-84AE9FA6-E55B-4D94-91B9-C765423765DC
Models with non-pressurized radiator reservoir tank
GUID-ADA6E49A-21E7-4E48-8999-4B103F566062
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold. If the coolant level
is below MIN *2 , open the reservoir tank cap and add coolant up to the MAX *1
level. If the reservoir tank is empty, check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the
MAX level *1 .
8-10 Do-it-yourself
SDI2624
Models with pressurized radiator reservoir tank
GUID-341ED9AB-6462-4E58-94AF-F9670CA91ED2
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank when the engine is running and after it reaches normal operating temperature. If
the coolant level is below MIN level *2 , add coolant up to the MAX level *1 . If the
reservoir tank is empty, check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler cap above the radiator upper hose opening and also add it to the reservoir
tank up to the MAX level *1 . Put on the
filler cap above the radiator upper hose
and with the reservoir cap open, start the engine. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature. Add coolant
up to the MAX level *1 . Tighten the cap
securely after adding engine coolant.
If the cooling system requires coolant frequently, have it checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Y51D-V-E01-A426F257-7E1C-4FDD-BCE7-CC70502D59EA
It is recommended that major cooling system repairs be performed by an INFINITI retailer. The service procedures can be found in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual.
Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating.
from the radiator. . Avoid direct skin contact with used
coolant. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible. . Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets.
Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations.
ENGINE OIL
Y51D-V-E01-A7C453B1-918A-4063-9B01-B06D637810DF
VK56VD engine
SDI2541
WARNING
. To avoid the danger of being scalded, never change the coolant when the engine is hot.
. Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping
VQ37VHR engine
SDI2045
Do-it-yourself 8-11
CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL Y51D-V-E01-F1375A53-9C95-4044-9249-810C01D32BB1
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature.
3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Reinsert it all the way.
5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level. It should be within the
range *1 . If the oil level is below *2 ,
remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening.
Do not overfill *3 .
6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.
It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the breakin period, depending on the severity of operating conditions.
CAUTION
such damage is not covered by warranty.
CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Y51D-V-E01-9647A2B0-4907-4EB7-83BB-101487A3007A
Vehicle set-up Y51D-V-E01-A77DD255-330F-4511-9453-9FE2A6353943
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes.
4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands. . Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack-up points. . A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle.
5. Remove the plastic engine undercover. . Remove the small plastic clip at the center point of the undercover. . Then remove the other bolts that hold the undercover in place.
Oil level should be checked regularly. Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine, and
8-12 Do-it-yourself
CAUTION
Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle damage.
SDI2543
VK56VD engine -- 2WD models
SDI2335
VQ37VHR engine -- 2WD models
Engine oil and filter Y51D-V-E01-E1C6F53B-E6EA-4EFF-A78E-74F5B4A219BD
1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.
2. Remove the oil filler cap.
3. Remove the drain plug *1 with a
wrench and completely drain the oil.
SDI2320
VK56VD engine -- AWD models
CAUTION
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil is hot.
. Waste oil must be disposed of properly.
. Check your local regulations. 4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the
engine oil filter change is needed.)
Loosen the oil filter *2 with an oil filter
wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand. 5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag.
SDI2047
VQ37VHR engine -- AWD models
CAUTION
Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting surface of the
Do-it-yourself 8-13
engine. Failure to do so could lead to engine damage.
6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil.
7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt, then tighten additionally more than 2/3 turn. Oil filter tightening torque: 11 to 15 ft-lb (14.7 to 20.5 N·m)
8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench. Drain plug tightening torque: 22 to 29 ft-lb (29 to 39 N·m)
Do not use excessive force. 9. Refill engine with recommended oil and
install the oil filler cap securely.
CAUTION
The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole while filling the engine with oil.
See "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.10-2) for drain and refill capacity. The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for reference only. Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine.
10. Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter. Correct as required.
11. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.
After the operation Y51D-V-E01-790CC92C-2688-443C-80B6-74DD163C016F
1. Install the engine undercover into position as the following steps.
a. Pull the center of the small plastic clip out.
b. Hold the engine undercover into position.
c. Insert the clip through the undercover into the hole in the frame, then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place.
d. Install the other bolts that hold the undercover in place. Be careful not
to strip the bolts or over-tighten them. 2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground. 3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.
WARNING
. Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer.
. Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.
. Keep used engine oil out of reach of children.
8-14 Do-it-yourself
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF)
Y51D-V-E01-9C4CC2F5-7026-4A93-9DEC-281F6C16BCFB
When checking or replacement is required, we recommend an INFINITI retailer for servicing.
POWER STEERING FLUID
Y51D-V-E01-2C5BAFDE-1854-4183-96A1-4CC2195DC204
CAUTION
. It is recommended that you use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Do not mix with other fluids.
. Using automatic transmission fluid (ATF) other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF may cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission. Damage caused by use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.
SDI1765A
Check the fluid level in the reservoir.
The fluid level should be checked using the
HOT range (*1 : HOT MAX., *2 : HOT MIN.)
at fluid temperatures of 122 to 1768F (50 to
808C) or using the COLD range (*3 : COLD MAX., *4 : COLD MIN.) at fluid tempera-
tures of 32 to 868F (0 to 308C).
If the fluid is below the MIN line, add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Remove the cap and fill through the opening.
CAUTION
. Do not overfill. . Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.
Do-it-yourself 8-15
BRAKE FLUID
Y51D-V-E01-AACA4D78-646F-451E-BC5B-A8705617C0AF
For further brake fluid information, see "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.10-2).
WINDOW WASHER FLUID
Y51D-V-E01-F48FB63A-B6F4-4B11-9059-ECB59D7D5932
WARNING
. Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old, inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system. The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle's stopping ability.
. Clean the filler cap before removing. . Brake fluid is poisonous and should be
stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.
CAUTION
Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, wash the surface with water.
8-16 Do-it-yourself
SDI2025
SDI2544
BRAKE FLUID Y51D-V-E01-E251D7F3-DAFD-4B99-85D2-9F43393E74FF
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the
fluid is below the MIN line *2 or the brake
warning light comes on, add Genuine
NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or
equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line
*1 . If fluid must be added frequently, the
system should be checked. It is recom-
mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for
this service.
WARNING
Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.
Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically. Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning appears on the vehicle information display. To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening.
Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the mixture ratio.
Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid.
Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent.
CAUTION
. Do not substitute engine anti-freeze coolant for window washer solution. This may result in damage to the paint.
. Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer's recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank.
Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water.
BATTERY
Y51D-V-E01-53727028-85F3-446D-8050-B21208C99FC8
. Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water.
. Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened.
. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer, disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it.
NOTE: Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of electro-
nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.
WARNING
. Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas gener-
Do-it-yourself 8-17
ated by the battery is explosive. Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. After touching a battery or battery cap, do not touch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention.
. Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low. Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat, reduce battery life, and in some cases lead to an explosion.
. When working on or near a battery, always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry.
. Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.
. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.
DI0137MA
Check the fluid level in each cell (Remove the battery cover if it is necessary). It
should be between the UPPER LEVEL *1 and LOWER LEVEL *2 lines.
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening. Do not overfill.
SDI1480C
1. Remove the cell plugs *A .
2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER
LEVEL *1 line.
If the side of the battery is not clear, check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell; the
condition *1 indicates OK and the conditions *2 needs more to be added. 3. Tighten cell plugs *A .
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level.
8-18 Do-it-yourself
JUMP STARTING Y51D-V-E01-0AAB0CA9-4991-4590-8F41-F3A34B9AA084
If jump starting is necessary, see "Jump starting" (P.6-9). If the engine does not start by jump starting, the battery may have to be replaced. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM
Y51D-V-E01-EEE1FA47-944D-4234-8652-FA1B4A99ADFC
CAUTION
. Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal. Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely.
. Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.
DRIVE BELTS
Y51D-V-E01-6ADF95B7-2D41-4AEE-99FC-6C4F047C2DAF
The variable voltage control system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator.
VK56VD engine
SDI2545
VQ37VHR engine
SDI2119
Do-it-yourself 8-19
1. Power steering fluid pump 2. Alternator 3. Crankshaft pulley 4. Air conditioner compressor 5. Drive belt auto-tensioner
WARNING
Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts. The engine could rotate unexpectedly.
1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is in poor condition or loose, have it replaced or adjusted. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
2. Have the belts checked regularly for condition and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section.
8-20 Do-it-yourself
SPARK PLUGS
Y51D-V-E01-BAFEF7A1-AE7C-43AA-A355-1FA8A7A79074
WARNING
Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely.
CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs. An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs.
SDI2020
REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Y51D-V-E01-5A1D3AA1-EC43-4BAE-B27E-C6EBBD832A65
If replacement is required, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Iridium-tipped spark plugs Y51D-V-E01-38C2D7CB-E5A3-44D4-8FFC-4A1A5D208F6C
It is not necessary to replace the iridiumtipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer. Follow the maintenance schedule shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section, but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping.
Always replace spark plugs with recommended or equivalent ones.
AIR CLEANER
Y51D-V-E01-EBDFA462-1DEC-47BB-9E1B-9849EB2EE182
of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth.
WARNING
. Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air, it stops flame if the engine backfires. If it isn't there, and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Do not drive with the air cleaner removed, and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed.
. Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed. Doing so could result in serious injury.
VK56VD engine
SDI2549
SDI2546
VQ37VHR engine
Remove the retainers *1 as illustrated and pull out the filter element *2 .
The filter element should not be cleaned and reused. Replace it according to the maintenance schedule shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section. When replacing the filter, wipe the inside
Do-it-yourself 8-21
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES
Y51D-V-E01-3AAC18CC-496A-4CFC-A885-D20A2F6859E1
CLEANING Y51D-V-E01-7847FFC1-7DCA-4EE2-B775-CA92E386F50A
If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water.
Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper, replace the blades.
Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision.
REPLACING Y51D-V-E01-2BEC5F4C-D760-4B69-84E3-337BD465F889
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
Before replacing the wiper blades, the wiper should be in the fully up position to avoid scratching the engine hood or damaging the wiper arm. To pull up the wiper arm, see "Wiper and washer switch" (P.2-34).
1. Pull the wiper arm.
2. Push the release tab *A , and then
move the wiper blade down the wiper
arm *1 while pushing the release tab
to remove.
SDI2048
3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds.
4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove.
CAUTION
. After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original position;
otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened. . Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass; otherwise the arm may be da-
8-22 Do-it-yourself
maged from wind pressure.
BRAKES
Y51D-V-E01-4F238978-A678-4BC5-A547-90FB4F14D1F8
If the brakes do not operate properly, it is recommended you have the brakes checked by an INFINITI retailer.
SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES Y51D-V-E01-22E38629-DCD8-4E65-AEEF-BF5D3567BF7B
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes.
The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is applied.
WARNING
Have your brake system checked if the brake pedal height does not return to normal. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SDI2362
Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle
*A . This may cause improper windshield
washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any objects with a needle or small
pin *B . Be careful not to damage the
nozzle.
BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING Y51D-V-E01-D89227A8-C2EA-43BF-8410-9B39CA613024
The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the
Do-it-yourself 8-23
wear warning sound is heard.
Under some driving or climate conditions, occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noise may be heard. Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system.
Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed. For additional information, see the maintenance schedule shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section.
FUSES
Y51D-V-E01-29097B28-1FE0-4182-A485-A2047D0C5A2D
SDI2584
ENGINE COMPARTMENT Y51D-V-E01-AFE79579-EF18-4DDE-B356-BDC18538EFB0
WARNING
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to
the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF. 2. Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse/ fusible link holder. 3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover. 4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.
8-24 Do-it-yourself
SDI2566
Fusible links Y51D-V-E01-3E721E86-CD62-4D57-8D17-0637DAF969EF
If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition, check the fusible links. If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with genuine INFINITI parts.
SDI1754
5. If the fuse is open *A , replace it with a new fuse *B . Spare fuses are stored in
the passenger compartment fuse box. 6. If a new fuse also opens, have the
electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
The holder *1 also contains the fuses. It is
recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for checking and/or replacing.
Do-it-yourself 8-25
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT
Y51D-V-E01-0F281EEB-8605-4AC8-B4C1-14A643CAD5F2
CAUTION
Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts.
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Y51D-V-E01-D27C130D-9311-435F-AE5F-9BAD54FDFC82
CAUTION
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to
the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF.
8-26 Do-it-yourself
SDI2034
2. Open the fuse box lid.
3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller
*A .
4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new fuse.
5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. Spare fuses are stored in the fuse box.
SDI2451
To replace the battery: 1. Release the lock knob at the back of the
Intelligent Key and remove the mechanical key.
2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver wrapped with a cloth into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part
from the lower part.
3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:
CR2025 or equivalent . Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction. . Hold the battery by the edges. Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity. . Make sure that the + side faces the bottom of the case.
SDI2452
4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts, and then push them together until it is securely closed.
5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
If you need any assistance for replacement, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
Do-it-yourself 8-27
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
8-28 Do-it-yourself
LIGHTS
Y51D-V-E01-1D71E071-0CBD-4E3D-963F-E241DBAFF23C
JVM0645X
1. Headlight (high-beam) 2. Headlight (low-beam) 3. Parking light/daytime running light 4. Map light 5. Rear spot light (if so equipped) 6. Rear personal light (if so equipped) 7. Side turn signal light 8. Fog light 9. Front turn signal light 10. Front side marker light 11. Illuminated kick plate (if so equipped) 12. Step light 13. Courtesy light 14. High-mounted stop light 15. Trunk light 16. License plate light 17. Back-up light 18. Rear turn signal light 19. Stop light 20. Tail light 21. Rear side marker light
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside the lens,
Do-it-yourself 8-29
it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for servicing.
HEADLIGHTS Y51D-V-E01-B409A053-713B-47F9-8BA6-C8B6CAD09616
If replacement is required, it is recommended you visit your INFINITI retailer for this service.
8-30 Do-it-yourself
EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Y51D-V-E01-8340E8EC-D475-45A1-B894-36A11A3F29A7 Item Headlight* High beams Low beams Front turn signal light* Front fog light* Parking light* Side turn signal light* Side marker light* Rear combination light* back-up turn signal stop/tail/side marker License plate light* Map light Rear personal light (if so equipped) Rear spot light (if so equipped) Vanity mirror light* Illuminated kick plate (if so equipped)* Step light* Trunk light* Courtesy light* High-mounted stop light*
Wattage (W)
LED LED LED LED LED LED LED
LED 21 LED 5 8 8 10 2 LED 5 3.4 LED LED
Bulb No.
-- -- -- -- -- -- --
-- W21W
-- W5W
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
*: It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for replacement.
NOTE: It is recommended that you check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latest information about parts.
Replacement procedures Y51D-V-E01-CCD7E30B-6B89-488A-B7BD-D5BF37E3F9F9
All other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E or F. When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or cover.
Map light
SDI2550
SDI1679
SDI2031
Rear personal light (if so equipped)
Do-it-yourself 8-31
JVM0120X
Rear spot light (if so equipped)
WHEELS AND TIRES
Y51D-V-E01-F1F64E13-82FC-492E-876E-5A66E0C4CA22
If you have a flat tire, see "Flat tire" (P.6-3).
TIRE PRESSURE Y51D-V-E01-CEAD7263-218E-43AE-A248-D60E4433F882
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Y51D-V-E01-ED7310EE-80E6-4118-A2B1-FB086602C102
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare. When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while driving).
For more details, see "Low tire pressure warning light" (P.2-15), "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.5-5) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.6-3).
Tire inflation pressure Y51D-V-E01-691E0963-E07C-4BA2-A24F-33B6175CC64C
Check the pressure of the tires (including the spare) often and always prior to long distance trips. The
recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the "Cold Tire Pressure" heading. The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar. Tire pressures should be checked regularly because:
. Most tires naturally lose air over time.
. Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking.
The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold. The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.
Incorrect tire pressure, including under inflation, may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling.
8-32 Do-it-yourself
WARNING
. Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident.
. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating (GVWR) is located on the F. M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity. Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life, unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure, or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components.
. Before taking a long trip, or
whenever you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.
Do-it-yourself 8-33
ered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the vehicle's GVWR.
*5 Tire size -- see "Tire labeling"
(P.8-36).
*6 Spare tire size or compact spare
tire size (if so equipped)
Tire and Loading Information label
* Y51D-V-E01-C7BD36AF-9934-43A4-94F2-4EDCBACAF922
1 Seating capacity: The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle.
*2 Vehicle load limit: See "Vehicle
loading information" (P.10-16).
8-34 Do-it-yourself
SDI2567
*3 Original size: The size of the tires
originally installed on the vehicle at the factory.
*4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the
tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are consid-
SDI1949
Checking the tire pressure Y51D-V-E01-66CC50EA-50AC-4F6C-9287-E5AD0EB79112
1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire.
2. P r e s s t h e p r e s s u r e g a u g e squarely onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, or air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure, reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage.
3. Remove the gauge.
4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label.
5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much air is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed.
6. Install the valve stem cap.
7. Check the pressure of all other tires, including the spare.
SIZE
P245/50R18
99V
FRONT ORIGINAL
TIRE
245/40R20 95W
245/40R20
95V
P245/50R18
99V
REAR ORIGINAL
TIRE
245/40R20 95W
245/40R20
95V
SPARE TIRE
T165/80D17 T155/80D18
COLD TIRE INFLATION
PRESSURE
230 kPa, 33 PSI
230 kPa, 33 PSI
230 kPa, 33 PSI
230 kPa, 33 PSI
230 kPa, 33 PSI
230 kPa, 33 PSI
420 kPa, 60 PSI
420 kPa, 60 PSI
Do-it-yourself 8-35
Example
SDI1575
TIRE LABELING Y51D-V-E01-78E5F2E8-A436-4FDD-955A-80CB5766B791
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.
8-36 Do-it-yourself
SDI1606
Example
*1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16
94H)
1. P: The "P" indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles. (Not all tires have this information.)
2. Three-digit number (215): This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.
3. Two-digit number (60): This number, known as the aspect ratio,
gives the tire's ratio of height to width.
4. R: The "R" stands for radial.
5. Two-digit number (16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches.
6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This number is the tire's load index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support. You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law.
7. H: Tire speed rating. You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating.
JVM0694X
Example
*2 TIN (Tire Identification Number)
for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX)
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the "Department of Transportation". The symbol can be placed above, below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number.
2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer's identification mark
3. Two-digit code: Tire size
4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Optional)
5. Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003. If these numbers are missing, then look on the other sidewall of the tire.
*3 Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
*4 Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure.
*5 Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.
*6 Term of "tubeless" or "tube type"
Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube ("tube type") or not ("tubeless").
*7 The word "radial"
The word "radial" is shown, if the tire has radial structure.
*8 Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is shown. Other tire-related terminology: In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section, Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains a whitewall,
Do-it-yourself 8-37
bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
TYPES OF TIRES Y51D-V-E01-91272F19-8064-4509-BD5E-963B83188AFF
WARNING
. When changing or replacing tires, be sure all four tires are of the same type (Example: Summer, All Season or Snow) and construction. An INFINITI retailer may be able to help you with information about tire type, size, speed rating and availability.
. Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires, and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.
. Replacing tires with those not originally
specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.
All season tires Y51D-V-E01-D2BE37EF-6F5A-4B3B-A8FF-5D17656B6523
INFINITI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year, including snowy and icy road conditions. All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer tires Y51D-V-E01-082E6388-1E38-4584-ADDC-A51BCEBABB82
INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire sidewall.
If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, INFINITI recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on
all four wheels.
Snow tires Y51D-V-E01-1D7E373A-7843-4F1C-947D-6FDB7147C713
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle.
Generally, snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.
If you install snow tires, they must be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.
8-38 Do-it-yourself
TIRE CHAINS Y51D-V-E01-47993005-C05E-49C6-A4F7-595D3F032FD5
Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location. Check the local laws before installing tire chains. When installing tire chains, make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer's suggestions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Class "S" chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can use Class "S" chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device (tire chains or cables). The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size. Other types may damage your vehicle. Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling
and performance may be adversely affected.
Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels.
Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire.
Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress.
SDI1662
CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Y51D-V-E01-F64A9335-FCAE-439A-BB55-D0A891816EF4
Tire rotation Y51D-V-E01-F7870CCD-932B-47A8-8F27-7722EA305689
INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km). (See "Flat tire" (P.6-3) for tire replacing procedures.)
As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench.
Wheel nut tightening torque: 80 ft-lb (108 N·m)
Do-it-yourself 8-39
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the specification at all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation interval.
WARNING
. After rotating the tires, check and adjust the tire pressure.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).
. Do not include the T-type spare tire or any other small size spare tire in the tire rotation.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the War-
8-40 Do-it-yourself
ranty Information Booklet.
SDI1663
Tire wear and damage Y51D-V-E01-58006A64-896F-4DFB-91F4-017EF718D94E
1. Wear indicator 2. Wear indicator location mark.
The locations are shown by " ", "TWI", etc. depending on tire types.
WARNING
. Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread. If excessive wear,
cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found, the tire(s) should be replaced.
. The original tires have built-in tread wear indicators. When wear indicators are visible, the tire(s) should be replaced.
. Tires degrade with age and use. Have tires, including the spare, over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician, because some tire damage may not be obvious. Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury.
. Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to repair the spare tire, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.
Replacing wheels and tires Y51D-V-E01-6EFCFC7E-F45A-4C3D-BB51-B8D72A168C0C
When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread design, speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped. (See "Specifications" (P.10-9) for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels.)
WARNING
. The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride, braking, handling, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clearance, speedometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury.
. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models, if your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires, install the new tires on the rear axle. Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an accident and personal injury.
. If the wheels are changed for any reason, always replace with wheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a different off-set could cause premature tire wear, degrade vehicle handling characteristics and/or interference with the brake discs/drums. Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. See "Wheels and tires" (P.10-10) for wheel off-set dimensions.
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
Do-it-yourself 8-41
retailer for these services.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
. The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it is not handled correctly. Be careful when handling the TPMS sensor.
. When replacing the TPMS sensor, the ID registration may be required. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for ID registration.
. Do not use a valve stem cap that is not specified by INFINITI. The valve stem cap may become stuck.
. Be sure that the valve stem caps are correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve may be clogged up with dirt and cause a malfunction or loss of pressure.
. Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired. Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning.
. The use of retread tire is not recommended.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety
8-42 Do-it-yourself
Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.
Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
Y51D-V-E01-BC31E6C9-B2CE-437F-AE61-B1C7B23E3B16
CAUTION
. Always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread pattern on all four wheels. Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission, transfer case and differential gears.
. ONLY use spare tires specified for the Intelligent AWD model.
If excessive tire wear is found, it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI
retailer for this service.
Wheel balance Y51D-V-E01-D5C0F0AD-B802-4348-80B3-530384ED22AD
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as required.
Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage.
For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.
Care of wheels Y51D-V-E01-28272721-81F4-4572-B5B1-4B07051F02A1
See "Cleaning exterior" (P.7-2) for details about care of the wheels.
Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY (T-type) spare tire)
Y51D-V-E01-BBC25E52-7616-48C3-B40B-A17EDC437007
Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARY USE ONLY or conventional), the TPMS will not function.
Observe the following precautions if the Ttype spare tire must be used, otherwise
your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident.
WARNING
. The T-type spare tire should be used for emergency use. It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possible tire or differential damage.
. Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving.
. Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure. Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar). Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire (if so equipped) at the recommended pressure for standard tires, as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. For Tire and Loading Information label location, see "Tire and loading information label" (P.10-14).
. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).
. When driving on roads covered with snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the front wheels and original tire used on the rear wheels (drive wheels). Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires.
. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire. Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear.
. Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles.
. Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time.
CAUTION
. Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle.
. Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire, ground clearance is reduced. To avoid damage to the vehicle, do not drive over obstacles. Also do not drive
the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught.
Do-it-yourself 8-43
MEMO 8-44 Do-it-yourself
9 Maintenance and schedules
Maintenance requirement ...................................... 9-2 General maintenance ...................................... 9-2 Scheduled maintenance .................................. 9-2 Where to go for service ................................... 9-2
General maintenance .......................................... 9-2 Explanation of general maintenance items ...... 9-2
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 9-5 Emission control system maintenance ............... 9-5 Chassis and body maintenance ......................... 9-6
Maintenance schedules ...................................... 9-7 Additional maintenance items for severe operating conditions ..................................... 9-7
Standard maintenance .......................................... 9-7 Emission control system maintenance ........... 9-8 Chassis and body maintenance ................... 9-10
Maintenance under severe driving conditions ...... 9-13 Maintenance log .............................................. 9-14
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT
Y51D-V-E01-99388A75-FA9F-4C12-87AA-7212C765E30C
Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your vehicle's good mechanical condition, as well as its emission and engine performance. It is the owner's responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance, as well as general maintenance, is performed. As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance. You are a vital link in the maintenance chain.
GENERAL MAINTENANCE Y51D-V-E01-9C899EFE-CF7B-44F1-9A3D-78EF760B05BD
General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for proper vehicle operation. It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as prescribed. Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools. These checks or inspections can be done by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, an INFINITI retailer.
9-2 Maintenance and schedules
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Y51D-V-E01-4AB86854-3F44-433C-8B66-59A89D3B0CB5
The maintenance items listed in this section are required to be serviced at regular intervals. However, under severe driving conditions, additional or more frequent maintenance will be required.
WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE Y51D-V-E01-340061AC-7165-4FC2-8430-EDF309D4BC76
If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction, have the systems checked and serviced. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
INFINITI technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins, service tips and training programs. They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI vehicles before work begins.
You can be confident that an INFINITI retailer's service department can perform the service needed to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle.
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Y51D-V-E01-1FE91147-D03A-454F-8CE2-41718682DE9E
During the normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle, general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or smell, be sure to check for the cause, or it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer to do it promptly. In addition, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer if you think that repairs are required.
When performing any checks or maintenance work, see "Maintenance precautions" (P.8-2).
EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Y51D-V-E01-5D199709-98C9-4BBF-9981-544316382EC9
Additional information on the following items with "*" is found in the "8. Do-ityourself" section of this manual.
Outside the vehicle Y51D-V-E01-054C55AE-9835-4A7F-8D15-ADE2A8AF882D
The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified.
Doors and engine hood: Check that all doors and the engine hood, operate properly. Also ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the
hood from opening when the primary latch is released.
When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely. Also check headlight aim.
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing, and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.
Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires, including the spare, to the pressure specified. Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) transmitter components: Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.
Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel alignment.
If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be needed.
For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.
Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage. Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility.
Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.
Inside the vehicle Y51D-V-E01-42334435-BDC5-4B4B-BA49-0B1C06D00D3D
The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis, such as when performing periodic maintenance, cleaning the vehicle, etc.
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal
does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.
Automatic transmission P (Park) mechanism: On a fairly steep hill, check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P (Park) position without applying any brakes.
Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal, the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop, have your vehicle checked immediately. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.
Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied.
Parking brake: Check the parking brake operation regularly. The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied. If the parking brake needs adjusted, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Seats: Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position. Check that the head restraints move up
Maintenance and schedules 9-3
and down smoothly and that the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all latched positions.
Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjuster and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are installed securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
Steering wheel: Check for changes in the steering conditions, such as excessive free play, hard steering or strange noises.
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly.
Windshield defroster: Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner.
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak.
Under the hood and vehicle Y51D-V-E01-B3361551-A047-4A72-ACCF-65F901F88160
The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically (for example, each time you check the engine oil or refuel).
Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.
9-4 Maintenance and schedules
It should be between the MAX and MIN lines. Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of electro-
nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.
Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.
Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level when the engine is cold.
Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt is frayed, worn, cracked or oily.
Engine oil level*: Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and
turning off the engine. Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust system inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "Precautions when starting and driving" (P.5-4) for exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide).)
Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while. Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal. If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident, check for the cause and have it corrected immediately.
Power steering fluid level* and lines: Check the level when the fluid is cold, with the engine off. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.
Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose connections.
Underbody: The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very important to remove these substances, otherwise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around the exhaust system. At the end of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water, being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate. For additional information, see "Cleaning exterior" (P.7-2).
Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir.
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
GUID-43E6D04C-350C-476C-8D2C-B5C7913AAFB9
The following descriptions are provided to give you a better understanding of the scheduled maintenance items that should be regularly checked or replaced. The maintenance schedule indicates at which mileage/time intervals each item requires service.
In addition to scheduled maintenance, your vehicle requires that some items be checked during normal day-to-day operation. Refer to "General maintenance" (P.92).
Items marked with "*" are recommended by INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. You are not required to perform maintenance on these items in order to maintain the warranties which come with your vehicle. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.
When applicable, additional information can be found in the "8. Do-it yourself" section of this manual.
NOTE:
INFINITI does not advocate the use of nonOEM approved aftermarket flushing systems and strongly advises against performing these services on an INFINITI product. Many of the aftermarket flushing systems use non-OEM approved chemicals
or solvents, the use of which has not been validated by INFINITI. For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids, grease, and refrigerant, refer to "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.10-2) of this manual.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GUID-D3EC9C47-A83D-4C56-910E-F4EB5976352B
Drive belts*: Check engine drive belts for wear, fraying or cracking and for proper tension. Replace any damaged drive belts. Engine air filter: Replace at specified intervals. When driving for prolonged periods in dusty conditions, check/replace the filter more frequently. Engine coolant*: Replace coolant at the specified interval. When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Refer to "Engine cooling system" (P.8-9) to determine the proper mixture for your area.)
Maintenance and schedules 9-5
NOTE:
Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the recommended service interval of the coolant.
Engine oil and oil filter:
Replace engine oil and oil filter at the specified intervals. For recommended oil grade and viscosity refer to "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.10-2).
Engine valve clearance*:
Inspect only if valve noise increases. Adjust valve clearance if necessary.
Evaporative emissions control vapor lines*:
Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Fuel lines*:
Check the fuel hoses, piping and connections for leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Spark plugs:
Replace at specified intervals. Install new plugs of the type as originally equipped.
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE GUID-EEA2B546-7CEE-4C3C-86DB-CE3D5DD991E7
Brake lines and cables:
Visually inspect for proper installation. Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration, and signs of leaking. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake pads, rotors, drums and linings:
Check for wear, deterioration and fluid leaks. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Exhaust system:
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for leaks, cracks, deterioration, and damage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
In-cabin microfilter:
Replace at specified intervals. When driving for prolonged periods in dusty conditions, replace the filter more frequently.
Propeller shaft(s):
Check for damage, looseness, and grease leakage. (4WD/AWD/RWD)
Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension parts, drive shaft boots:
Check for damage, looseness, and leakage of oil or grease. Under severe driving conditions, inspect more frequently.
Tire rotation:
Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) according to the instructions under "Explanation of general maintenance items" (P.9-2). When rotating tires, check for damage and uneven wear. Replace if necessary.
Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil and transfer case oil:
Visually inspect for signs of leakage at specified intervals.
9-6 Maintenance and schedules
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
GUID-C486B893-9F40-4FEE-AD9C-720ECD531E25
To help ensure smooth, safe and economical driving, INFINITI provides two maintenance schedules that may be used, depending upon the conditions in which you usually drive. These schedules contain both distance and time intervals, up to 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 months. For most people, the odometer reading will indicate when service is needed. However, if you drive very little, your vehicle should be serviced at the regular time intervals shown in the schedule.
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time intervals.
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS
FOR SEVERE OPERATING CONDI-
TIONS
GUID-D7743118-8357-41C5-8218-289FF3EC0021
Additional maintenance items for severe
operating conditions; should be performed
on vehicles that are driven under especially
demanding conditions. Additional mainte-
nance items should be performed if you
primarily operate your vehicle under the
following conditions:
. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8 km).
. Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below freezing.
. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go "rush hour" traffic.
. Extensive idling and/or low speed driving for long distances, such as police, taxi or door-to-door delivery use.
. Driving in dusty conditions. . Driving on rough, muddy or salt spread
roads. . Using a car-top carrier.
NOTE:
For vehicles operated in Canada, both standard and severe maintenance items should be performed at every interval.
STANDARD MAINTENANCE
GUID-3B126766-76F3-4A16-9B97-DC716900956B
The following tables show the standard maintenance schedule. Depending upon weather and atmospheric conditions, varying road surfaces, individual driving habits and vehicle usage, additional or more frequent maintenance may be required.
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time intervals.
Maintenance and schedules 9-7
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE GUID-D8706091-FAAD-4C4E-B832-2BADFFC0595C
Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace
MAINTENANCE OPERATION Miles 6 1,000
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
Perform at number of
(km 6 1,000)
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
miles, kilometers or
Months
(8)
(16)
(24)
(32)
(40)
(48)
(56)
(64)
(72)
(80)
(88)
(96)
months, whichever comes
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
first.
Drive belts
See NOTE (1)
I*
I*
I*
Air cleaner filter
See NOTE (2)
R
R
EVAP vapor lines
I*
I*
I*
Fuel lines
I*
I*
I*
Fuel filter
See NOTE (3)
Engine coolant*
See NOTE (4)(5)
Engine oil
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine oil filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Spark plugs
Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)
Intake and exhaust valve See NOTE (6) clearance*
9-8 Maintenance and schedules
MAINTENANCE OPERATION Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Miles 6 1,000 (km 6 1,000)
Months
Drive belts
See NOTE (1)
Air cleaner filter
See NOTE (2)
EVAP vapor lines
Fuel lines
Fuel filter
See NOTE (3)
Engine coolant*
See NOTE (4)(5)
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
Spark plugs
Intake and exhaust valve See NOTE (6) clearance*
65 (104)
78
R R
70 (112)
84 I*
R R
75 (120)
90
80 (128)
96
I*
I* I*
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
85 (136) 102
90 (144) 108
95 (152) 114
100 (160) 120
I*
I*
R
I*
I*
105 (168) 126
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)
110 (176) 132
I*
R R
115 (184) 138
R R
120 (192) 144
I* R I* I*
R R
NOTE:
(1) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the drive belts if found damaged.
(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.
(3) Periodic maintenance is not required.
(4) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After
first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months.
(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with proper mixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and 50% demineralized or distilled water. Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant.
(6) Periodic maintenance is not required. However, if valve noise increases, inspect
valve clearance.
*: Maintenance items and intervals with "*" are recommended by INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not to perform such maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.
Maintenance and schedules 9-9
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE GUID-77FF022C-644C-4D3F-96E0-5C9ACE9DBB8C
Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace
MAINTENANCE OPERATION Miles 6 1,000
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
Perform at of miles, kilo- (km 6 1,000)
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
meters or months, which-
Months
(8)
(16)
(24) (32)
(40)
(48)
(56)
(64)
(72)
(80)
(88)
(96)
ever comes first.
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
Brake lines and cables
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake pads and rotors$
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid$
R
R
R
Automatic transmission fluid
See NOTE (1)
Transfer fluid and differ- See NOTE (2)
I
I
I
I
I
I
ential gear oil
Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension parts $
I
I
I
Tire rotation
See NOTE (3)
Propeller shaft and drive shaft boots (AWD models) $
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust system$
I
I
I
In-cabin microfilter
R
R
R
R
Intelligent Key battery
R
R
R
R
9-10 Maintenance and schedules
MAINTENANCE OPERATION Perform at of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Miles 6 1,000 (km 6 1,000)
Months
Brake lines & cables
Brake pads & rotors$
Brake fluid$
Automatic transmission fluid
Transfer fluid & differential gear oil
Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts$
Tire rotation
Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots (AWD models) $
Exhaust system$
In-cabin microfilter
Intelligent Key battery
See NOTE (1) See NOTE (2)
See NOTE (3)
65 (104)
78
70 (112)
84 I I
I
I
75 (120)
90
R R
80 (128)
96
I
I
R
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
85 (136) 102
90 (144) 108
95 (152) 114
100 (160) 120
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
R
105 (168) 126
R R
110 (176) 132
I I
I
I
115 (184) 138
120 (192) 144
I I R
I
I
I
I R R
Maintenance and schedules 9-11
NOTE: Maintenance items with "$" should be performed more frequently according to "Maintenance under severe driving conditions" (P.9-13). (1) Periodic maintenance is not required. (2) If using a car-top carrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads, change (not just inspect) oil at every 20,000 miles (32,000 km) or 24 months. (3) Refer to "Tire rotation" under "General maintenance" (P.9-2).
9-12 Maintenance and schedules
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
GUID-0866F888-4631-4D28-A727-D86B0C15BB5F
The maintenance intervals shown on the preceding pages are for normal operating conditions. If the vehicle is mainly operated under severe driving conditions as shown below, more frequent maintenance must be performed on the following items as shown in the table.
Severe driving conditions
. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8 km).
. Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below freezing.
. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go "rush hour" traffic.
. Extensive idling and/or low speed driving for long distances, such as police, taxi or door-to-door delivery use.
. Driving in dusty conditions.
. Driving on rough, muddy, or salt spread roads.
. Using a car-top carrier.
Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary.
Maintenance item
Brake fluid Brake pads & rotors
Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots (AWD models)
Exhaust system
Maintenance operation Replace Inspect Inspect
Inspect
Inspect
Maintenance interval Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 months Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months
Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months
Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months
Maintenance and schedules 9-13
MAINTENANCE LOG
GUID-80E38C56-3687-45D7-98FB-ADE36B7667AD
5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6 Months
Retailer Name:
Date:
Mileage:
Retailer Stamp:
10,000 Miles (16,000 km) or 12 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
20,000 Miles (32,000 km) or 24 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
25,000 Miles (40,000 km) or 30 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
35,000 Miles (56,000 km) or 42 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
40,000 Miles (64,000 km) or 48 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
9-14 Maintenance and schedules
15,000 Miles (24,000 km) or 18 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
30,000 Miles (48,000 km) or 36 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
45,000 Miles (72,000 km) or 54 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
50,000 Miles (80,000 km) or 60 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
65,000 Miles (104,000 km) or 78 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
80,000 Miles (128,000 km) or 96 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
55,000 Miles (88,000 km) or 66 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
70,000 Miles (112,000 km) or 84 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
85,000 Miles (136,000 km) or 102 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
60,000 Miles (96,000 km) or 72 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
75,000 Miles (120,000 km) or 90 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
90,000 Miles (144,000 km) or 108 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
Maintenance and schedules 9-15
95,000 Miles (152,000 km) or 114 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
110,000 Miles (176,000 km) or 132 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
100,000 Miles (160,000 km) or 120 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
115,000 Miles (184,000 km) or 138 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
105,000 Miles (168,000 km) or 126 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
120,000 Miles (192,000 km) or 144 Months Retailer Name: Date: Mileage: Retailer Stamp:
9-16 Maintenance and schedules
10 Technical and consumer information
Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ........................... 10-2
Fuel information .............................................. 10-4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ....... 10-7 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations ............................. 10-8 Specifications ................................................... 10-9 Engine .......................................................... 10-9 Wheels and tires ........................................... 10-10 Dimensions ................................................... 10-11 When traveling or registering in another country ................................................. 10-12 Vehicle identification ......................................... 10-12 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate .... 10-12 Vehicle identification number (chassis number) ........................................ 10-12 Engine serial number .................................. 10-13 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ....... 10-13 Emission control information label .............. 10-14 Tire and loading information label ................. 10-14 Air conditioner specification label ............... 10-14
Installing front license plate ........................... 10-15 Vehicle loading information ............................ 10-16
Terms ....................................................... 10-16 Vehicle load capacity ................................... 10-18 Loading tips .............................................. 10-19 Measurement of weights ........................... 10-19 Towing a trailer ................................................. 10-20 Flat towing ................................................ 10-20 Uniform tire quality grading .............................. 10-20 Treadwear ................................................. 10-20 Traction AA, A, B and C ................................ 10-21 Temperature A, B and C ............................... 10-21 Emission control system warranty ..................... 10-21 Reporting safety defects ................................. 10-22 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test (US only) .................................................... 10-23 Event Data Recorders (EDR) ............................... 10-24 Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information ........................................... 10-24
CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/ LUBRICANTS
Y51D-V-E01-C061365F-EF7D-4287-BD30-362698201633
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure instructed in the "8. Do-it yourself" section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Fluid type
Fuel Engine oil*1
Drain and refill *1: For additional information, see "Engine oil" (P.8-11) for changing engine oil.
VQ37VHR VK56VD
Engine coolant
VQ37VHR VK56VD VQ37VHR
Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)
VK56VD
2WD AWD
With oil filter change Without oil filter change With oil filter change Without oil filter change With oil filter change Without oil filter change Reservoir
Non-pressurized ra- With reservoir diator reservoir tank
Pressurized radiator reservoir tank
Differential gear oil Transfer fluid
Front Rear
Capacity (Approximate)
Metric Measure
US Measure
Imperial Measure
76
20-1/8 gal 16-3/4 gal
4.9
5-1/8 qt 4-3/8 qt
4.6
4-7/8 qt
4.0 qt
6.0
6-3/8 qt 5-1/4 qt
5.7
6.0 qt
5.0 qt
6.1
6-1/2 qt 5-3/8 qt
5.8
6-1/8 qt 5-1/8 qt
0.8
7/8 qt
3/4 qt
8.7
9-1/4 qt 7-5/8 qt
Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
· See "Fuel information" (P.10-4). · Genuine "Nissan Motor Oil Ester 5W-30 SN" is recom-
mended. · If the above motor oil is not available, use an equivalent
motor oil that matches the above grade and viscosity. For additional information, see "Engine oil and oil filter recommendation" (P.10-7).
· Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent
9.3
9-7/8 qt 8-1/8 qt
10.9
11-1/2 qt 9-5/8 qt
--
--
--
· Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF
· INFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF ONLY in INFINITI automatic transmissions. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF may damage the automatic transmission. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under the INFINITI's new vehicle limited warranty.
--
--
--
· Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-
90 or equivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil
--
--
--
· API GL-5 synthetic gear oil, Viscosity SAE 75W-90
--
--
--
· Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF
· INFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF ONLY in INFINITI transfers. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may damage the transfer. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under the INFINITI's new vehicle limited warranty.
10-2 Technical and consumer information
Power steering fluid (PSF) Brake fluid
Multi-purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant
Air conditioning system lubricants Window washer fluid
Fluid type
Without limited slip differential With limited slip differential
Capacity (Approximate)
Metric Measure
US Measure
Imperial Measure
Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the "8. Do-it yourself" section.
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
· Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent · DEXRONTM VI type ATF may also be used. · Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*4 or
equivalent DOT 3 *4: Available in mainland USA through an INFINITI retailer. · NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
· HFC-134a (R-134a) · For additional information, see "Vehicle identification"
(P.10-12) for air conditioner specification label. · NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent · Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &
Antifreeze or equivalent
Technical and consumer information 10-3
FUEL INFORMATION Y51D-V-E01-211E6F22-0004-4026-8B6B-C3E73EA18334
Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octane number 96).
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number (Research octane number 91) may be temporarily used, but only under the following precautions:
. Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline, and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible.
. Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration.
Use unleaded premium gasoline for maximum vehicle performance.
CAUTION
. Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system, and may also affect warranty coverage.
. Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used, because this will
10-4 Technical and consumer information
damage the three-way catalyst.
. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle. Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.
. Do not use fuel that contains the octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using fuel containing MMT may adversely affect vehicle performance and vehicle emissions. Not all fuel dispensers are labeled to indicate MMT content, so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details. Note that Federal and California laws prohibit the use of MMT in reformulated gasoline.
. U.S. government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
Gasoline specifications Y51D-V-E01-BC292E95-4B29-40F3-A4C8-1118F7D356C3
INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications where it is available. Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission system and vehicle performance. Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications.
Reformulated gasoline Y51D-V-E01-B64B223A-737E-40BE-9877-462F149B1795
Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines. These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions. INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when available.
Gasoline containing oxygenates Y51D-V-E01-12B5B588-30F9-476F-9B62-34865892BC31
Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence. INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily determined. If in doubt, ask your service station manager.
If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,
please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and/or fuel system damage.
. The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline.
. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting a methanol blend, is used, it should contain no more than 10% oxygenate. (MTBE may, however, be added up to 15%.)
. E-15 fuel contains more than 10% oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle and should not be used. Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
. If a methanol blend is used, it should contain no more than 5% methanol (methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors. If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors, such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and/or vehicle performance problems.
At this time, sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in INFINITI vehicles.
If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experienced after using oxygenateblend fuels, immediately change to a nonoxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.
Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage.
E-15 fuel GUID-55AA3E5D-B4B7-4387-A6C1-514DB0C16738
E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E-15 fuel. Do not use E15 in your vehicle. U.S. government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified with small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
E-85 fuel Y51D-V-E01-019B5956-3FF3-4BF6-B50B-B0FD9BE1DD27
E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 can only be used in a
Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
Fuel containing MMT GUID-8ECB8987-ECA9-4FC1-97C1-E857767FABBB
MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting additive. INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel may adversely affect vehicle performance, including the emissions control system. Note that while some fuel pumps label MMT content, not all do, so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details.
Aftermarket fuel additives Y51D-V-E01-0241A1D6-50DD-4735-AB1B-1BF6D3FF4840
INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives (Example: fuel injector cleaner, octane booster, intake valve deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of these additives intended for gum, varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine.
Technical and consumer information 10-5
Octane rating tips Y51D-V-E01-0C94128B-44FC-407D-B5D4-1374AB611F20
Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent, heavy spark knock. (Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe, this can lead to engine damage. If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating, or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads, it is recommended you have an INFINITI retailer correct the condition. Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle, for which INFINITI is not responsible.
Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking, after-run or overheating. This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine. If any of the above symptoms are encountered, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service or other competent service facility.
However, now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is no cause for concern, because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy
10-6 Technical and consumer information
engine load.
*1 API certification mark *2 API service symbol
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION
Y51D-V-E01-D3E5E26B-FC22-4D68-908C-7DA80DA562C9
Selecting the correct oil Y51D-V-E01-7FE27830-3B20-44C8-B50F-C4B29604F170
It is essential to choose the correct grade, quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance, see "Capacities and recommended fluids/ lubricants" (P.10-2). INFINITI recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy.
Select only engine oils that meet the
JVT0159X
American Petroleum Institute (API) certification or International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE viscosity standard. These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container. Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage.
Oil additives Y51D-V-E01-66B343FB-CACE-4D63-BB72-E04A44C2B684
INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives. The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed.
Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used.
Oil viscosity Y51D-V-E01-1D29E55F-7AAE-49F2-9464-345D50DC853B
The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature. Because of this, it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change. Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage.
Selecting the correct oil filter Y51D-V-E01-5A15E0C7-81B2-4108-AB38-F9762761AFB2
Your new vehicle is equipped with a highquality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When replacing, use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals.
Change intervals Y51D-V-E01-98B578A3-E1FB-47E1-B0D2-3E275400406C
The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters. Oil and filter other than the specified quality, or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life. Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and
Technical and consumer information 10-7
filter quality and/or viscosity is not covered by the new INFINITI vehicle limited warranties.
Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built. You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval.
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS
Y51D-V-E01-CDCFAB3E-830C-4475-8A79-A638F5620A17
The air conditioning system in your INFINITI vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant, NISSAN A/C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents.
not affect the earth's atmosphere, certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioning system service. Your INFINITI retailer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer when servicing your air conditioning system.
CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant may cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and may require the replacement of all air conditioner system components.
The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth's ozone layer. Although this refrigerant does
10-8 Technical and consumer information
SPECIFICATIONS
Y51D-V-E01-C4047CDF-FC90-4B6A-B3AD-46BBE7E650C5
ENGINE Y51D-V-E01-27E56DF3-4A90-4674-8571-79AA70F61975
Model
VK56VD
Type
Gasoline, 4-cycle
Cylinder arrangement
8-cylinder, V-slanted at 908
Bore 6 Stroke Displacement
in (mm) cu in (cm3)
3.858 6 3.622 (98.0 6 92.0)
338.78 (5,552)
Firing order
1-8-7-3-6-5-4-2
Idle speed
rpm
No adjustment is necessary.
Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.)
degree/rpm
Spark plug
DILKAR7B11
Spark plug gap (Normal)
in (mm)
0.043 (1.1)
Camshaft operation
Timing chain
VQ37VHR Gasoline, 4-cycle 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 608 3.760 6 3.385 (95.5 6 86.0) 225.54 (3,696) 1-2-3-4-5-6
FXE24HR11 0.043 (1.1) Timing chain
This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.
VK56VD engine
STI0397B
VQ37VHR engine
STI0425
Technical and consumer information 10-9
WHEELS AND TIRES Y51D-V-E01-F8E5243C-624C-49E0-9FDB-368F2FA574BD
Road wheel Y51D-V-E01-C54AC2ED-6038-4F80-B970-C73EF54C02D3
Type
Size
Conventional
18 6 8J 20 6 9J
Spare
17 6 4T 18 6 4T
Tire
Y51D-V-E01-C8AE7FFD-2C12-4C71-A3F3-F78E4E149780
Type
Size
Conventional
P245/50R18 245/40R20
Spare (T-type)
T165/80D17 T155/80D18
Offset in (mm) 1.69 (43) 1.69 (43) 1.18 (30) 0 (0)
Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold] 33 (230)
60 (420)
10-10 Technical and consumer information
DIMENSIONS Y51D-V-E01-A185873C-C0C6-4C9E-AA39-E2530E5FAEB4
Overall length (with front license plate)
Overall length (without front license plate)
Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase
*1: Except for long wheelbase models *2: Long wheelbase models *3: Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models *4: Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
196.1 (4,980)*1 202.0 (5,130)*2
195.7 (4,970)*1 201.6 (5,120)*2
72.6 (1,845)
59.1 (1,500)*3 59.6 (1,515)*4
62.0 (1,575)
61.8 (1,570)*3 61.6 (1,565)*4
114.2 (2,900)*1 120.1 (3,050)*2
in (mm)
Technical and consumer information 10-11
WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
Y51D-V-E01-A1581DBE-C0B0-4F11-9293-2CC17BDE9887
If you plan to travel in another country, you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle's engine.
Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available.
When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country, state, province or district, it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country, state, province or district; therefore, vehicle specifications may differ.
When any vehicle is to be taken into another country, state, province or district and registered, its modifications, transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. INFINITI is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
Y51D-V-E01-12CB0BB9-8EF0-442E-82A4-5DB634EF5D6E
STI0716
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) PLATE
Y51D-V-E01-6860C560-CCF6-4161-BB17-92D8646B01F7
The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown. This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration.
STI0717
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (chassis number)
Y51D-V-E01-DCB7F909-8300-4B8A-BD88-108D68C70BB5
The number is stamped as shown in the engine compartment.
10-12 Technical and consumer information
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER Y51D-V-E01-07F78586-6CB6-40F9-87AE-7FE1781DFBE7
The number is stamped on the engine as shown.
VK56VD engine
STI0584
VQ37VHR engine
STI0509
STI0718
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABEL
Y51D-V-E01-A385459D-29DC-47A1-A8F1-439044C67AB6
The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown. This label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.
Technical and consumer information 10-13
STI0719
STI0720
STI0721
EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION
LABEL
Y51D-V-E01-F64574D3-736A-4497-9959-97B625F00A64
The emission control information label is
attached as shown.
TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL
Y51D-V-E01-DC898DE9-943C-46BC-B7B8-63A84B1E77EF
The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver's side center pillar.
AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL
Y51D-V-E01-CC83DA48-0EA9-4C3B-85BD-6799F5CB0094
The air conditioner specification label is attached as shown.
10-14 Technical and consumer information
INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE
Y51D-V-E01-1683BD89-41A7-4F6C-B8FB-A0E68AF2C426
JVT0338X
Use the following steps to mount the license plate:
Before mounting the license plate, confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag.
Only use the recommended mounting position, otherwise the radar sensor (Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system) (if so equipped) obstruction may result.
. License plate bracket
. J-nut 6 2
. Screw 6 2
. Screw grommet 6 2
1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.
2. Locate the center position *A as illu-
strated. Position the license plate bracket at a distance of approximately 0.74 in (18.8 mm) (Standard models) or
0.84 in (21.3 mm) (Sports models) *B
from the bottom of the bumper. Hold the license plate bracket in place.
3. Mark the center of the hole *C with a
felt-tip pen.
4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0.39 in (10 mm) drill bit at the marked locations. (Be sure that the drill only goes through the bumper fascia.)
Technical and consumer information 10-15
5. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.
6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 908 turn onto the
part *D .
10-16 Technical and consumer information
JVT0339X
Mark the center of the hole *E on both
sides with a felt-tip pen, and then remove the bracket from the bumper. Next, drill a 0.39 in (10 mm) diameter hole on the bumper, approximately
0.20 in (5 mm) below each mark *E .
7. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia.
8. Install the license plate bracket with screws.
9. Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).
VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION
Y51D-V-E01-8B53E02A-80CF-4A3B-9FE9-553395918904
WARNING
. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.
. Do not allow people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.
. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.
TERMS Y51D-V-E01-78B8C1B5-1A34-4ED5-8630-67E81CC88168
It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle: . Curb Weight (actual weight of your
vehicle) - vehicle weight including: standard and optional equipment, fluids, emergency tools,
and spare tire assembly. This weight does not include passengers and cargo. . GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo. . GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) - maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment. This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C. M.V.S.S. label. . GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) maximum weight (load) limit specified for the front or rear axle. This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. . GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) - The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer. . Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit, Total load capacity - max-
imum total weight limit specified of the load (passengers and cargo) for the vehicle. This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load. This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label. . Cargo capacity - permissible weight of cargo, the weight of total occupants weight subtracted from the load limit.
Technical and consumer information 10-17
VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Y51D-V-E01-5B6F8ADA-8C58-456E-9BB0-D4AE18351679
Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as "The combined weight of occupants and cargo" on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as "Seating Capacity" on the Tire and Loading Information label.
To get "the combined weight of occupants and cargo", add the weight of all occupants, then add
STI0365
the total luggage weight. Examples are shown in the illustration.
Steps for determining correct load limit
Y51D-V-E01-435A873C-FE5D-432A-8D43-CF7CBF00D87A
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs" on your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs or 640 - 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available
10-18 Technical and consumer information
cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. (See "Measurement of weights" (P.10-19).)
Also check tires for proper inflation pressures. See the Tire and Loading Information label.
LOADING TIPS Y51D-V-E01-367C9547-B8F4-40A5-BCE4-39C37DBD2B67
. The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F.M.V. S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.
. Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.
WARNING
. Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo
higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.
. Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle can break, tire damage could occur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury.
. Overloading could not only shorten the life of your vehicle and the tires, but also could lead to hazardous vehicle handling and long braking distance. This may cause a premature tire malfunction, which could result in a serious accident and personal injury. Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the
vehicle's warranty.
MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Y51D-V-E01-626A0DEF-CEAF-4B2B-B914-1CD2D9E7382E
Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR). These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings.
Technical and consumer information 10-19
TOWING A TRAILER
Y51D-V-E01-D0235718-BCC7-46F6-99A2-4F6CF7CB5A97
Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.
FLAT TOWING Y51D-V-E01-4BE369F8-85AF-4E5B-BCE0-25BA91776960
Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing. This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor home.
CAUTION
. Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage.
. Whenever flat towing your vehicle, always tow forward, never backward.
. DO NOT tow any automatic transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground (flat towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication.
. For emergency towing procedures refer to "Towing recommended by INFINITI" (P.6-14).
Automatic transmission Y51D-V-E01-91431205-A8B6-4757-8B7E-FE93E672CD0D
To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission, an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle's drive wheels. Always follow the dolly manufacturer's recommendations when using their product.
UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
Y51D-V-E01-BE355711-C850-4467-8C72-25BED609009F
DOT (Department Of Transportation) Quality Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
TREADWEAR Y51D-V-E01-06C0EFD4-1C2A-4B83-84AD-0520C1DA8585
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
10-20 Technical and consumer information
TRACTION AA, A, B AND C Y51D-V-E01-5CED13CD-47A5-4914-A469-E7A48CECA48B
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
TEMPERATURE A, B AND C Y51D-V-E01-76F4F130-CFBB-4D14-A56A-6BF438170741
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden
tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible tire failure.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY
Y51D-V-E01-F953CF91-03CF-4572-8D77-CBF6868C94E6
Your INFINITI is covered by the following emission warranties. For USA: . Emission Defects Warranty . Emissions Performance Warranty (See
Warranty Information Booklet for details.) For Canada: Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet (Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information (Canada only)) that comes with your INFINITI. If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet (Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information (Canada only)), or it has become lost, you may obtain a replacement by writing to: . INFINITI Division Nissan North America, Inc. Consumer Affairs Department P.O. Box 685003 Franklin, TN 37068-5003
Technical and consumer information 10-21
. Nissan Canada Inc. 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5
10-22 Technical and consumer information
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
Y51D-V-E01-060D9A6F-47CD-4EEF-8BA5-0685009D0AD1
For USA
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying INFINITI.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your retailer, or INFINITI.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar. gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safe-
rcar. gov.
You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.
For Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying INFINITI.
If Transport Canada receives complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may request that INFINITI conduct a recall campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your retailer, or INFINITI.
You may contact Transport Canada's Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1-800-3330510. You may also report safety
defects online at:
https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-SecSur/7/PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.
Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada's Road Safety Information Centre at 1-800- 3330371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety (English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere (French speakers).
To notify INFINITI of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1-800361-4792.
READINESS FOR INSPECTION/ MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US only)
Y51D-V-E01-1566689B-E555-4824-98F9-8466E02C8EE3
A vehicle equipped with Intelligent AllWheel Drive (AWD) should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing), or similar equipment. Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
Due to legal requirements in some states/ areas, your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the "ready condition" for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emission control system.
The vehicle is set to the "ready condition" when it is driven through certain driving patterns. Usually, the "ready condition" can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.
If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be reset to a "not ready condition". Before taking the I/M test, check the vehicle's inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Place the ignition switch in the ON position without
starting the engine. If the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test condition is "not ready". If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is "ready".
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer to set the "ready condition" or to prepare the vehicle for testing.
Technical and consumer information 10-23
EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)
Y51D-V-E01-BC64BE2A-EB25-4897-82DE-302B00964F20
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
. How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
. Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was traveling. . Sounds are not recorded. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g. name, gender, age and
10-24 Technical and consumer information
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and INFINITI retailer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law.
OWNER'S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
Y51D-V-E01-286B764D-AFDB-4EF1-A188-EB0EDBD40366
Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for this model year and prior can be purchased. A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the factory-trained technicians working at an INFINITI retailer. Genuine INFINITI Owner's Manuals can also be purchased.
For USA:
For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals, contact:
www.infiniti-techinfo.com
For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner's Manuals, contact:
1-800-247-5321
For Canada:
To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner's Manual for this model year and prior, contact an INFINITI retailer. For the phone number and location of an INFINITI retailer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1-800-3614792 and a bilingual INFINITI representative will assist you.
11 Index
A
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ...................... 5-130 Active noise cancellation ................................... 5-136 Air bag system
Front-seat mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system ..................... 1-51 Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag system ......... 1-51 Air bag warning labels ..................................... 1-54 Air bag warning light ............................... 1-54, 2-17 Air cleaner housing filter ..................................... 8-21 Air conditioner Air conditioner specification label ............ 10-14 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations ........................... 10-8 Automatic climate control ........................... 4-55 Alarm How to stop alarm (see vehicle security system) ............................................ 2-33 Alcohol, drugs and driving .................................. 5-9 Antenna ........................................................... 4-96 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ...................... 5-130 Appearance care Exterior appearance care .................................. 7-2 Interior appearance care .............................. 7-4 Armrest ................................................................. 1-4 Around View® Monitor ..................................... 4-32 Ashtrays ........................................................... 2-49 Audible reminders ............................................ 2-21
Audio operation precautions ............................ 4-61 Audio system ................................................... 4-61
Steering wheel audio controls ....................... 4-95 Auto closure ..................................................... 3-21 Autolight system ................................................. 2-37 Automatic
Automatic climate control ........................... 4-58 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ............. 8-15 Climate control ........................................... 4-55 Driving with automatic transmission ........... 5-15 Automatic door locks .......................................... 3-6 Automatic drive positioner ................................ 3-29 Automatic seat positioner ................................. 3-29 Average fuel consumption and speed .................. 2-29 Avoiding collision and rollover ........................... 5-8
B
Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) .................. 5-58 Battery ................................................................ 8-17
Battery replacement, Intelligent Key ................. 3-2 Battery saver system .................................. 2-39 Intelligent Key ............................................... 8-26 Variable voltage control system .................. 8-19 Before starting the engine ................................ 5-14 Belts (See drive belts) ......................................... 8-19 Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) .......................... 5-45 Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) ON indicator light .................................................. 2-18 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ................................... 5-34
Bluetooth® hands-free phone system (models with navigation system) ......................... 4-97 Bluetooth® hands-free phone system (models without navigation system) ............... 4-108 Bluetooth® streaming audio ............................. 4-87 Brake
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................. 5-130 Brake fluid .................................................... 8-16 Brake force distribution ............................. 5-132 Brake system ............................................ 5-129 Parking brake operation ................................. 5-20 Brake warning light ............................................. 2-13 Break-in schedule .......................................... 5-124 Brightness control Display ON/OFF button ............................... 4-10 Bulb check/instrument panel ............................ 2-12 Bulb replacement ................................................ 8-29
C
Camera aiding sonar function ........................... 4-46 Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ........................... 10-2 Car phone or CB radio ...................................... 4-97 Card holder ......................................................... 2-52 Catalytic converter
Three way catalyst ........................................ 5-5 CD/DVD/USB memory care and cleaning ............. 4-94 Center multi-function control panel ..................... 4-4 Chassis and body maintenance ........................... 9-10
Check tire pressure warning ................................ 2-25 Child restraints ................................................ 1-20
LATCH system ............................................. 1-22 Precautions on child restraints ...................... 1-20 Child safety ...................................................... 1-17 Child safety rear door lock ................................. 3-6 Chimes Audible reminders ...................................... 2-21 Seat belt warning light and chime ................. 2-17 Circuit breaker Fusible link ................................................ 8-25 Cleaning exterior and interior ......................... 7-2, 7-4 Climate control Automatic climate control ........................... 4-55 Clock ................................................................ 2-48 Coat hooks ....................................................... 2-53 Cockpit ............................................................... 2-3 Cold weather driving ...................................... 5-134 Compact Disc (CD) player (See audio system) ... 4-78 Compact spare tire ........................................... 8-42 Console box ........................................................ 2-51 Controller Center multi-function control panel ............... 4-6 Controls Control panel button .................................... 4-4 INFINITI Controller ........................................ 4-6 Coolant Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ..................... 10-2 Changing engine coolant ............................ 8-11 Checking engine coolant level ....................... 8-10
11-2
Corrosion protection ........................................... 7-8 Cruise control ................................................... 5-69
Fixed speed cruise control (on ICC system) .... 5-90 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ..................... 5-71 Cruise indicator ................................................ 2-26 Cup holders ..................................................... 2-49 Current fuel consumption .................................... 2-29
D
Daytime running light system ........................... 2-39 Defroster switch
Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch ......................................... 2-37 Dimensions ....................................................... 10-11 Display cleaning ................................................. 4-8 Display controls (See center multi-function control panel) ..................................................... 4-4 Distance Control Assist (DCA) .............................. 5-94 Distance Control Assist (DCA) system switch indicator ................................................ 2-26 Distance Control Assist (DCA) system warning light .................................................... 2-14 Distance to empty ............................................ 2-29 Drive belts ....................................................... 8-19 Drive positioner ................................................ 3-29 Driving Cold weather driving ................................. 5-134 Driving with automatic transmission ........... 5-15 Precautions when starting and driving .......... 5-4 DVD player operation ....................................... 4-79
E
ECO drive indicator light ................................... 2-19 ECO mode ........................................................ 5-21 ECO pedal system ............................................ 5-22 Economy
Fuel ........................................................... 5-125 Elapsed time ....................................................... 2-29 Elapsed time and trip odometer ....................... 2-29 Emission control information label ................. 10-14 Emission control system maintenance ................... 9-8 Emission control system warranty .................. 10-21 Engine
Before starting the engine .......................... 5-14 Break-in schedule ..................................... 5-124 Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ..................... 10-2 Changing engine coolant ............................ 8-11 Changing engine oil and filter .................... 8-12 Checking engine coolant level ....................... 8-10 Checking engine oil level ............................ 8-12 Coolant temperature gauge ............................. 2-9 Emergency engine shut off ............................ 5-13 Engine block heater ................................... 5-135 Engine compartment check locations ............ 8-4 Engine cooling system .................................. 8-9 Engine oil ................................................... 8-11 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .... 10-7 Engine oil replacement indicator ................ 2-27 Engine oil viscosity ..................................... 10-7 Engine serial number ............................... 10-13
Engine specifications ................................. 10-9 Engine start operation indicator ................. 2-24 If your vehicle overheats ............................... 6-12 Starting the engine .................................... 5-14 Engine coolant temperature gauge ..................... 2-9 Entry/exit function Automatic drive positioner ........................... 3-29 Event Data Recorders (EDR) ............................ 10-24 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) .......................... 5-4 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..... 9-5
F
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........... 10-13 Filter
Air cleaner housing filter ............................... 8-21 Changing engine oil and filter .................... 8-12 Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) ..... 6-2 Flat tire .............................................................. 6-3 Flat towing ........................................................ 10-20 Floor mat cleaning .............................................. 7-6 Floor mat installation ......................................... 7-6 Fluid Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ............. 8-15 Brake fluid .................................................... 8-16 Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ..................... 10-2 Engine coolant ............................................. 8-9 Engine oil ................................................... 8-11 Power steering fluid ...................................... 8-15 Window washer fluid .................................. 8-16
FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player .......................................................... 4-75 Fog light switch ................................................ 2-42 Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) ................... 5-108 Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system warning light .................................................... 2-14 Front passenger air bag and status light .......... 1-48 Front power seat adjustment ................................. 1-3 Front seat
Front seat adjustment .................................. 1-3 Front-seat active head restraints ........................ 1-9 Fuel
Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ..................... 10-2 Fuel economy ............................................... 5-125 Fuel economy information (display) ............... 4-12 Fuel Information ............................................ 10-4 Fuel octane rating ...................................... 10-4 Fuel-filler cap .............................................. 3-22 Fuel-filler door ............................................. 3-22 Gauge ........................................................... 2-10 Fuel efficient driving tips ................................... 5-124 Fuses .................................................................. 8-24 Fusible links ..................................................... 8-25
G
Garage door opener HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............... 2-63
Gas cap ............................................................ 3-22 Gauge ................................................................... 2-7
Engine coolant temperature gauge ............... 2-9
Fuel gauge ................................................. 2-10 Odometer ..................................................... 2-8 Speedometer ................................................ 2-8 Tachometer .................................................. 2-9 Trip computer ............................................. 2-29 General maintenance ......................................... 9-2 Glove box ......................................................... 2-51
H
Hands-free phone system Bluetooth® (models with navigation system) ........................................ 4-97 Bluetooth® (models without navigation system) ...................................... 4-108
Hazard warning flasher switch ............................ 6-2 Head restraints/headrests .................................. 1-5 Headlights
Aiming control (See Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)) ............................................. 2-39 Bulb replacement .......................................... 8-30 Headlight switch ........................................ 2-37 Heated seats .................................................... 2-43 Heated steering wheel ...................................... 2-42 Heater Automatic climate control ........................... 4-55 Engine block heater ................................... 5-135 Hill start assist system ................................... 5-133 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ..................... 2-63 Hood release .................................................... 3-17 Hook Coat hooks ................................................. 2-53
11-3
Horn ................................................................. 2-43
I
Ignition switch (Push-button) ................................................ 5-10 Automatic transmission models .................. 5-15
Immobilizer system ............................................. 2-33 Indicator
Lights ......................................................... 2-18 Vehicle information display ........................ 2-21 Indicator lights ................................................. 2-18 Infiniti Connection (models with navigation system) .............................................. 4-24 INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ............................ 5-21 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ................. 2-33 Engine start ............................................... 2-33 INFINITI voice recognition system ................... 4-122 INFO button ...................................................... 4-10 Inside mirror .................................................... 3-26 Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test .................. 10-23 Instrument brightness control .......................... 2-41 Instrument panel ................................................ 2-5 Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) ....................... 5-126 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) .......................... 5-71 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system MAIN switch indicator ................................................ 2-26 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system warning light .................................................... 2-15 Intelligent Key ....................................................... 3-2 Intelligent Key system ........................................... 3-7 Battery replacement ...................................... 8-26
11-4
Key operating range ........................................ 3-8 Key operation ............................................. 3-10 Warning signals ......................................... 3-12 Interior light control switch .............................. 2-61 Interior light replacement .................................... 8-30 Interior lights ...................................................... 2-60 Interior trunk lid release ................................... 3-21 iPod® player operation ..................................... 4-92 ISOFIX child restraint ........................................ 1-22
J
Jump starting ..................................................... 6-9
K
Keyless entry (See remote keyless entry system) ...................................................... 3-14 Keys ................................................................... 3-2
For Intelligent Key system ............................. 3-7
L
Labels Air bag warning labels ............................... 1-54 Air conditioner specification label ............ 10-14 Emission control information label ........... 10-14 Engine serial number ............................... 10-13 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ..... 10-13 Tire and Loading information label .... 8-34, 10-14 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ........... 10-12
Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ON indicator light (green) ........................................................ 2-19 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) /Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ............................................... 5-24 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator light (orange) ................................................... 2-15 LATCH system ................................................... 1-22 License plate
Installing front license plate ........................ 10-15 Light
Air bag warning light .................................. 1-54 Bulb replacement .......................................... 8-29 Fog light switch .......................................... 2-42 Headlight switch ........................................ 2-37 Headlights bulb replacement ...................... 8-30 Indicator lights ........................................... 2-18 Interior light control switch ........................ 2-61 Interior lights ................................................ 2-60 Map lights .................................................. 2-60 Personal lights .............................................. 2-61 Rear spot lights .......................................... 2-61 Replacement .............................................. 8-29 Trunk light ................................................. 2-63 Vanity mirror lights .................................... 2-62 Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders ......................................... 2-12 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement ....... 8-30 Linking Intelligent Key ...................................... 4-61 Loading information (See vehicle loading information) ....................................... 10-16
Lock Automatic door locks .................................... 3-6 Door locks .................................................... 3-4 Power door lock ........................................... 3-4 Trunk lid ..................................................... 3-18
Locking with mechanical key ................................. 3-4 Loose fuel cap warning ........................... 2-25, 3-24 Low outside temperature warning ..................... 2-25 Low tire pressure warning light ........................ 2-15 Low tire pressure warning system (See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)) ..................................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-32
M
Maintenance Battery .......................................................... 8-17 General maintenance .................................... 9-2 Indicators for maintenance (vehicle information display) ...................................... 2-27 Inside the vehicle .......................................... 9-3 Maintenance information (display) ............. 4-14 Maintenance log ......................................... 9-14 Maintenance precautions ............................. 8-2 Maintenance requirements ............................... 9-2 Maintenance schedules .................................... 9-7 Maintenance under severe driving conditions ....................................... 9-13 Outside the vehicle ....................................... 9-2 Seat belt maintenance ............................... 1-16 Standard maintenance .................................. 9-7 Under the hood and vehicle .......................... 9-4
Malfunction indicator light (MIL) ....................... 2-19 Map lights ........................................................ 2-60 Master warning light ........................................... 2-17 Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) ............. 3-3 Memory function ................................................. 3-31 Memory storage
Automatic drive positioner ........................... 3-30 Meter
Trip computer ............................................. 2-29 Meters and gauges ............................................. 2-7
Instrument brightness control .................... 2-41 Mirror
Inside mirror ............................................... 3-26 Outside mirrors .............................................. 3-27 Vanity mirror .................................................. 3-28 Monitor Around View® Monitor ............................... 4-32 RearView monitor .......................................... 4-26 Moonroof ......................................................... 2-57 Moving Object Detection (MOD) ........................ 4-50
N
New vehicle break-in ......................................... 5-124
O
Odometer ........................................................... 2-8 Off-road recovery ............................................... 5-8 Oil
Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ..................... 10-2
Changing engine oil and filter .................... 8-12 Checking engine oil level ............................ 8-12 Engine oil ................................................... 8-11 Engine oil viscosity ..................................... 10-7 Oil filter replacement indicator ...................... 2-27 Operation Indicators for operation .............................. 2-24 Outside mirrors ................................................... 3-27 Overheat, If your vehicle overheats .................. 6-12 Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information .............................................. 10-24
P
Panic alarm ......................................................... 3-15 Parking
Parking brake operation ................................. 5-20 Parking on hills ......................................... 5-127 Parking brake break-in ...................................... 5-129 Personal lights .................................................... 2-61 Phone Bluetooth® hands-free phone system (models with navigation system) ................... 4-97 Bluetooth® hands-free phone system (models without navigation system) ......... 4-108 Car phone or CB radio ................................ 4-97 Power Power door lock ........................................... 3-4 Power outlet ............................................... 2-48 Power steering fluid ...................................... 8-15 Power steering system .............................. 5-128 Power windows ............................................. 2-54
11-5
Power moonroof ............................................... 2-57 Precautions
Audio operation ......................................... 4-61 Braking precautions ..................................... 5-129 Child restraints .......................................... 1-20 Cruise control ............................................. 5-69 Maintenance ................................................ 8-2 Seat belt usage .......................................... 1-10 Supplemental restraint system ...................... 1-40 When starting and driving ............................... 5-4 Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function ........ 1-12 Predictive course line settings .......................... 4-30 Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) ...... 5-115 Push starting ................................................... 6-11 Push-button ignition switch ..................... 5-10, 5-11
R
Radio Car phone or CB radio ................................ 4-97 FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player .................................................... 4-75
Rain-sensing auto wiper system .......................... 2-36 Rapid air pressure loss ...................................... 5-9 Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test (US only) .................................................... 10-23 Rear door auto closure .......................................... 3-5 Rear door lock
Child safety rear door lock ........................... 3-6 Rear pocket ...................................................... 2-53 Rear spot lights ................................................ 2-61 Rear sunshade .................................................... 2-58
11-6
Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch ............................................... 2-37 RearView monitor ................................................ 4-26 Recorders
Event data ................................................ 10-24 Registering in another country ........................ 10-12 Remote keyless entry system ........................... 3-14 Reporting safety defects ................................. 10-22 Rise-up and build-up ...................................... 5-132 Roadside assistance program ............................. 6-2 Rollover .............................................................. 5-8 Roof
Moonroof ................................................... 2-57
S
Safety Child seat belts .......................................... 1-17 Reporting safety defects ........................... 10-22
Satellite radio operation ................................... 4-76 Seat adjustment
Front power seat adjustment ........................... 1-3 Front seats ...................................................... 1-3 Seat belt(s) Child safety ................................................ 1-17 Infants ....................................................... 1-18 Injured persons .......................................... 1-12 Larger children ........................................... 1-18 Precautions on seat belt usage ................... 1-10 Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function .... 1-12 Pregnant women ........................................... 1-12 Seat belt cleaning ............................................ 7-7
Seat belt extenders ....................................... 1-16 Seat belt maintenance ............................... 1-16 Seat belt warning light and chime ................. 2-17 Seat belts .................................................. 1-10 Seat belts with pretensioners ..................... 1-53 Shoulder belt height adjustment ................... 1-16 Small children ............................................ 1-18 Three-point type ......................................... 1-13 Seat(s) Climate controlled seats ............................. 2-45 Driver-side memory ........................................ 3-29 Heated seats .............................................. 2-43 Seats ........................................................... 1-2 Security system Vehicle security system ................................. 2-32 Security system (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System) Engine start ............................................... 2-33 Servicing air conditioner (See automatic climate control) ................................................... 4-55 Servicing climate control ..................................... 4-61 SETTING button ................................................... 4-16 Shift lever Shift lock release ....................................... 5-19 Shift lock release, Transmission .......................... 5-19 Shifting Automatic transmission .............................. 5-15 Shoulder belt height adjustment ......................... 1-16 SNOW mode ..................................................... 5-21 Spare tire ....................................................... 10-10 Spark plugs ..................................................... 8-20
Speedometer ...................................................... 2-8 SPORT mode .................................................... 5-21 Standard maintenance ....................................... 9-7 STANDARD mode ................................................. 5-21 Starting
Before starting the engine .......................... 5-14 Jump starting ............................................. 8-19 Precautions when starting and driving .......... 5-4 Push starting ............................................. 6-11 Starting the engine .................................... 5-14 STATUS button ................................................. 4-10 Status light, Front passenger air bag ................ 1-48 Steering Heated steering wheel ................................ 2-42 Power steering fluid ...................................... 8-15 Power steering system .............................. 5-128 Steering lock release malfunction indicator (if so equipped) .......................................... 2-24 Steering-wheel-mounted controls for audio ....................................................... 4-95 Tilt/telescopic steering ................................ 3-24 Steering lock (if so equipped) ........................... 5-12 Storage ............................................................... 2-49 Storage box ..................................................... 2-52 Sun visors ........................................................ 3-25 Sunglasses holder ............................................ 2-50 Sunshade (rear) ............................................... 2-58 Supplemental air bag warning labels ............... 1-54 Supplemental air bag warning light ......... 1-54, 2-17
Supplemental restraint system ............................ 1-40 Precautions on supplemental restraint system ............................................ 1-40
Switch Autolight switch ............................................ 2-37 Fog light switch .......................................... 2-42 Hazard warning flasher switch ...................... 6-2 Headlight switch ........................................ 2-37 Ignition switch ........................................... 5-15 Power door lock switch ................................ 3-5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch ......................................... 2-37 Turn signal switch ......................................... 2-41 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch .... 2-47 Warning systems switch ................................ 2-46
T
Tachometer ........................................................ 2-9 Temperature gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge ............... 2-9 Theft (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System)
Engine start ............................................... 2-33 Three-way catalyst ............................................. 5-5 Tilt/telescopic steering ..................................... 3-24 "TIMER" indicator ............................................. 2-25 Tire
Tire replacement indicator ............................. 2-27 Tire rotation .................................................. 8-39 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light .................. 2-15
Tires Flat tire ........................................................ 6-3 Low tire pressure warning system ............................ 5-5, 6-3, 8-32 Spare tire ................................................... 8-42 Tire and Loading information label .... 8-34, 10-14 Tire chains ................................................. 8-39 Tire dressing ................................................... 7-4 Tire pressure .............................................. 8-32 Tire pressure information (display) ................ 4-12 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ................................ 5-5, 6-3, 8-32 Types of tires ............................................. 8-38 Uniform tire quality grading ..................... 10-20 Wheel/tire size ......................................... 10-10 Wheels and tires ........................................... 8-32
Touch screen system ............................................. 4-6 Towing
Flat towing .................................................. 10-20 Tow truck towing ........................................... 6-13 Towing a trailer ........................................ 10-20 TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System ... 5-5, 6-3, 8-32 Trailer towing .................................................... 10-20 Transceiver HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............... 2-63 Transmission Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ............. 8-15 Driving with automatic transmission ........... 5-15 Transmission shift lever lock release ............. 5-19
11-7
Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) ...................................................... 3-14 Traveling or registering in another country ..... 10-12 Trip computer ................................................... 2-29 Trip odometer ................................................... 2-29 Trunk
Interior trunk lid release .............................. 3-21 Light .......................................................... 2-63 Pass-through ................................................ 1-5 Trunk hooks .................................................. 2-53 Trunk lid ..................................................... 3-18 Trunk lid release switch .............................. 3-18 Trunk open request switch ......................... 3-19 Trunk release power cancel switch .............. 3-20 Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-41
U
Underbody cleaning ........................................... 7-3 Uniform tire quality grading ........................... 10-20 USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port ......... 4-82
V
Vanity mirror ....................................................... 3-28 Vanity mirror lights .......................................... 2-62 Variable voltage control system ........................ 8-19 Vehicle
Dimensions ................................................. 10-11 Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ............... 6-15 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch .... 2-47 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system ....... 5-131
11-8
Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) warning light .............................................. 2-18 Vehicle information and settings (display) .... 4-10 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ................. 10-12 Vehicle information display .............................. 2-21 Vehicle loading information ............................ 10-16 Vehicle security system ....................................... 2-32 Ventilators ....................................................... 4-55 Voice command (Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System) .................................................. 4-114 Voice command (INFINITI voice recognition system) ............................. 4-128, 4-136 Voice recognition Alternate command mode ......................... 4-134 Voice recognition system ................................ 4-122 Voice recognition, Standard mode ..................... 4-122
W
Warning Hazard warning flasher switch ...................... 6-2 Lights ......................................................... 2-12 Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) ......................................... 5-115 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ................................ 5-5, 6-3, 8-32 Vehicle information display ........................ 2-21 Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders ......................................... 2-11
Warning labels Air bag warning labels ............................... 1-54
Warning light Air bag warning light ......................... 1-54, 2-17 Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light .............................................. 2-12 Brake warning light .................................... 2-13 Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system warning light .............................................. 2-14 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator light (orange) ............................................. 2-15 Low tire pressure warning light .................. 2-15 Seat belt warning light and chime ................. 2-17
Warranty Emission control system warranty ............ 10-21
Washer switch Wiper and washer switch ........................... 2-34
Washing ............................................................. 7-2 Waxing ............................................................... 7-2 Welcome light .................................................. 2-59 Welcome light and farewell light function ............ 3-10 Wheel/tire size ............................................... 10-10 Wheels and tires ................................................. 8-32
Care of wheels ................................................. 7-3 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ................... 7-3 Window washer fluid ........................................ 8-16 Window(s) Cleaning ........................................................ 7-3 Power windows ............................................. 2-54 Wiper Rain-sensing auto wiper system .................... 2-36 Wiper and washer switch ........................... 2-34 Wiper blades .............................................. 8-22
Wiper and washer switch ................................. 2-34
11-9
Gas station GAS STATION INFORMATION information
Y51D-V-E01-77182AA9-EA34-4B9F-9424-2BDD77048A91
FUEL INFORMATION: Y51D-V-E01-20F78A46-E02E-45F7-818F-747D8C0C7324
Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octane number 96).
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number (Research octane number 91) may be temporarily used, but only under the following precautions:
. Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline, and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible.
. Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration.
Use unleaded premium gasoline for maximum vehicle performance.
CAUTION
. Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control systems, and may also affect warranty coverage.
. Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used, since this will damage the three way catalyst.
. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle. Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.
. U.S. government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
For additional information, see "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.10-2).
ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION: Y51D-V-E01-BC054C72-B5F6-42F7-B23F-835799447376
. Genuine "NISSAN Motor Oil Ester 5W-30 SN"
See "Capacities and recommended fluids/ lubricants" (P.10-2) for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.
COLD TIRE PRESSURES: Y51D-V-E01-80309D34-1510-491E-8765-D8D84150C0CB
The label is typically located on the driver's side center pillar. For additional information, see "Wheels and tires" (P.8-32).
NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION:
Y51D-V-E01-DEEA300A-3422-4130-A221-4C6802CDFB40
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of vehicle use, follow the recommendations outlined in the "Break-in schedule" (P.5124). Follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle.
Printing: October 2016 (13) / OM17E0 0Y51U0 / Printed in U.S.A.
PDFlib PDI 8.0.2p1 (C /Win32)